UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
þ | QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the quarterly period ended:
March 31, 2016
¨ | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from: _____________ to _____________
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware | 001-15819 | 13-3883101 |
(State or other jurisdiction | (Commission | (I.R.S. Employer |
of incorporation) | File Number) | Identification No.) |
15 Huangpu Science and Technology Park
Jiang’an District
Wuhan, Hubei Province, PRC 430023
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
(011) 86 27 65694977
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
x Yes o No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
x Yes o No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer | ¨ | Accelerated filer | o | |||
Non-accelerated filer | o | Smaller reporting company | x |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). ¨ Yes x No
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
As of May 16, 2016, there were 65,963,502 shares of common stock outstanding, par value $0.001.
QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN US DOLLARS)
(UNAUDITED)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
1
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(IN US DOLLARS)
(UNAUDITED)
For the three months ended March 31, | ||||||||
2016 | 2015 | |||||||
NET SALES | $ | 282,188,057 | $ | 206,195,220 | ||||
COST OF SALES | ||||||||
Cost of sales | (253,412,444 | ) | (195,120,956 | ) | ||||
Depreciation | (290,682 | ) | (309,001 | ) | ||||
Total cost of sales | (253,703,126 | ) | (195,429,957 | ) | ||||
GROSS PROFIT | 28,484,931 | 10,765,263 | ||||||
OPERATING EXPENSES | ||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses | 3,269,365 | 1,678,366 | ||||||
Stock compensation expenses | 11,143 | 212,783 | ||||||
Depreciation | 23,513 | 25,191 | ||||||
Amortization | 2,890 | 3,075 | ||||||
Total operating expenses | 3,306,911 | 1,919,415 | ||||||
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS | $ | 25,178,020 | $ | 8,845,848 | ||||
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES) | ||||||||
Interest Income | 59,224 | 17,270 | ||||||
Interest expense | (4,973,353 | ) | (297,537 | ) | ||||
Total other expenses, net | (4,914,129 | ) | (280,267 | ) | ||||
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE TAXES | 20,263,891 | 8,565,581 | ||||||
INCOME TAX PROVISION (BENEFIT) | ||||||||
Current | 4,811,004 | 2,728,902 | ||||||
Deferred | 255,674 | (744,525 | ) | |||||
Total income tax provision | 5,066,678 | 1,984,377 | ||||||
NET INCOME | 15,197,213 | 6,581,204 | ||||||
Less: net loss attribute to the non-controlling interest | (1,197 | ) | - | |||||
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC. | $ | 15,198,410 | $ | 6,581,204 | ||||
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) | ||||||||
Total foreign currency translation gain (loss) | $ | 1,962,694 | $ | 1,099,665 | ||||
Less: foreign currency translation gain (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest | (454 | ) | - | |||||
Foreign currency translation gain (loss) attributable to KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC. | $ | 1,963,148 | $ | 1,099,665 | ||||
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO: | ||||||||
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC. | $ | 17,161,558 | $ | 7,680,869 | ||||
Non-controlling interest | (1,651 | ) | - | |||||
17,159,907 | $ | 7,680,869 | ||||||
Earnings per share | ||||||||
Basic and diluted | $ | 0.23 | $ | 0.10 | ||||
Weighted average number of shares | ||||||||
Basic and diluted | 65,963,502 | 65,963,502 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
2
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(IN US DOLLARS)
(UNAUDITED)
For the three months ended March 31, | ||||||||
2016 | 2015 | |||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||
Net income | $ | 15,197,213 | $ | 6,581,204 | ||||
Adjusted to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities: | ||||||||
Depreciation | 314,195 | 334,192 | ||||||
Amortization of intangible assets | 2,890 | 3,075 | ||||||
Amortization of deferred financing costs | 144,097 | - | ||||||
Share based compensation for services and warrants expense | 75,347 | 212,783 | ||||||
Inventory valuation allowance | - | 2,978,101 | ||||||
Deferred tax provision (benefit) | 255,674 | (744,525 | ) | |||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities | ||||||||
(Increase) decrease in: | ||||||||
Accounts receivable | 736,891 | 503,537 | ||||||
Inventories | (200,793,983 | ) | (2,360,577 | ) | ||||
Other current assets and prepaid expenses | (2,037,978 | ) | (48,362 | ) | ||||
Deferred offering costs | - | (488,249 | ) | |||||
Value added tax recoverable | (28,871,518 | ) | 158,617 | |||||
Increase (decrease) in: | ||||||||
Other payables and accrued expenses | (2,362,754 | ) | 442,050 | |||||
Customer deposits | - | 687,386 | ||||||
Income tax payable | 3,252,855 | 1,749,934 | ||||||
Other taxes payable | 151 | (652,139 | ) | |||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | (214,086,920 | ) | 9,357,027 | |||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||
Purchases of property and equipment | (42,449 | ) | (26,586 | ) | ||||
Construction in progress-Jewelry Park | (13,101,275 | ) | (5,561,161 | ) | ||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (13,143,724 | ) | (5,587,747 | ) | ||||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||
Repayments of bank loans – short term | (6,115,740 | ) | - | |||||
Proceeds from long term loan | 319,547,435 | - | ||||||
Restricted cash | (15,555,150 | ) | (10,839 | ) | ||||
Proceeds from related party loan | 250,226 | - | ||||||
Proceeds from (repayment of) debt financing instruments-private placement | (61,157,404 | ) | 65,099,928 | |||||
Net cash provided by financing activities | 236,969,367 | 65,089,089 | ||||||
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | 427,585 | 269,714 | ||||||
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | 10,166,308 | 69,128,083 | ||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD | 3,100,569 | 1,331,658 | ||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD | $ | 13,266,877 | $ | 70,459,741 | ||||
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION | ||||||||
Cash paid for interest expense | $ | 3,951,608 | $ | 1,332,444 | ||||
Cash paid for income tax | $ | 1,111,571 | $ | 978,968 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated Financial Statements
3
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
NOTE 1 – BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Kingold Jewelry, Inc. (“Kingold” or the “Company”) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary to make the financial statements not misleading have been included. Operating results for the interim period ended March 31, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016. The information included in this Form 10-Q should be read in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis, and the financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2016.
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Principles of Consolidation
Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Inc. (“Wuhan Kingold”) should be considered as a 100% contractually controlled affiliate of Kingold. Kingold is empowered, through its wholly owned subsidiaries Dragon Lead Group Limited (“Dragon Lead”) and Wuhan Vogue-Show Jewelry Co., Inc. (“Wuhan Vogue-Show”), with the ability to control and substantially influence Wuhan Kingold’s daily operations and financial affairs, appoint its senior executives and approve all matters requiring shareholders’ approval. Kingold is also obligated to absorb a majority of expected losses of Wuhan Kingold, which enables Kingold to receive a majority of expected residual returns from Wuhan Kingold, and because Kingold has the power to direct the activities of Wuhan Kingold that most significantly impact Wuhan Kingold’s economic performance, Kingold, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, accounts for Wuhan Kingold as its Variable Interest Entity under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810-10-05-8A. Accordingly, Kingold consolidates Wuhan Kingold’s operating results, assets and liabilities. The Company makes an ongoing assessment to determine whether Wuhan Kingold is still a Variable Interest Entity.
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Kingold, Dragon Lead, Wuhan Vogue-Show, Wuhan Kingold and its 55% controlled subsidiaries Wuhan Kingold Internet Co., Ltd. (“Kingold Internet”) and Yuhuang Jewelry Design Co., Ltd (“Yuhuang”). All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Kingold, Dragon Lead, Wuhan Vogue-Show, Wuhan Kingold, Kingold Internet and Yuhuang are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Company.”
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates required to be made by management include, but are not limited to, useful lives of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, the recoverability of long-lived assets, inventory valuation, allowance for doubtful accounts, deferred income tax and share based compensation. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Restricted Cash
As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company had restricted cash of $42,599,678 and $26,649,687, respectively. Approximately $0.5 million was related to the bank loan with China Minsheng Trust Co., Ltd. (“Minsheng Trust”). Approximately $42.1million was related to the gold lease deposits with Shanghai Pudong Development Bank (“SPD Bank”), China Construction Bank (“CCB”), Commerce Bank of China (“ICBC”) and CITIC Bank – see Note 8 – Gold Lease Transactions.
Accounts Receivable
The Company generally receives cash payment upon delivery of a product, but may extend unsecured credit to its customers in the ordinary course of business. The Company mitigates the associated risks by performing credit checks and actively pursuing past due accounts. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established and recorded based on management’s assessment of the credit history of the customers and current relationships with them. At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, there was no allowance recorded as the Company considers all of the accounts receivable fully collectible.
4
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value, and cost is calculated on the weighted average basis. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, there was no lower of cost or market adjustment because the carrying value of the Company’s inventories was lower than the current and expected market price of gold. The cost of inventories comprises all costs of purchases, costs of fixed and variable production overhead and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present condition.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for additions, major renewals and betterments are capitalized, and expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.
Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis, less estimated residual value, over an asset’s estimated useful life. The estimated useful lives used in connection with the preparation of the financial statements are as follows:
Estimated
Useful Life |
|
Buildings | 30 years |
Plant and machinery | 15 years |
Motor vehicles | 10 years |
Office furniture and electronic equipment | 5 – 10 years |
Construction-in-Progress
Construction in progress represents property and buildings under construction and consists of construction expenditures, equipment procurement, and other direct costs attributable to the construction. Construction in progress is not depreciated. Upon completion and when ready for intended use, construction in progress is reclassified to the appropriate category within property, plant and equipment or will be classified as an asset held for sale.
Land Use Right
Under PRC law, all land in the PRC is owned by the government and cannot be sold to an individual or company. The government grants individuals and companies the right to use parcels of land for specified periods of time. These land use rights are sometimes referred to informally as “ownership.” Land use rights are stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is provided over the respective useful lives, using the straight-line method. Estimated useful life is 50 years, and is determined in connection with the term of the land use right.
Long-Lived Assets
Certain assets such as property, plant and equipment and construction in progress, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets that are held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset. There were no events or changes in circumstances that necessitated a review of impairment of long-lived assets as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company follows the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. ” ASC 820 clarifies the definition of fair value, prescribes methods for measuring fair value, and establishes a fair value hierarchy to classify the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:
Level 1-Observable inputs such as unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities available at the measurement date.
Level 2-Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable, and inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market data.
5
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
Fair Value of Financial Instruments - continued
Level 3-Inputs are unobservable inputs which reflect management’s assumptions based on the best available information.
The carrying value of accounts receivable, other current assets and prepaid expenses, short term loans, other payables and accrued expenses approximate their fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments. The Company determined that the carrying value of the long term loans approximated their fair value by comparing the stated loan interest rate to the rate charged by similar financial institutions
Revenue Recognition
Net sales are primarily composed of sales of branded products to wholesale and retail customers, as well as fees generated from customized production. In customized production, a customer supplies the Company with the raw materials and the Company creates products per that customer’s instructions, whereas in branded production the Company generally purchases gold directly and manufactures and markets the products on its own. The Company recognizes revenues under ASC 605 as follows:
Sαles of brαnded products
The Company recognizes revenue on sales of branded products when the goods are delivered and title to the goods passes to the customer provided that: (i) there are no uncertainties regarding customer acceptance; (ii) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (iii) the sales price is fixed and determinable; and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.
Customized production fees
The Company recognizes services-based revenue (the processing fee) from such contracts for customized production when: (i) the contracted services have been performed and (ii) collectability is reasonably assured.
Internet sales
The Company also engages in promoting the online sales of jewelry products through cooperation with Tmall.com, a large business-to-consumer online retail platform owned by Alibaba Group. Consistent with the criteria of ASC 605, Revenue Recognition, the Company recognizes revenues of internet sales when the following four revenue recognition criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred, (iii) the selling price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.
In accordance with ASC 605, Revenue Recognition, the Company evaluates whether it is appropriate to record the gross amount of product sales and related costs or the net amount earned as commissions. When the Company is primarily obligated in a transaction, is subject to inventory risk, has latitude in establishing prices and selecting suppliers, or has several but not all of these indicators, revenues should be recorded on a gross basis. When the Company is not the primary obligor, doesn’t bear the inventory risk and doesn’t have the ability to establish the price, revenues are recorded on a net basis.
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
The provisions of ASC 740-10-25, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” prescribe a more-likely-than-not threshold for consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken (or expected to be taken) in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on the recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, and related disclosures. The Company does not believe that there was any uncertain tax position at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.
To the extent applicable, the Company records interest and penalties as a general and administrative expense. The statute of limitations for the Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns and certain state income tax returns remains open for tax years 2010 and after. As of March 31, 2016, the tax years ended December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2015 for the Company’s PRC subsidiaries remain open for statutory examination by PRC tax authorities.
6
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
Foreign Currency Translation
Kingold, as well as its wholly owned subsidiary, Dragon Lead, maintain accounting records in United States Dollars (“US$”), whereas Wuhan Vogue-Show and Wuhan Kingold maintain their accounting records in Renminbi (“RMB”), which is the primary currency of the economic environment in which their operations are conducted. The Company’s principal country of operations is the PRC. The financial position and results of its operations are determined using RMB, the local currency, as the functional currency. The results of operations and the statement of cash flows denominated in foreign currency are translated at the average rate of exchange during the reporting period. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated at the applicable rates of exchange in effect at that date. The equity denominated in the functional currency is translated at the historical rate of exchange at the time of capital contribution. Because cash flows are translated based on the average translation rate, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the statement of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the balance sheet. Translation adjustments arising from the use of different exchange rates from period to period are included as a component of stockholders’ equity as “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income(deficit)”.
The value of RMB against US$ and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in the PRC’s political and economic conditions. Any significant revaluation of RMB may materially affect the Company’s financial condition in terms of US$ reporting. The following table outlines the currency exchange rates that were used in creating the consolidated financial statements in this report:
March 31, 2016 | March 31, 2015 | December 31,2015 | ||||
Balance sheet items, except for share capital, additional paid in capital and retained earnings, as of the period ended | US$ 1=RMB 6.4494 | US$ 1=RMB 6.1206 | US$ 1=RMB 6.4917 | |||
Amounts included in the statements of operations and cash flows for the period | US$ 1=RMB 6.5405 | US$ 1=RMB 6.1444 | US$ 1=RMB 6.2288 |
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income consists of two components, net income and other comprehensive income (loss). The foreign currency translation gain or loss resulting from translation of the financial statements expressed in RMB to US$ is reported in other comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income and the consolidated statements of changes in equity.
Earnings per Share (“EPS”)
Basic EPS is measured as net income divided by the weighted average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is similar to basic EPS but presents the dilutive effect on a per share basis of potential common shares (i.e., options and warrants) as if they had been converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. Potential common shares that have an anti-dilutive effect (i.e., those that increase income per share or decrease loss per share) are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS.
Share or Stock-Based compensation
The Company follows the provisions of ASC 718, “Compensation — Stock Compensation,” which establishes the accounting for employee stock-based awards. For employee stock-based awards, share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense with graded vesting on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. For the non-employee stock-based awards, the fair value of the awards to non-employees are measured every reporting period based on the value of the Company’s common stock.
Debts Payable
During the quarter ended June 30, 2015, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs,” which requires that debt issuance cost related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the debt liability, consistent with debt discounts, without changing existing recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs. The new guidance is required to be applied on a retrospective basis and to be accounted for as a change in an accounting principle.
7
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
Deposit payables - Jewelry Park
Deposit payables consist of amounts received from customers relating to the pre-sale of the residential or commercial units in the Jewelry Park. The Company receives these funds and recognizes them as a liability until the revenue can be recognized.
Risks and Uncertainties
The jewelry industry generally is affected by fluctuations in the price and supply of diamonds, gold, and, to a lesser extent, other precious and semi-precious metals and stones. The Company potentially has exposure to the fluctuation in gold commodity prices as part of its normal operations. A significant increase in the price of gold could increase the Company’s production costs beyond the amount that it is able to pass on to its customers, which would adversely affect the Company’s sales and profitability. A significant disruption in the Company’s supply of gold, or other commodities, could decrease its production and shipping levels, materially increase its operating costs, and materially and adversely affect its profit margins. Shortages of gold, or other commodities, or interruptions in transportation systems, labor strikes, work stoppages, war, acts of terrorism, or other interruptions to or difficulties in the employment of labor or transportation in the markets in which the Company purchases its raw materials, may adversely affect its ability to maintain production of its products and sustain profitability. Although the Company generally attempts to pass on increased commodity prices to its customers, there may be circumstances in which it is not able to do so. In addition, if the Company were to experience a significant or prolonged shortage of gold, it would be unable to meet its production schedules and to ship products to its customers in a timely manner, which would adversely affect its sales, margins and customer relations.
Furthermore, the value of the Company’s inventory may be affected by commodity prices. The Company records the value of its inventory using the lower of cost or market value, cost calculated on the weighted average method. As a result, decreases in the market value of precious metals such as gold would result in a lower stated value of the Company’s inventory, which may require it to take a charge for the decrease in the value of its inventory.
The Company’s operations are located in the PRC. Accordingly, the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations may be influenced by the political, economic, and legal environments in the PRC, as well as by the general state of the PRC economy. The Company’s operations in the PRC are subject to special considerations and significant risks not typically associated with companies in North America and Western Europe. These include risks associated with, among others, the political, economic and legal environment, and foreign currency exchange. The Company’s results may be adversely affected by changes in the political, regulatory and social conditions in the PRC, and by changes in governmental policies or interpretations with respect to laws and regulations, anti-inflationary measures, currency conversion, remittances abroad, and rates and methods of taxation, among other things. In addition, the Company only controls Wuhan Kingold through a series of agreements. Although the Company believes the contractual relationships through which it controls Wuhan Kingold comply with current licensing, registration and regulatory requirements of the PRC, it cannot assure you that the PRC government would agree, or that new and burdensome regulations will not be adopted in the future. If the PRC government determines that the Company’s structure or operating arrangements do not comply with applicable law, it could revoke the Company’s business and operating licenses, require it to discontinue or restrict its operations, restrict its right to collect revenues, require it to restructure its operations, impose additional conditions or requirements with which the Company may not be able to comply, impose restrictions on its business operations or on its customers, or take other regulatory or enforcement actions against the Company that could be harmful to its business. If such agreements were cancelled, modified or otherwise not complied with, the Company would not be able to retain control of this consolidated entity and the impact could be material to the Company’s operations. Although the Company has not experienced losses from these situations and believes that it is in compliance with existing laws and regulations, this may not be indicative of future results.
8
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
Recent Accounting Pronouncements – continued
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes the existing guidance for lease accounting, Leases (Topic 840). ASU 2016-02 requires lessees to recognize leases on their balance sheets, and leaves lessor accounting largely unchanged. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted for all entities. ASU 2016-02 requires a modified retrospective approach for all leases existing at, or entered into after, the date of initial application, with an option to elect to use certain transition relief. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new standard on its consolidated financial statements.
In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-06, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments. The amendments apply to all entities that are issuers of or investors in debt instruments (or hybrid financial instruments that are determined to have a debt host) with embedded call (put) options. The amendments clarify what steps are required when assessing whether the economic characteristics and risks of call (put) options are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of their debt hosts, which is one of the criteria for bifurcating an embedded derivative. Consequently, when a call (put) option is contingently exercisable, an entity does not have to assess whether the event that triggers the ability to exercise a call (put) option is related to interest rates or credit risks. Public business entities must apply the new requirements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those fiscal years. All entities have the option of adopting the new requirements early, including adoption in an interim period. If an entity early adopts the new requirements in an interim period, it must reflect any adjustments as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The Company does not expect any material impact of this new standard on its consolidated financial statements.
In April 2016, the FASB released ASU 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . The ASU includes multiple provisions intended to simplify various aspects of the accounting for share-based payments. While aimed at reducing the cost and complexity of the accounting for share-based payments, the amendments are expected to significantly impact net income, EPS, and the statement of cash flows. Implementation and administration may present challenges for companies with significant share-based payment activities. The ASU is effective for public companies in annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new standard on its consolidated financial statements.
In April 2016, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing . The amendments clarify the following two aspects of Topic 606: (a) identifying performance obligations; and (b) the licensing implementation guidance. The amendments do not change the core principle of the guidance in Topic 606. The effective date and transition requirements for the amendments are the same as the effective date and transition requirements in Topic 606. Public entities should apply the amendments for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods therein (i.e., January 1, 2018, for a calendar year entity). Early application for public entities is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new standard on its consolidated financial statements.
9
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
NOTE 3 – INVENTORIES, NET
Inventories as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 consisted of the following:
As of | ||||||||
March 31, | December 31, | |||||||
2016 | 2015 | |||||||
Raw materials (A) | $ | 395,812,588 | $ | 162,766,248 | ||||
Work-in-progress (B) | 94,953,436 | 108,276,834 | ||||||
Finished goods (C) | 13,127,831 | 27,260,103 | ||||||
Inventory valuation allowance | - | - | ||||||
Total inventory | $ | 503,893,855 | $ | 298,303,185 |
(A) | Included 12,326,993 grams of Au9999 gold as of March 31, 2016 and 5,624,476 grams of Au9999 gold as of December 31, 2015. |
(B) | Included 3,017,085 grams of Au9999 gold March 31, 2016 and 3,549,984 grams of Au9999 gold as of December 31, 2015. |
(C) | Included 415,738 grams of Au9999 gold March 31, 2016 and 886,849 grams of Au9999 gold as of December 31, 2015. |
As of March 31, 2016, 15,706,240 grams of Au9999 gold with carrying value of approximately $504.3 million were pledged for certain bank loans (see Note 6). No inventory was pledged on because the debts payable have been fully repaid upon maturity and accordingly previously pledged inventory has been released (see Note 7).
As of December 31, 2015, 3,977,490 grams of Au9999 gold with carrying value of approximately $115.1 million were pledged for certain bank loans and another 2,456,000 grams of Au9999 gold with carrying value of approximately $71 million were pledged for the Company’s debts payable.
For the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 the Company recorded a Nil and $2,989,681 of lower cost or market adjustment, respectively.
NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
The following is a summary of property and equipment as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:
As of | ||||||||
March 31, | December 31, | |||||||
2016 | 2015 | |||||||
Buildings | $ | 2,378,611 | $ | 2,363,093 | ||||
Plant and machinery | 18,660,286 | 18,496,731 | ||||||
Motor vehicles | 54,289 | 53,935 | ||||||
Office and electric equipment | 634,804 | 630,312 | ||||||
Subtotal | 21,727,990 | 21,544,071 | ||||||
Less: accumulated depreciation | (14,331,612 | ) | (13,921,562 | ) | ||||
Property and equipment, net | $ | 7,396,378 | $ | 7,622,509 |
Depreciation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 was $314,195 and $334,192, respectively.
10
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
NOTE 5 – DEPOSIT ON LAND USE RIGHT AND CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS
On October 23, 2013, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Wuhan Kingold, entered into an agreement (the “Agreement”) with third-parties Wuhan Wansheng House Purchasing Limited (“Wuhan Wansheng”) and Wuhan Huayuan Science and Technology Development Limited Company (“Wuhan Huayuan”). The Agreement provides for the build out of the planned “Shanghai Creative Industry Park,” which is proposed to be renamed to “Kingold Jewelry Cultural Industry Park” (the “Jewelry Park”). Pursuant to the Agreement, Wuhan Kingold will acquire the land use rights for a parcel of land (the “Land”) in Wuhan for a total of 66,667 square meters (approximately 717,598 square feet, or 16.5 acres) (the “Land Use Right”), which has been approved for real estate development use. Wuhan Kingold has committed to provide a total sum of RMB 1.0 billion (approximately $155 million) for the acquisition of this Land Use Right and to finance the entire development and construction of a total of 192,149 square meters (approximately 2,068,000 square feet) of commercial properties, which are proposed to include a commercial wholesale center for various jewelry manufacturers, two commercial office buildings, a commercial residence of condominiums as well as a hotel.
As of March 31, 2016, the carrying value of Jewelry Park was approximately $141.6 million (RMB 913.4 million), included the following components (1) Land use right of approximately $9.4 million (RMB 60.4 million), which represents the total cost of the Land Use Right and (2) the construction progress of approximately $132.3 million, consisting of the Company’s cash payment of approximately $83.4 million (RMB 538.0 million) towards the construction of Jewelry Park project, capitalized interest of approximately $8.1 million (RMB 52.0 million) on the long-term bank loan, capitalized interest of approximately $4.3 million (RMB 28.0 million) on the Debts and construction payable of approximately $36.4 million (RMB 235.0 million) which has been accrued based on the billing request by the construction company as of March 31, 2016 (see Note 9).
Wuhan Kingold is also required to make the construction payments to finance the entire construction project, as estimated based on certain construction project milestones listed below. Due to a delay by the construction company Wuhan Wansheng in charge of the project’s construction, the Company has delayed its payments to the construction company by ten to eleven months. However, this delay is not expected to impact the total expected cost of RMB 1.0 billion (approximately $155 million) and any over budget cost will be the construction company’s obligation.
In October 2015, Wuhan Kingold signed a supplemental agreement with the construction company Wuhan Wansheng to amend the original acquisition agreement dated October 23, 2013. Pursuant to this supplemental agreement, Wuhan Wansheng agreed to complete the construction and deliver the completed real estate property to the Company before January 15, 2016. As of December 31, 2015, based on the actual construction progress, both parties reached to a further amendment that the completion time for the construction was extended to April 2016. However, due to the cold weather condition in January and February 2016 and the construction worker leave during the Chinese Spring Festival holiday season, the final construction work of the Jewelry Park resumed in the middle of February 2016 and the landscaping, building decoration and road construction did not fully complete as of March 31, 2016. Due to the construction work delay, the inspection application with local government was also delayed until mid-April 2016 when the construction work fully completed. Therefore, in April 2016, both parties signed an additional supplemental agreement to extend the final property delivery time to May 30, 2016 when the certificate of occupancy is expected to be obtained from local government. As of the date of this Report, the Company is unable to predict the actual timing of the delivery because the government inspection process is not under the Company’s control and may be longer than expected.
Based on the RMB 1.0 billion (approximately $155 million) total budget on the Jewelry Park, as of December 31, 2015, the Company already paid RMB 520 million and was still obligated to pay the remaining RMB 480 million to Wuhan Wansheng. From late January to early March 2016, the Company paid additional RMB 79 million (approximately $12.2 million) to Wuhan Wansheng to settle the outstanding construction payable. As of March 31, 2016, the Company was still committed to pay the remaining amount of approximately $62 million (approximately RMB 401 million) to Wuhan Wansheng. On April 28, 2016, the Company paid RMB 50 million (approximately $7.7 million) to Wuhan Wansheng and will make the remaining payment of RMB 351 million (approximately $54.3 million) to Wuhan Wansheng upon delivery of the completed real estate property to the Company with certificate of occupancy by May 30, 2016.
Upon the completion of the whole project in accordance with the specific requirements agreed upon by the signing parties, Wuhan Kingold will have 100% ownership of the properties situated on the land and intends to either sell or lease various properties. The following table identifies the original payment milestones as well as the new payment milestones, which have been revised to reflect the delays with construction progress associated with those milestones. The Company will continue to evaluate the milestone payment commitments in relation to actual progress and completion and will revise as deemed necessary.
11
KINGOLD JEWELRY,
INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
NOTE 5 – DEPOSIT ON LAND USE RIGHT AND CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS - continued
Original Payment
Commitment (RMB in millions) |
Revised Payment
Commitment (RMB in millions) |
Revised Payment
Commitment (USD in millions) ** |
||||||||||
October 2013* | 200 | 200 | 31 | |||||||||
January 2014 | 50 | 50 | 8 | |||||||||
June 2014 | 100 | - | - | |||||||||
September 2014 | 150 | 20 | 3 | |||||||||
November 2014 | - | 87 | 14 | |||||||||
December 2014 | - | 35 | 5 | |||||||||
January 2015*** | 250 | - | - | |||||||||
February 2015*** | - | 28 | 4 | |||||||||
April 2015 | - | 100 | 16 | |||||||||
May 2015 | - | - | - | |||||||||
June 2015*** | 250 | - | - | |||||||||
January to March 2016 | 79 | 12 | ||||||||||
May or June 2016*** | - | 401 | 62 | |||||||||
Total | 1,000 | 1,000 | 155 |
* Includes initial deposit made to seller ** In US$ based on current exchange rates *** Updated to reflect delay to payment schedule
The Land Use Right will not be transferred to Wuhan Kingold until the project is completed and certificate of occupancy is issued. Upon the completion of the Project, the excess of RMB 1.0 billion commitment over the actual amount spent on the construction of the project shall be deemed as the actual cost of the Land Use Right. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the deposit on land use right was $9,357,810 and $9,296,763, respectively.
As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the construction payable of approximately $36.4 million and $23.9 million has been accrued based on the billing request by the construction company, respectively.
12
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
NOTE 6 – LOANS
Short term loans consist of the following:
As of | ||||||||
March 31, | December 31, | |||||||
2016 | 2015 | |||||||
(a) Loans payable to CITIC Bank Wuhan Branch | $ | - | $ | 6,161,714 | ||||
(b) Loan payable to Bank of Hubei Wuhan Jiang’an Branch | 3,101,088 | 3,080,857 | ||||||
(c) Loan payable to Minsheng Trust | 46,516,316 | 46,212,857 | ||||||
(d) Current portion of long-term loan payable to Evergrowing Bank | 310,108 | - | ||||||
Total short term loans | $ | 49,927,512 | $ | 55,455,428 |
a) Loans payable to CITIC Bank Wuhan Branch with an aggregate amount of approximately $6.2 million (RMB 40 million) matured and was fully repaid on March 1, 2016.
b) Loan payable to Bank of Hubei, Wuhan Jiang’an Branch with an aggregate amount of approximately $3.1 million (RMB 20 million) originated on November 12, 2015, with a maturity date of November 12, 2016. The annual interest rate was 6.7%. This loan is secured by the Company’s building and land use rights with carrying value of approximately $5.9 million. In addition, the Company's subsidiary Wuhan Kingold and Mr. Zhihong Jia, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, separately signed a maximum guarantee agreement with the bank, to provide a maximum amount of approximately $3.7 million (RMB 24 million) guarantee for a line of credit of approximately $3.1 million (RMB 20 million) from Bank of Hubei during September 24, 2015 through September 24, 2018.
c) Loan payable to Minsheng Trust, with an aggregate amount of approximately $46.5 million (RMB 300 million) originated on September 17, 2015, with a maturity date of September 25, 2016. The annual interest rate was 12.5%. The loan is to be used for the Company’s working capital. Wuhan Kingold pledged 1,877,490 grams of gold with carrying value of approximately $60.3 million (RMB 389 million) as of March 31, 2016 to secure this loan. The Company was also required to pledge approximately $0.5 million (RMB 3 million) restricted cash with Minsheng Trust as collateral. In addition, the Company’s CEO, Mr. Zhihong Jia and his wife, Ms. Lili Huang, jointly signed a guarantee agreement with the Minsheng Trust, to provide a guarantee for the loan.
d) The current portion of loans payable to Yantai Huanshan Road Branch of Evergrowing Bank (see note (f) below).
Interest expense for all of the loans mentioned above amounted to $1,558,301 and $246,904 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Long term loans consist of the following:
As of | ||||||||
March 31, | December 31, | |||||||
2016 | 2015 | |||||||
(e) Loans payable to Qixia Branch of Evergrowing Bank | $ | 155,054,385 | $ | 30,808,571 | ||||
(f) Loans payable to Yantai Huanshan Road Branch of Evergrowing Bank | 154,744,277 | - | ||||||
(g) Loans payable to Anxin Trust | 45,275,880 | - | ||||||
Total long term loans | $ | 355,074,542 | $ | 30,808,571 |
(e) Loans payable to Evergrowing Bank – Qixia Branch
On December 18, 2015, Wuhan Kingold signed a loan agreement with the Qixia Branch of Evergrowing Bank in the amount of approximately $31.0 million (RMB 200 million) for the purpose of acquiring the Jewelry Park project (see Note 5). The loan period is from December 18, 2015 to December 15, 2017 with the annual interest of 7.5%. The loan is secured by 1,300,000 grams of Au9999 gold with carrying value of approximately $41.7 million. In addition, the Company’s CEO, Mr. Zhihong Jia signed a guarantee agreement with the bank, to provide a guarantee for the loan.
13
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
NOTE 6 – LOANS - continued
(e) Loans payable to Evergrowing Bank – Qixia Branch - continued
In January 2016, Wuhan Kingold signed two Loan Agreements of Circulating Funds with the Qixia Branch of Evergrowing Bank for loans of approximately $124.0 million (RMB 800 million) in aggregate. The purpose of the loans is purchasing gold. The terms of loans are two years and bear fixed interest of 7.5% per year. The loans are subject to certain covenants required by the agreements. The loans are secured by 5,000,000 grams of Au9999 gold in aggregate with carrying value of approximately $160.5 million and are jointly guaranteed by Mr. Zhihong Jia, the CEO and Chairman of the Company. Both loans are due in January 2018. The repayment of the loans may be accelerated under certain conditions, including upon a default of principal or interest payment when due, breach of representations or warranties, certain cross-defaults, upon the occurrence of certain material events affecting the financial viability of Wuhan Kingold, and other customary conditions
(f) Loans payable to Evergrowing Bank- Yantai Huanshan Road Branch
From February 24, 2016 to March 24, 2016, Wuhan Kingold signed ten Loan Agreements with the Yantai Huanshan Road Branch of Evergrowing Bank for a total of approximately $155.1 million (RMB 1 billion) in aggregate. The purpose of the loans are for purchasing gold. The terms of loans are two years and bear fixed interest of 7% per year. The loans are subject to certain covenants required by the agreements. The loans are secured by 5,828,750 gram of Au9999 gold in aggregate with carrying value of approximately $187.1 million and are jointly guaranteed by Mr. Zhihong Jia, the CEO and Chairman of the Company. Based on the loan repayment plan as specified in the loan agreements, RMB 1 million (equivalent to $155,054) should be repaid on August 23, 2016 and additional RMB 1 million (equivalent to $155,054) should be repaid on February 23, 2017 and accordingly these amounts have been reclassified as the current portion of the long-term loans (see note (d) above). The remaining loans are due in February to March 2018. The repayment of the loans may be accelerated under certain conditions, including upon a default of principal or interest payment when due, breach of representations or warranties, certain cross-defaults, upon the occurrence of certain material events affecting the financial viability of Wuhan Kingold, and other customary conditions. The repayment requirement is listed below:
As of | ||||||||
March 31, 2016 | December 31,2015 | |||||||
August 23, 2016 | $ | 155,054 | $ | - | ||||
February 23, 2017 | 155,054 | - | ||||||
Current portion | $ | 310,108 | $ | - | ||||
August 23, 2017 | $ | 155,054 | - | |||||
February 23, 2018 – March 24, 2018 | 154,589,223 | - | ||||||
Long-term portion | $ | 154,744,277 | $ | - |
(g) Loans payable to Anxin Trust Co., Ltd
In January 2016, Wuhan Kingold signed a Collective Trust Loan Agreement with Anxin Trust Co., Ltd. (“Anxin Trust”). The agreement allows the Company to access of approximately $465 million (RMB 3 billion) within 60 months. Each individual loan will bear a fixed annual interest of 14.8% with a term of 36 months or less. The loan is subject to certain covenants required by the agreement. The purpose of this trust loan is to provide working capital for the Company to purchase gold. The loan is secured by 1,700,000 gram of Au9999 gold in aggregate with carrying value of approximately $54.6 million. There is no financial covenant requirement for this loan. The loan is also jointly guaranteed by Mr. Zhihong Jia, the CEO and Chairman of the Company. As of the date of this report, the Company received an aggregate of approximately $45.3 million (RMB 292 million) from the loan.
For the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, total interest for long term loans capitalized on the Jewelry Park project (see Note 5) was $Nil and $1,085,540, respectively.
14
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
NOTE 7 – DEBTS PAYABLE
On February 9, 2015, Wuhan Kingold received a Notice of Acceptance of Registration (the “Acceptance”) from the PRC’s National Association of Financial Market Institutional Investors (the “NAFMII”), registering the issuance of up to RMB 750 million (approximately US$116 million) of debt financing instruments by Wuhan Kingold pursuant to a Non-Public Oriented Debt Financing Instruments Private Placement Agreement, by and among Wuhan Kingold, SPD Bank and the other institutional investors named therein (together with SPD Bank, the “Investors”), dated July 21, 2014 (the “Private Placement Agreement”). Such Private Placement Agreement became valid upon the Acceptance. In connection with the Private Placement Agreement, Wuhan Kingold and SPD Bank entered into an Underwriting Agreement dated August 12, 2014, appointing SPD Bank as the lead underwriter and bookkeeping manager for the issuance of the debt securities. The debt financing program is intended to operate similar to a commercial paper program. Under the program, Wuhan Kingold may issue the debt securities at any time within two years from the date of the Acceptance, with the initial issuance completed within six months from the date of the Acceptance. Wuhan Kingold is required to report any issuance to the NAFMII. The Private Placement Agreement provides that the Investors are entitled to, but are not required to, participate in any issuance, and prohibits using the proceeds from any issuance of debt securities for real estate and equity acquisition transactions.
On March 26, 2015, Wuhan Kingold completed the issuance of the first phase of debt financing instruments with the total amount of approximately $62 million (RMB 400 million) under the Private Placement Agreement. The debt has a one-year term with the annual interest rate of 7%. The debt was secured by certain gold or gold products held by Wuhan Kingold and approximately $5 million (RMB 35 million) security deposit. Management determined the debt was for the purpose of financing the Jewelry Park project (see Note 5). In connection with the foregoing, Wuhan Kingold and SPD Bank have entered into a Credit Agent Agreement (the “Credit Agent Agreement”), pursuant to which SPD Bank serves as the agent of the holders of the debt securities. Zhihong Jia, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, has executed a guaranty, to guarantee Wuhan Kingold’s obligations under the Credit Agent Agreement. The interest expense incurred on the debt financing instruments amounted to approximately $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and was capitalized into construction in progress of Jewelry Park project. The RMB 400 million debts payable have been fully repaid to SPD Bank upon maturity on March 24, 2016.
A one-time financing cost of approximately $0.6 million (RMB 4 million) related to the issuance has been offset against the debts payable carrying amount and is being amortized on a quarterly basis. For the year ended December 31, 2015, amortization of the deferred financing costs was $490,870. The remaining deferred financing cost of $145,180 was fully amortized in the three months ended March 31, 2016.
As of | ||||||||
March 31, | December 31, | |||||||
2016 | 2015 | |||||||
Gross Debts Payable for Phase One | $ | - | $ | 61,617,142 | ||||
Deferred financing cost | - | (145,180 | ) | |||||
Debts Payable, net | $ | - | $ | 61,471,962 |
Pursuant to the Private Placement Agreement dated on August 12, 2014, the RMB 750 million debt financing instruments can be issued within two years. The Company originally planned to request the second phase of issuance of approximately $54 million (RMB 350 million) before the first phase debt expiration date in March 2016 and the proceeds were planned to pay back the first phase debt. However, because the Company obtained alternative financing through several bank borrowings, management does not expect the second phase of debt issuance will be requested in the near future.
NOTE 8 – DEPOSITS PAYABLE - JEWELRY PARK
In August 2015, the Company started the pre-sale of certain real estate property in the Kingold Jewelry Park (see Note 5). 41,754.23 square meters (approximately 433,000 square feet) of office space have been pre-sold to various buyers at approximately $930 (RMB 6,000) per construction square meter and the Company received deposits of approximately $22 million (RMB 144 million) from buyers as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. The Company expects to deliver these properties to the customers when the Jewelry Park passes the inspection conducted by the local government authority and the certificate of occupancy is obtained in late May 2016.
15
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
NOTE 9 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION
For the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company borrowed total of $450,025 from Mr. Zhihong Jia, the CEO and Chairman of the Company, to pay certain expense to various service providers on behalf of the Company. Such amount is unsecured and repayable on demand with free of interest. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the due to related party amounted to $450,025 and $200,059, respectively.
For the three months end March 31, 2016 and 2015, Mr. Zhihong Jia, the CEO and Chairman of the Company, together with his wife provided their personal guarantees to various financial institutions to supports the Company (see Notes 6 and 7).
NOTE 10 – INCOME TAXES
The Company is subject to income taxes on income arising in or derived from the tax jurisdiction in which each entity is domiciled.
Kingold is incorporated in the United States and has incurred net operating loss for income tax purposes for 2015 and 2014. The Company has loss carry forwards of approximately $16 million for U.S. income tax purposes available for offsetting against future taxable U.S. income, expiring in 2035. Management believes that the realization of the benefits from these losses is uncertain due to its history of continuing losses in the United States. Accordingly, a full deferred tax asset valuation allowance has been provided and no deferred tax asset benefit has been recorded. The valuation allowance as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was approximately $5.5 million and $5.4 million, respectively. The net increase in the valuation allowance for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 was $100,284 and $278,125, respectively.
Dragon Lead is incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (the “BVI”), and under current laws of the BVI, income earned is not subject to income tax.
Wuhan Vogue-Show, Wuhan Kingold, Kingold Internet and Yuhuang are incorporated in the PRC and are subject to PRC income tax, which is computed according to the relevant laws and regulations in the PRC. The applicable tax rate is 25% for the periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015. The Company recorded $Nil deferred income tax assets as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.
The Company intends to reinvest its foreign profits indefinitely in order to avoid a tax liability upon repatriation to the United States. Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes was allocated between the U.S. and foreign components for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:
For the three months ended March 31, | ||||||||
2016 | 2015 | |||||||
United States | $ | (294,952 | ) | $ | (819,803 | ) | ||
Foreign | 20,558,843 | 9,385,384 | ||||||
$ | 20,263,891 | $ | 8,565,581 |
Significant components of the income tax provision were as follows for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:
For the three months ended March 31, | ||||||||
2016 | 2015 | |||||||
Current tax provision | ||||||||
Federal | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
State | - | - | ||||||
Foreign | 4,811,004 | 2,728,902 | ||||||
4,811,004 | 2,728,902 | |||||||
Deferred tax provision (recovery) | ||||||||
Federal | - | - | ||||||
State | - | - | ||||||
Foreign | 255,674 | (744,525 | ) | |||||
255,674 | (744,525 | ) | ||||||
Income tax provision | $ | 5,066,678 | $ | 1,984,377 |
16
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
NOTE 10 – INCOME TAXES - continued
The components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liability as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 consist of the following:
As of March 31,
2016 |
As of December 31,
2015 |
|||||||
Deferred tax assets: | ||||||||
Deferred tax assets from net operating losses from parent company | $ | 5,455,464 | $ | 5,335,180 | ||||
Valuation allowance | (5,455,464 | ) | (5,335,180 | ) | ||||
$ | - | $ | - | |||||
Deferred tax liability: | ||||||||
Deferred tax liability from capitalized interest | $ | 2,045,934 | $ | 1,774,993 | ||||
Income tax provision | $ | 2,045,934 | $ | 1,774,993 |
NOTE 11 – EARNINGS PER SHARE
For the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, the basic average shares outstanding and diluted average shares outstanding were the same because the effect of potential shares of common stock was anti-dilutive since the exercise prices for the warrant and options were greater than the average market price for the related periods. As a result, for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, warrants to purchase 150,000 shares and 294,000 shares of common stock at weighted average exercise price of $1.20 and $3.25 per shares, respectively, and options to purchase 3,220,000 shares of common stock at weighted average exercise price of $1.90 per share, were not included in the computation of diluted EPS.
17
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
NOTE 12 – OPTIONS
The 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) permits the granting of stock options (including incentive stock options as well as nonstatutory stock options), stock appreciation rights, restricted and unrestricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance awards, other stock-based awards or any combination of the foregoing. Under the terms of the Plan, up to 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock may be granted. Prior to January 1, 2012, the Company granted 1,620,000 options under the plan. In accordance with the vesting periods, $Nil and $110,439 were recorded as part of operating expense-stock compensation for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
On January 9, 2012, the Company granted 1,300,000 options with an exercise price of $1.22 to certain members of management and directors. These options can be exercised within ten years from the grant date once they become exercisable. The options become exercisable in accordance with the schedule below: (a) 25% of the options become exercisable on the first anniversary of the grant date (such date is the initial vesting date), and (b) 6.25% of the options become exercisable on the date three months after the initial vesting date and on such date every third month thereafter, through the fourth anniversary of the grant date. The fair value of the options was calculated using the Black-Scholes options pricing model using the following assumptions: volatility of 124.81%, risk free interest rate of 1.98 %, and expected term of 10 years. The fair value of the options was $1,516,435. In accordance with the vesting periods, $Nil and $94,777 were recorded as part of operating expense-stock compensation for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
On April 1, 2012, the Company granted 120,000 options with an exercise price of $1.49 to its Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) per his employment agreement. These options can be exercised within ten years from the grant date once they become exercisable. The options become exercisable every three months starting from grant date for the one year service period from April 1, 2012. The fair value of the options was calculated using the Black-Scholes options pricing model using the following assumptions: volatility of 124.50%, risk free interest rate of 2.23%, and expected term of 10 years. The fair value of the options was $170,967. These options have fully vested by December 31, 2013.
On July 16, 2013, the Company granted 90,000 options with an exercise price of $1.18 to its non-employee directors, which options expire ten years from the grant date under the Plan. These options became exercisable in accordance with the following schedule: (a) 25% of the options became exercisable on the first anniversary of the grant date (the “Initial Vesting Date”), and (b) 6.25% of the options became exercisable on the date three months after the Initial Vesting Date and on such date every third month thereafter, through the fourth anniversary of the grant date. The fair value of the options was calculated using the Black-Scholes options pricing model using the following assumptions: volatility of 118.01%, risk free interest rate of 2.55%, and expected term of 6.25 years. The fair value of the options was $92,458. In accordance with the vesting periods, $5,779 and $5,779 were recorded as part of operating expense-stock compensation for the 90,000 options above for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
On February 25, 2015, the Company granted 90,000 options with an exercise price of $1.11 to its non-employee directors, which options expire ten years from the grant date under the Plan. These options became exercisable in accordance with the following schedule: (a) 25% of the options became exercisable on the first anniversary of the grant date, and (b) 6.25% of the options became exercisable on the date three months after the initial vesting date and on such date every third month thereafter, through the fourth anniversary of the grant date. The fair value of the options was calculated using the Black-Scholes options pricing model under the following assumptions: volatility of 115.20%, risk free interest rate of 1.96%, and expected term of 6.25 years. The aggregate fair value of the options was $85,822. In accordance with the vesting periods, $5,364 and $1,788 were recorded as part of operating expense-stock compensation for the 90,000 options above for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
The Company recorded $11,143 and $212,783 stock-based compensation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The following table summarized the Company’s stock option activity:
Weighted Average | ||||||||||||||||
Number of
Options |
Weighted Average
Exercise Price |
Remaining Life
in Years |
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value |
|||||||||||||
Outstanding, December 31, 2015 | 3,220,000 | $ | 1.90 | 5.76 | $ | - | ||||||||||
Exercisable, December 31, 2015 | 3,009,375 | $ | 1.95 | 5.63 | $ | - | ||||||||||
Granted | - | $ | - | - | - | |||||||||||
Forfeited | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Exercised | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Outstanding, March 31, 2016 | 3,220,000 | $ | 1.90 | 5.51 | $ | - | ||||||||||
Exercisable, March 31, 2016 | 3,118,750 | $ | 1.93 | 5.42 | $ | - |
18
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
NOTE 13 – WARRANTS
Following is a summary of the status of warrant activities as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015
Number of | Weighted Average | Weighted average | ||||||||||
warrants | Exercise Price | Remaining Life in Years | ||||||||||
Outstanding, December 31, 2015 | 294,000 | $ | 3.61 | 0.63 | ||||||||
Granted | 150,000 | 1.20 | ||||||||||
Forfeited | (294,000 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
Exercised | - | - | - | |||||||||
Outstanding, March 31, 2016 | 150,000 | $ | 1.20 | 1.25 |
On August 12, 2015, the Company signed a consulting agreement to engage Bespoke Independent Partners (“BIP”), a fully owned subsidiary of FPIA Partners LLC to operate as a strategic advisor to Kingold. As the part of the agreement with BIP, warrants to purchase an aggregate of up to 900,000 shares with exercise price ranging from $1.20 to $1.80 may be due to BIP if certain stock performance targets are met within a three-year period starting from August 12, 2015. Such warrants become exercisable for cash three months after they are due and may be exercised for twelve months after they become exercisable. As of March 31, 2016, BIP claimed 150,000 shares of warrants to BIP for certain milestone accomplished with an exercise price of $1.20 per share. The warrants may be exercised for cash from June 29, 2016 until June 28, 2017. Accordingly, the Company recorded $64,204 consulting expenses and included in the general administrative expenses. The fair value of the warrants was calculated using the Black-Scholes options pricing model using the following assumptions: volatility of 81%, risk free interest rate of 0.84%, and expected term of 1.25 years . The fair value of the warrants was $64,204. As of December 31, 2015, BIP did not claim any warrants because no performance target was met. A total of 294,000 warrants consisting of 150,000 warrants issued to Wallington Investment Holdings Ltd with exercise price of $3.25 per share on January 13, 2011 and 144,000 warrants issued to Rodman & Renshaw, LLC with exercise price of $3.99 per share on January 13, 2011 expired on January 13, 2016.
NOTE 14 – NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST
Non-controlling interest represents the minority stockholders’ 45% proportionate share of the results of the newly established subsidiary Kingold Internet and Yuhuang. A reconciliation of non-controlling interest as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 are as follows:
As of March 31, 2016 | As of December 31, 2015 | |||||||
Beginning Balance | $ | 73,274 | $ | - | ||||
Capital Contribution | - | 69,319 | ||||||
Proportionate shares of Net loss | (1,197 | ) | (296 | |||||
Foreign currency translation gain | (454 | ) | 4,251 | |||||
Ending Balance | $ | 71,623 | $ | 73,274 |
NOTE 15 – CONCENTRATIONS AND RISKS
The Company maintains certain bank accounts in the PRC and BVI, which are not insured by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance or other insurance. The cash and restricted cash balance held in the PRC bank accounts was $55,653,562 and $29,544,475 as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The cash balance held in the BVI bank accounts was $25,399 and $13,277 as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company held $146,428 and $144,465 of cash balances within the United States, no balance was in excess of FDIC insurance limits of $250,000 as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
For the periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, almost 100% of the Company's assets were located in the PRC and 100% of the Company's revenues were derived from its subsidiaries located in the PRC.
The Company’s principal raw material used during the year was gold, which accounted for almost 100% of its total purchases for the periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015. The Company purchased gold directly, and solely, from the Shanghai Gold Exchange, the largest gold trading platform in the PRC.
No customer accounted for more than 10% of annual sales for the periods ended March 31, 2016 or 2015.
19
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
NOTE 16 – GOLD LEASE TRANSACTIONS
The Company leased gold as a way to finance its growth and will return the same amount of gold to CCB, SPD Bank, CITIC Bank and ICBC at the end of the respective lease agreements. Under these gold lease arrangements, each of CCB, SPD Bank and CITIC Bank retains beneficial ownership of the gold leased to the Company and treats it as if the gold is placed on consignment to the Company. All three banks have their own representatives on the Company’s premises to monitor on a daily basis the use and security of the gold leased to the Company. Accordingly, the Company records these gold lease transactions as operating leases because the Company does not have ownership nor has it assumed the risk of loss for the leased gold.
1) | Gold lease transactions with CCB |
During 2015, the Company renewed gold lease agreements with CCB and leased an aggregate of 1,515 kilograms of gold, which amounted to approximately $56.3 million (RMB 365 million). The leases have initial terms of one year and provide an interest rate of 6% per annum. The leased gold shall be returned to CCB upon lease maturity in December 2016.
During the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company entered into gold lease agreements with CCB and leased an aggregate of 815 kilograms of gold, which amounted to approximately $29.4 million (RMB 189.4 million). The leases have initial terms of one year and provide an interest rate of 5.7% per annum. The leased gold shall be returned to the Bank upon lease maturity in 2017.
During the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company returned 880 kilograms of gold, which amounted to approximately $33.8 million (RMB 218.1 million) back to CCB upon lease maturity.
As of March 31, 2016, 1,450 kilograms of leased gold were outstanding and not yet returned to the Bank which amounted to approximately $52.2 million (RMB 336.6 million) and due in various months throughout 2016 and 2017.
2) | Gold lease transactions with SPD Bank |
On April 10, 2015, Wuhan Kingold entered into a gold lease agreement with SPD Bank to lease additional 197 kilograms of gold (valued at approximately RMB 46.98 million or approximately $7.2 million). The lease has initial term of one year and provides an interest rate of 3.2% per annum.
In the third quarter of 2015, Wuhan Kingold entered into several gold lease agreements with SPD Bank to lease an aggregate of 720 kilograms of gold, valued approximately $25.9 million (RMB 168.2 million). The leases have initial terms of one year and provide an interest rate of 2.8% to 6% per annum. The Company is required to deposit cash into an account at SPD Bank equal to approximately $16 million (RMB 103 million).
As of December 31, 2015, 917 kilograms of leased gold were outstanding and not yet returned to SPD Bank, which amounted to approximately $33.1 million (RMB 215.2 million). Such gold leases will be due in various months in 2016.
As of March 31, 2016, 917 kilograms of leased gold were outstanding and not yet returned to SPD Bank, which amounted to approximately $33.4 million (RMB 215.2 million). Such gold leases will be due in various months in 2016.
3) | Gold lease transaction with CITIC Bank |
During 2015, Wuhan Kingold entered into a gold lease agreement with CITIC Bank to lease an additional 850 kilograms of gold (valued at approximately $31 million or RMB 201 million). The lease has an initial term of one to six months and provides an interest rate of 6% per annum. The Company is required to deposit cash into a restricted account at CITIC Bank equal to approximately $1.2 million (RMB 8.0 million). During 2015, the Company returned 1,150 kilograms of leased gold upon maturity, which amounted to approximately $44.3 million (RMB 287.4 million). The remaining amount shall be returned to the Bank upon lease maturity in 2016. The Company is required to deposit cash into a restricted account at the Bank equal to approximately $3 million (RMB 19.5 million).
As of December 31, 2015, 350 kilograms of leased gold were outstanding and not yet returned to CITIC Bank, which amounted to approximately $12.4 million. During the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company returned 150 kilograms of gold, which amounted to approximately $5.5 million (RMB 35.5 million) back to CITIC upon lease maturity.
As of March 31, 2016, 200 kilograms of leased gold were outstanding and not yet returned to CITIC Bank, which amounted to approximately $7.0 million (RMB 44.8 million). Such leased gold is due in various months in 2016.
20
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
NOTE 16 – GOLD LEASE TRANSACTIONS - continued
4) | Gold lease transaction with ICBC |
During the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company entered into a gold lease agreement with ICBC and leased 527 kilograms of gold, which amounted to approximately $21.7 million (RMB 139.7 million). The leases has an initial term of half year and provide an interest rate of 2.75% per annum. The leased gold shall be returned to the Bank upon lease maturity in September 2016. As of March 31, 2016, 527 kilograms of leased gold were outstanding and not yet returned to ICBC.
As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, 3,094 kilograms and 2,782 kilograms of leased gold were outstanding, at the approximated amounts of $114.2 million and $101.8 million, respectively.
Interest expense for all gold lease arrangements for the three month period ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 were approximately $1.23 million and $1.84 million, respectively, which was included in the cost of sales.
NOTE 17 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Commitments
Future payment commitments under the purchase agreement of “Kingold Jewelry Cultural Industry Park” amounted to approximately $62 million (RMB 401 million). See Note 5 “Deposit on Land Use Right and Construction In Progress”.
On August 12, 2015, the Company signed a consulting agreement to engage BIP to operate as a strategic advisor to Kingold. BIP claimed an initial three month retainer fee of $12,000 as well as a due diligence fee of $15,000 upon execution of the contract. Thereafter BIP claimed service fees of $4,000 per month. Pursuant to the agreement with BIP, an aggregate of 900,000 shares of warrants with exercise price ranging from $1.20 to $1.80 may be granted to BIP if certain stock performance targets are met within a three-year period. As of March 31, 2016, 150,000 warrants were claimed by BIP for certain milestone accomplished with an exercise price of $1.20 per share. Subsequent to March 31, 2016, BIP claimed that the Company was obligated to issue additional warrants based on meeting certain stock performance targets (See Note 19).
NOTE 18 – CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
On April 2, 2015, the Company entered into a Convertible Note Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Fidelidade – Companhia de Seguros, S.A., a company duly incorporated and existing under the laws of Portugal and a majority-owned subsidiary of Fosun International Limited (the “Holder”). Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to issue and sell to the Holder $15 million aggregate principal amount 6.0% Senior Secured Convertible Note due 2018 (the “Note”), subject to customary closing conditions. The Company will sell the Note in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Note and the underlying shares of the Company’s common stock issuable upon conversion of the Note have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption from registration requirements.
The Note will bear interest at a rate of 6.0% per year payable annually. The Note will mature on the third anniversary of the issuance date of the Note, unless earlier converted. The Note constitutes a general, senior, secured obligation of the Company. The Company is required to grant the Holder a security interest in certain collateral as identified in the Purchase Agreement, to secure the payment, discharge and performance of all the Company’s obligations under the Note. Mr. Zhihong Jia, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, will execute a guarantee in favor of the Holder, pursuant to which Mr. Jia will be jointly liable for the Company’s obligations under the Note.
21
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
NOTE 18 – CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT - continued
Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of the Purchase Agreement, the Holder has the right, at its option, to convert the principal amount of the Note or any portion of such principal amount which is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, into shares of common stock at the applicable conversion rate. The conversion rate is initially 869.57 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Note (equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $1.15 per share), subject to adjustment in certain events described in the Purchase Agreement. Upon conversion, the Company will deliver shares of common stock as set forth in the Purchase Agreement. No fractional shares will be issued upon any conversion.
In connection with the entry into the Purchase Agreement, the Company will enter into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with the Holder as a condition to closing the sale of the Note, which sets forth the rights of the Holder to have the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Note registered with the SEC for public resale under the Securities Act. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company is required to file a registration statement with the SEC (the “Initial Registration Statement”) within 60 days following the date of the issuance of the Note, registering the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Note. The Company is required to use its reasonable best efforts to have the Initial Registration Statement declared effective as promptly as possible following the filing thereof and, in any event, by no later than 90 days after the date of the issuance of the Note. In addition, the agreement gives the Holder the ability to exercise certain piggyback registration rights in connection with registered offerings by the Company.
The Purchase Agreement was set to terminate automatically on May 31, 2015 in the absence of a closing or extension at the discretion of the Holder. Closing did not occur prior to such time because the Company had not secured a $15 million letter of credit required under the agreement. The Holder has not provided written notice to the Company of its intention either to terminate or to extend the Purchase Agreement, and the Company continues to pursue the $15 million letter of credit. While there can be no guarantee that the Company will locate a letter of credit on terms acceptable to the Holder, the Company remains willing to proceed under the Purchase Agreement.
NOTE 19 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On March 9, 2016, Wuhan Kingold entered into a Trust Loan Contract with Chang’An International Trust Co., Ltd. (“Chang’An Trust”). The agreement allows the Company to access a total of approximately $46.5 million (RMB 300 million) for the purpose of working capital needs. The loan has a 24-month term starting from the date of releasing the loan, and bears interest at a fixed rate of 13% per annum. The loan is secured by 1,121 kilograms of Au9995 gold, which approximately $44.3 million (RMB 285.9 million) is pledged by Wuhan Kingold. The loan is jointly guaranteed by Mr. Zhihong Jia, the CEO and Chairman of the Company and shall be repaid upon maturity. As of March 31, 2016, the loan was not released by Chang’An Trust. On April 27, 2016 and April 29, 2016, approximately $26.8 million (RMB 173 million) and $4 million (RMB 26 million), respectively, were released by Chang’ An Trust to the Company, with maturity dates on April 27, 2018 and April 29, 2018, respectively. The Company also made a restricted deposit of $308,556 (RMB 1.99 million) to secure these loans. The deposit will be refunded when the loan is repaid upon maturity.
On April 19, 2016, BIP notified the Company that under the terms of consulting agreement with BIP (see Note 13), the second milestone was accomplished on April 18, 2016. BIP claimed 150,000 warrants at an exercise price of $1.50 per share. The warrants may be exercised for cash from July 17, 2016 until July 17, 2017.
On May 10, 2016, the Company notified BIP that the consulting agreement was terminated.
On April 26, 2016, the Company entered into a Trust Loan Agreement and an Amendment to the Trust Loan Agreement with the National Trust Ltd. (“National Trust”) to borrow a maximum of approximately $77.5 million ( RMB 500 million) as working capital loan. The loan is comprised of two installments, with the first installment of approximately $15.5 million (RMB 100 million) and the second installment of approximately $62 million (RMB 400 million). Each installment has a one-year term starting from the installment release date. For each installment, the Company is required to make the first interest payment equal to 4.1% of the principle received, then the rest of interest payments are calculated based on a fixed interest rate of 8% and due on semi-annual basis. The Company is required to pledge 2,600 kilogram of Au9995 gold with carrying value of approximately $83.4 million (RMB 538 million) as collateral to secure this loan. The loan is jointly guaranteed by Mr. Zhihong Jia, the CEO and Chairman of the Company, and Wuhan Vogue-Show. As of the date of this Report, RMB 500 million (approximately $77.5 million) has been fully released by National Trust.
22
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with the financial statements and related notes included in this report and in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See also the “Cautionary Statement for Purposes of the “Safe Harbor” Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995” appearing elsewhere in this report. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in those forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, those contained in the “Risk Factors” section of this report and in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015.
Our Business
Through a variable interest entity, or VIE, relationship with Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Company Limited (“Wuhan Kingold”), a corporation incorporated in the People’s Republic of China, or PRC, we believe that we are one of the leading professional designers and manufacturers of high quality 24 Karat gold jewelry and PRC ornaments developing, promoting, and selling a broad range of products to the rapidly expanding jewelry market across the PRC. We offer a wide range of in-house designed products including, but not limited to, gold necklaces, rings, earrings, bracelets, and pendants.
We have historically sold our products directly to distributors, retailers and other wholesalers, who then sell our products to consumers through retail counters located in both department stores and other traditional stand-alone jewelry stores. We sell our products to our customers at a price that reflects the market price of the base material, plus a mark-up reflecting our design fees and processing fees. This mark-up typically ranges from 3% – 6% of the price of the base material. During 2015, we established a new subsidiary Wuhan Kingold Internet Co., Ltd. and started the online sales of our jewelry products to customers. However, the online sales were immaterial as of March 31, 2016.
We aim to become an increasingly important participant in the PRC’s gold jewelry design and manufacturing sector. In addition to expanding our design and manufacturing capabilities, our goal is to provide a large variety of gold products in unique styles and superior quality under our brand, Kingold.
To broaden our business lines and strengthen our processing capacity, in October 2013, we entered into an agreement to acquire the operating rights for 66,667 square meters (approximately 717,598 square feet, or 16.5 acres) of land in Wuhan for an aggregate purchase price of RMB 1 billion (approximately US $155 million at the spot rate). The $155 million include the land use right costs and the construction costs of the Jewelry Park as mentioned below. We financed the installment payments paid to date through bank loans, and may finance the remaining payments through either additional bank loans or other sources of financing. We may also finance part of the remaining payments through proceeds derived from the presale of some of the units. We have successfully obtained pre-sale permits for five of the seven buildings. The land use rights are held in the Shanghai Creative Industry Park, which we intend to rename the Kingold Jewelry Cultural Industry Park (the “Jewelry Park”). We intend to develop the land and to utilize the completed Jewelry Park as our new operation center and show center. We also plan to rent spaces within the Jewelry Park to other jewelry manufacturers and retailers in China, and may sell developed commercial and residential properties to individual and corporate buyers. The acquisition was structured as an equity purchase of the company holding the land use rights, with Wuhan Wansheng House Purchasing Limited (“Wuhan Wansheng”) (i) initially granting us a portion of ownership of Wuhan Huayuan Science and Technology Development Limited Company (“Wuhan Huayuan”), (ii) granting us the right to appoint the chief financial officer for the project to supervise and manage the use of funds, and (iii) naming Wuhan Wansheng as agent for the completion of the construction. Accordingly, we now own 60% of the Jewelry Park. Upon our payment of the final installment payment in May or June 2016, we will become the 100% owner of Wuhan Huayuan, which owns the land use rights of the Jewelry Park. However, because no other assets or liabilities have been transferred with the acquisition of Wuhan Huayuan, we are treating the Jewelry Park acquisition as an asset purchase for accounting purposes. In October 2015, Wuhan Kingold signed a supplemental agreement with the construction company Wuhan Wansheng to amend the original acquisition agreement dated October 23, 2013. Pursuant to this supplemental agreement, Wuhan Wansheng agreed to fully complete the construction and deliver the completed real estate property to the company before January 15, 2016. However, due to the cold weather condition and construction worker leave during the holiday season, the construction work on the Jewelry Park has been further delayed.
In January 2016, based on the actual construction progress, both parties reached to a further amendment to extend the construction completion time to April 15, 2016. However, due to the cold weather condition in January and February 2016 and the construction worker leave during the Chinese Spring Festival holiday season, the final construction work of the Jewelry Park resumed in the middle of February 2016 and the landscaping, building decoration and road construction did not fully complete as of March 31, 2016. Due to the construction work delay, the inspection application with local government was also delayed until mid-April 2016 when the construction work fully completed. Therefore, in April 2016, both parties signed an additional supplemental agreement to extend the final property delivery time to May 30, 2016 when the certificate of occupancy is expected to be obtained from local government. Wuhan Kingold agreed to pay the balance of construction payments within ten days after Wuhan Wansheng fully completes the construction and delivers the completed real estate property to the Company with anticipate of occupancy. As of the date of this Report, the Company is unable to predict the actual timing of the delivery because the government inspection process is not under the Company’s control and may be longer than expected.
Based on the RMB 1.0 billion (approximately $155 million) total budget on the Jewelry Park, as of December 31, 2015, the Company already paid RMB 520 million and was still obligated to pay the remaining RMB 480 million to Wuhan Wansheng. From late January to early March 2016, the Company paid additional RMB 79 million (approximately $12.2 million) to Wuhan Wansheng to settle the outstanding construction payable. As of March 31, 2016, the Company was still committed to pay the remaining amount of approximately $62 million (approximately RMB 401 million) to Wuhan Wansheng. On April 28, 2016, the Company paid RMB 50 million (approximately $7.7 million) to Wuhan Wansheng and will make the remaining payment of RMB 351 million (approximately $54.3 million) to Wuhan Wansheng upon delivery of the completed real estate property to the Company with certificate of occupancy by May 30, 2016.
23
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our statements of operations (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 in U.S. dollars:
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(IN US DOLLARS)
(UNAUDITED)
24
Three Month Period Ended March 31, 2016 Compared to the Three Month Period Ended March 31, 2015
Net Sales
Net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2016 amounted to $282.2 million, an increase of $76 million, or 37%, from net sales of $206.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, our branded production sales accounted for 98.4% of the total sales and customized production sales accounted for 1.5% of the total sales. When comparing with the three months ended March 31, 2015, our branded production sales increased by $79.4 million or 40%, and our customized production sales decreased by $3.4 million or 44%.
The overall increase in our revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2016 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 was due to the following combined factors: (1) total sales volume (in terms of quantity sold) increased from 12.3 metric tons in the three months ended March 31, 2015 to 14.8 metric tons in the three months ended March 31, 2016, causing 2.5 metric tons or 21% increase. As a result, approximately $90 million increase in our revenue was attributable to the increase in our sales volume. (2) The average unit selling price for our customized production decreased from RMB 7.05 per gram in the three months ended March 31, 2015 to only RMB 4.25 per gram in three months ended March 31, 2016. The decrease in selling price was a result of our strategy and efforts to encourage customers to purchase from us for more customized production of the gold products during the holiday season, causing 39.7% decrease. As a result, approximately $3.07 million decrease in customized production revenue was affected by the decrease in our selling price, partially offset against the increase in branded production revenue to certain extent. (3) foreign currency translation loss impact on the revenue was approximately a $12.5 million when converting RMB into USD, because the average exchange rate of USD: RMB depreciated from 1 USD=6.1444 RMB in the three months ended March 31, 2015 to 1 USD=6.5405 RMB in the three months ended March 31, 2016, representing a 6.4% depreciation over period.
In the first quarter of 2016, we used in production a total of 14.8 metric tons of gold, of which branded production accounted for 8.2 metric tons (55.1%) and customized production accounted for 6.6 metric tons (44.9%). In the first quarter of 2015, we used in production a total of 12.3 metric tons of gold, of which branded production accounted for 5.6 metric tons (45.5%) and customized production accounted for 6.7 metric tons (54.5%).
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales for the three months ended March 31, 2016 amounted to $253.7 million, an increase of $58.3 million, or 30%, from $195.4 million for the same period in 2015. The increase was primarily due to higher volume of products sold.
Gross Profit
Gross profit for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was $28.5 million, an increase of $17.7 million, or 165%, from $10.8 million for the same period in 2015. Accordingly, gross margin for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was 10.1%, compared to 5.2% for the same period in 2015. The primary reason for the substantial increase in gross margin was due to the decreased unit cost and the increased unit price of our branded production sales. On one hand, the unit cost of branded production sales was RMB 202.58 per gram for the three months ended March 31, 2016, while the unit cost of branded production sales was RMB 216.67 per gram for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The unit cost decreased by 6.5%, because most of gold sold in our branded production sales for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was purchased during the end of 2015 at a lower price. On the other hand, the unit selling price of branded production was RMB 222.24 per gram for the three months ended March 31, 2016 while the unit selling price of branded production was RMB 220.62 per gram for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The selling price for branded production sale increased by 0.7% due to high demand for the branded products in the holiday season. As a result, the unit margin of branded production was RMB 19.66 per gram for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to RMB 3.95 per gram for the three months ended March 31, 2015.
Expenses
Total operating expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2016 were $3.3 million compared with $1.9 million for the same period in 2015. The increase was mainly due to increased selling, General and Administrative expenses for broader marketing efforts, such as increased employee salaries and annual bonus expenses during the Chinese Spring Festival, increased legal, accounting and stock-based compensation expenses. In addition, due to significant increase in bank loans in the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company also incurred increased insurance expenses and custody charges on the gold inventory pledged with the banks as collateral.
Interest expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2016 were $4.97 million compared with $0.3 million for the same period in 2015. The increase in interest expenses was mainly due to the increase of long term loans of $324.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2016.
The provision for income tax expense was approximately $5.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, an increase of $3.1 million, or 155%, from approximately $2.0 million for the same period in 2015. The increase was primarily due to the increase in our taxable income, arising primarily from increased sales.
25
Net Income Attributable to KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
For the forgoing reasons, net income was $15.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $6.6 million for the same period in 2015, an increase of $8.6 million, or 131%.
Cash Flows
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $214.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared with net cash provided by operating activities of $9.4 million for the same period in 2015. The significant net cash used in operating was mainly due to our purchases of inventory of $201 million in anticipation of the increased production and sales demand when the Jewelry Park is completed which may stimulate our sales starting from the second quarter of 2016. In addition, due to our significant bank borrowings during the quarter ended March 31, 2016, we are required to pledge significant gold with the banks as collateral, which also led us to increase the inventory purchase and stockpile.
Analysis and Expectations: Our net cash from operating activities can fluctuate significantly due to changes in our inventories, receivables and payables. Factors that may vary significantly include our purchases of gold and income taxes. Looking forward, we expect the net cash that we generate from operating activities to continue to fluctuate as our inventories, receivables, accounts payables and other factors described above may change with increased production and the purchase of larger quantities of raw materials. These fluctuations could cause net cash from operating activities to fall, even if, as we expect, our net income grows as we expand. Although we expect net cash from operating activities will rise over the long term, we cannot predict how these fluctuations will affect our cash flow in any particular quarter.
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $13.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared with net cash used in investing activities of $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase in the net cash used in the investing activities was mainly because of the cash payment of $12 million (RMB 79 million) we made for the construction of the Jewelry Park.
Analysis and Expectations: While our net cash used in investing activities did not fluctuate much historically, we expect that cash used in investing activities will continue to fluctuate significantly in the short-term as we continue to invest in the development of the Jewelry Park and make payments pursuant to the terms of our agreement.
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities was $237 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared with net cash provided by financing activities of $65.1 for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase net cash provided by the financing activities was mainly due to the fact that the Company borrowed additional $319.8 million (RMB 2.1 billion) bank loans during the three months ended March 31, 2016 and we also repaid $6 million (RMB 40 million) bank loans and $61.2 million (RMB 400 million) debts payable upon maturity
Analysis and Expectations: We expect that cash generated from financing activities may increase significantly as a result of additional financing being obtained to meet the needs of expanded production and to make additional payments to finance the planned Jewelry Park project.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We originally guaranteed payment to a non-related third-party of approximately $11.1 million (RMB 68 million) in bank loans. The guarantee terminated in May 2015.
As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, 3,094 kilograms and 2,782 kilograms of leased gold were outstanding, at the approximated amounts of $114.2 million and $101.8 million, respectively. Interest expense for the leased gold for the three month period ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 were approximately $1.23 million and $1.84 million, respectively, which was included in the cost of sales. The Company will sign new gold lease agreements with the banks when needed.
26
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of March 31, 2016, we had approximately $13.3 million in cash and cash equivalents. We have financed our operations with cash flow generated from operations and through bank borrowings as well as through private and public borrowing and offerings in the U.S. and Chinese capital markets, such as our recent placement under our commercial paper program with SPD Bank.
At March 31, 2016, we had total outstanding short-term loans of approximately $3.1 million (RMB 20 million) from Hubei Bank, approximately $46.5 million (RMB 300 million) from Minsheng Trust, and approximately $0.3 million (RMB 2 million) from Evergrowing Bank. The amounts outstanding under these bank loans are presented in our financial statements as “short-term loans.” For additional information regarding our short-term loans, please see Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
On October 23, 2013, we entered into an acquisition agreement with Wuhan Wansheng and Wuhan Huayuan for a Jewelry Park project (“Jewelry Park”). Pursuant to the acquisition agreement, we acquired the operating rights for 66,667 square meters (approximately 717,598 square feet, or 16.5 acres) of industrial land for use in the development of the Jewelry Park for RMB 1.0 billion (approximately $155 million) from Wuhan Huayuan, and authorized Wuhan Wansheng, as agent, to complete construction of the Jewelry Park. We have financed our payments on the Jewelry Park through bank loans supplemented by our operating cash flows, and where possible, deposits or advances that may be received from lessees. We may also finance part of the remaining payments through proceeds derived from the presale of some of the units. In April 2016, we signed an additional supplemental agreement with the construction company to extend the final property delivery time to May 30, 2016 when the certificate of occupancy is expected to be obtained from local government. As of the date of this report, the Company is unable to predict the actual timing of the delivery because the government inspection process is not under the Company’s control and may be longer than expected.
As of March 31, 2016, our payments for the project will be made to Wuhan Wansheng in tranches, as follows, in line with the completion of certain building installments, as outlined in the acquisition agreement:
Original Payment
Commitment (RMB in millions) |
Revised Payment
Commitment (RMB in millions) |
Revised Payment
Commitment (USD in millions) ** |
||||||||||
October 2013* | 200 | 200 | 31 | |||||||||
January 2014 | 50 | 50 | 8 | |||||||||
June 2014 | 100 | - | - | |||||||||
September 2014 | 150 | 20 | 3 | |||||||||
November 2014 | - | 87 | 14 | |||||||||
December 2014 | - | 35 | 5 | |||||||||
January 2015*** | 250 | - | - | |||||||||
February 2015*** | - | 28 | 4 | |||||||||
April 2015 | - | 100 | 16 | |||||||||
May 2015 | - | - | - | |||||||||
June 2015*** | 250 | - | - | |||||||||
January to March 2016 | 79 | 12 | ||||||||||
May or June 2016*** | - | 401 | 62 | |||||||||
Total | 1,000 | 1,000 | 155 |
* Includes initial deposit made to seller ** In US$ based on current exchange rates *** Updated to reflect delay to payment schedule
On February 9, 2015, Wuhan Kingold received a Notice of Acceptance of Registration (the “Acceptance”) from the PRC’s National Association of Financial Market Institutional Investors (the “NAFMII”), registering the issuance of up to approximately $120 million (RMB 750 million) of debt financing instruments by Wuhan Kingold pursuant to a Non-Public Oriented Debt Financing Instruments Private Placement Agreement, by and among Wuhan Kingold, SPD Bank and the other institutional investors named therein (together with SPD Bank, the “Investors”). On March 26, 2015, the Company completed the issuance of the first phase of debt financing instruments with the total amount of approximately $62 million (RMB 400 million). The debt has a one-year term with the annual interest rate of 7%. The debt was secured by certain gold or gold products held by Wuhan Kingold and approximately $5 million (RMB 35 million) security deposit. In connection with the foregoing, Wuhan Kingold and SPD Bank have entered into a Credit Agent Agreement (the “Credit Agent Agreement”), pursuant to which SPD Bank serves as the agent of the holders of the debt securities. Zhihong Jia, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, has executed a guaranty, to guarantee Wuhan Kingold’s obligations under the Credit Agent Agreement. In March 2016, we fully repaid this debt to SPD bank upon maturity. The Company does not anticipate issuing any additional debt financing instrument under this Non-Public Oriented Debt Financing Instruments Private Placement Agreement.
On December 18, 2015, Wuhan Kingold signed a loan agreement with the Qixia Branch of Evergrowing Bank in the amount of approximately $31.0 million (RMB 200 million) for the purpose of acquiring the Jewelry Park project. The loan period was from December 18, 2015 to December 15, 2017 with the annual interest of 7.5%. The loan is secured by 1,300,000 grams of Au9999 gold with carrying value of approximately $41.7 million. In addition, the Company’s CEO, Mr. Zhihong Jia signed a guarantee agreement with the bank, to provide a guarantee for the loan.
27
In January 2016, the Company further signed two Loan Agreements of Circulating Funds with Evergrowing Bank, for loans of approximately $124 million (RMB 800 million) in aggregate. The purpose for the loans is purchasing gold. The terms of loans are two years and bear fixed interest of 7.5% per year. The loans are secured by 5,000 kilograms of gold in aggregate and are jointly guaranteed by Mr. Zhihong Jia, the CEO and Chairman of the Company. Both loans are due in January 2018. The repayment of the loans may be accelerated under certain conditions, including upon a default of principal or interest payment when due, breach of representations or warranties, certain cross-defaults, upon the occurrence of certain material events affecting the financial viability of Wuhan Kingold, and other customary conditions. There are no financial covenant requirements for the loans.
During February to March 2016, the Company signed ten Loan Agreements with the Yantai Huanshan Road Branch of Evergrowing Bank for loans of approximately $155.1 million (RMB 1 billion) in aggregate. The purpose of the loans is purchasing gold. The terms of loans are two years and bear fixed interest of 7% per year. The loans are secured by 5,550,000 gram of Au9999 gold in aggregated with carrying value of approximately $178.2 million and are jointly guaranteed by Mr. Zhihong Jia, the CEO and Chairman of the Company. All the loans are due in February to March 2018. The repayment of the loans may be accelerated under certain conditions, including upon a default of principal or interest payment when due, breach of representations or warranties, certain cross-defaults, upon the occurrence of certain material events affecting the financial viability of Wuhan Kingold, and other customary conditions. There are no financial covenant requirements for the loans.
In January 2016, the Company signed a Collective Trust Loan Agreement with Anxin Trust Co., Ltd. (“Anxin Trust”). The agreement allows the Company to access of approximately $465 million (RMB 3 billion) within 60 months. Each individual loan will bear a fixed annual interest of 14.8% with a term of 36 months or less. The release of individual loan is subject to certain non-financial covenants required by the loan agreements. The purpose of this trust loan is to provide working capital for the Company to purchase gold. The Company entered into a Collateral Agreement with Anxin Trust to designate the Company’s certain gold inventories stored at Shanghai Gold Exchange as the collateral for the trust loan. There is no covenant requirement for this loan. The loan is also jointly guaranteed by Mr. Zhihong Jia, the CEO and Chairman of the Company. As of the date of the Report, the Company received an aggregate of approximately $45.3 million (RMB 292 million) from the loan.
We have maintained a close relationship with the banks from where we lease gold. Therefore we expect that we are able to renew current gold leases upon maturity and obtain additional gold leases from the banks, if necessary. We are expecting to generate additional cash flows in the coming period of time from developing new customers, expanding our sales through our online sales platform and an increase in our revenue during the upcoming sales season.
In addition, we began our pre-sale efforts of the Jewelry Park properties in August 2015 and received approximately $22.3 million customer deposit, and we will continue this effort through the completion of the Jewelry Park which is expected to finish by June 2016.
As of March 31, 2016, the Company had positive working capital of $490 million. We believe that our current cash and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs, including our cash needs for working capital for the next 12 months and the required remaining RMB 401 million installment payments under the Jewelry Park acquisition agreement. We may, however, require additional cash resources due to changing business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. Our ability to maintain sufficient liquidity depends partially on our ability to achieve anticipated levels of revenue, while continuing to control costs. We continue to seek favorable additional financing to meet our capital requirements to fund our operations and growth plans in the ordinary course of business.
The ability of Wuhan Vogue-Show to pay dividends may be restricted due to the PRC’s foreign exchange control policies and our availability of cash. A majority of our revenue being earned and currency received is denominated in RMB. We may be unable to distribute any dividends outside of China due to PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into U.S. Dollars. Accordingly, Vogue-Show’s funds may not be readily available to us to satisfy obligations incurred outside the PRC, which could adversely affect our business and prospects or our ability to meet our cash obligations.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures in the financial statements. Critical accounting policies are those accounting policies that may be material due to the levels of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change, and that have a material impact on financial condition or operating performance. While we base our estimates and judgments on our experience and on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe the following critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our financial statements require significant judgments and estimates. For additional information relating to these and other accounting policies, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined using the weighted average method. We continually evaluate the composition of our inventory, turnover of our products, the price of gold, and the ability of our customers to pay for their products. We write down slow-moving and obsolete inventory based on an assessment of these factors, but principally customer demand. Such assessments require the exercise of significant judgment by management. Additionally, the value of our inventory may be affected by commodity prices. Decreases in the market value of gold would result in a lower stated value of our inventory, which may require us to take a charge for the decrease in the value. In addition, if the price of gold changes substantially in a very short period, it might trigger customer defaults, which could result in inventory obsolescence. If any of these factors were to become less favorable than those projected, inventory write-downs could be required, which would have a negative effect on our earnings and working capital.
28
Revenue Recognition
Net sales are primarily composed of sales of branded products to wholesale and retail customers, as well as fees generated from customized production. In customized production, a customer supplies the Company with the raw materials and the Company creates products per that customer’s instructions, whereas in branded production the Company generally purchases gold directly and manufactures and markets the products on its own. The Company recognizes revenues under ASC 605 as follows:
Sαles of brαnded products
The Company recognizes revenue on sales of branded products when the goods are delivered and title to the goods passes to the customer provided that: (i) there are no uncertainties regarding customer acceptance; (ii) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (iii) the sales price is fixed and determinable; and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.
Customized production fees
The Company recognizes services-based revenue (the processing fee) from such contracts for customized production when: (i) the contracted services have been performed and (ii) collectability is reasonably assured.
Internet sales
The Company also engages in promoting the online sales of jewelry products through cooperation with Tmall.com, a large business-to-consumer online retail platform owned by Alibaba Group. Consistent with the criteria of ASC 605, Revenue Recognition, the Company recognizes revenues when the following four revenue recognition criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred, (iii) the selling price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.
In accordance with ASC 605, Revenue Recognition, the Company evaluates whether it is appropriate to record the gross amount of product sales and related costs or the net amount earned as commissions. When the Company is primarily obligated in a transaction, is subject to inventory risk, has latitude in establishing prices and selecting suppliers, or has several but not all of these indicators, revenues should be recorded on a gross basis. When the Company is not the primary obligor, doesn’t bear the inventory risk and doesn’t have the ability to establish the price, revenues are recorded on a net basis.
Long-Lived Assets
Certain assets such as property, plant and equipment and construction in progress, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets that are held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset.
29
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
Given that all of our revenues are generated in RMB, yet our results are reported in U.S. dollars, devaluation of the RMB could negatively impact our results of operations. The value of RMB is subject to changes in the PRC’s governmental policies and to international economic and political developments. In January 1994, the PRC government implemented a unitary managed floating rate system. Under this system, the People’s Bank of China, or PBOC, began publishing a daily base exchange rate with reference primarily to the supply and demand of RMB against the U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies in the market during the previous day. Authorized banks and financial institutions are allowed to quote buy and sell rates for RMB within a specified band around the central bank’s daily exchange rate. On July 21, 2005, the PBOC announced an adjustment of the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar to RMB from 1:8.27 to 1:8.11 and modified the system by which the exchange rates are determined. Over the past four years, RMB has appreciated 11.6% against the U.S. dollar (from USD1 = RMB 7.2946 on January 1, 2008 to USD1 = RMB 6.4494 on March 31, 2016). While the international reaction to the RMB revaluation has generally been positive, there remains significant international pressure on the PRC government to adopt an even more flexible currency policy, which could result in further fluctuations of the exchange rate of RMB against the U.S. dollar, including possible devaluations. As all of our net revenues are recorded in RMB, any future devaluation of RMB against the U.S. dollar could negatively impact our results of operations.
Along these lines, the income statements of our operations are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates in each applicable period. To the extent the U.S. dollar strengthens against foreign currencies, the translation of these foreign currencies denominated transactions results in reduced revenue, operating expenses and net income for our international operations. Similarly, to the extent the U.S. dollar weakens against foreign currencies, the translation of these foreign currency denominated transactions results in increased revenue, operating expenses and net income for our international operations. We are also exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations as we convert the financial statements of our foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars in consolidation. If there is a change in foreign currency exchange rates, the conversion of the foreign subsidiaries’ financial statements into U.S. dollars will lead to a translation gain or loss which is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. In addition, we have certain assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the relevant entity’s functional currency. Changes in the functional currency value of these assets and liabilities create fluctuations that will lead to a transaction gain or loss. We have not entered into agreements or purchased instruments to hedge our exchange rate risks, although we may do so in the future. The availability and effectiveness of any hedging transaction may be limited and we may not be able to successfully hedge our exchange rate risks.
Interest Rate Risk
Our short-term borrowings as of March 31, 2016 were approximately $49.9 million, and interest expenses paid were $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016.
At the end of March 31, 2016, our weighted average interest rate was 8.7%. We do not expect the weighted average interest rate will be changed dramatically as we have secured the gold lease for a period of 12 months. We currently have no interest rate hedging positions in place to reduce our exposure to interest rates.
Commodity Price Risk
Most of our sales are of products that include gold, precious metals and other commodities, and fluctuations in the availability and pricing of commodities would adversely impact our ability to obtain and make products at favorable prices. The jewelry industry generally is affected by fluctuations in the price and supply of diamonds, gold, and, to a lesser extent, other precious and semi-precious metals and stones. In the past, we have not hedged our requirement for gold or other raw materials through the use of options, forward contracts or outright commodity purchasing, although we may do so in the future. A significant increase in the price of gold could increase our production costs beyond the amount that we are able to pass on to our customers, which would adversely affect our sales and profitability. A significant disruption in our supply of gold or other commodities could decrease our production and shipping levels, materially increase our operating costs, and materially and adversely affect our profit margins. Shortages of gold, or other commodities, or interruptions in transportation systems, labor strikes, work stoppages, war, acts of terrorism, or other interruptions to or difficulties in the employment of labor or transportation in the markets in which we purchase our raw materials, may adversely affect our ability to maintain production of our products and sustain profitability. If we were to experience a significant or prolonged shortage of gold, we would be unable to meet our production schedules and to ship products to our customers in a timely manner, which would adversely affect our sales, margins and customer relations.
A dramatic increase in the price of gold could increase our production costs beyond the amount that we may be able to pass on to our customers, which could adversely affect our gross profit margin and profitability. Furthermore, the carrying value of our inventory may be affected. Significant decreases in the market price of gold following the end of a reporting period could impact the carrying amount of the inventory at the balance sheet date and/or the following reporting period’s gross profit margin and profitability.
30
Item 4. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that material information required to be disclosed by us in the reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and that the information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on our review, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective at the reasonable assurance level as of the end of the period covered by this report due to the continued existence of material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting.
In connection with the preparation of this report, management determined that, as of March 31, 2016, we did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting due to the existence of the following material weaknesses:
· | Lack of segregation of duties for accounting personnel who prepared and reviewed the journal entries; |
· | Cashier does not deposit cash collected into the Company’s bank accounts on a timely manner; |
· | Material audit adjustments were proposed by the auditors and recorded by the Company for the fiscal year 2015; |
· | Lack of appropriate approval procedures for certain material transactions, including guarantees of third-party obligations; |
· | Lack of resources with technical competency to review and record non-routine or complex transactions; |
· | Lack of a full-time U.S. GAAP personnel in the accounting department to monitor the recording of the transactions; |
· | Lack of adequate policies and procedures in internal audit function, which could result in: (1) lack of communication between internal audit department and the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors; (2) Insufficient internal audit work to ensure that the Company’s policies and procedures have been carried out as planned; and |
· | Lack of adequate policies and procedures in internal control to include material transaction incurred subsequent to the period end for financial statements disclosure purpose. |
In order to remedy the material weakness of inadequate controls over cash management, our Board adopted resolutions requiring management to seek Board approval prior to entering into any transactions including gold leases and loans with a value in excess of $250,000. Further, we intend to explore implementing additional policies and procedures, which may include:
· | Reporting other material and non-routine transactions to the Board and obtain proper approval; |
· | Recruiting qualified professionals with appropriate levels of knowledge and experience to assist in resolving accounting issues in non-routine or complex transactions. To mitigate the reporting risks, Kingold has now contracted with a third-party qualified consultant on GAAP reporting to improve the ability to prepare GAAP statements. The new consultant will also assist the Company to analyze non-routine, complex transactions in accordance with GAAP; |
· | Improving the communication between management, board of directors and chief financial officer; and |
· | Improving the internal audit function, internal control policies and monitoring controls. |
Changes in Internal Controls
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting during our first fiscal quarter of 2016. Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Further, because of changes in conditions, effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting may vary over time. Our system contains self-monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies as they are identified.
31
From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any litigation the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows or financial condition. Our business may also be adversely affected by risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial. If any of the events contemplated by the following discussion of risks should occur, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.
As a smaller reporting company, we are not required to provide the information otherwise required by this Item.
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.
None.
Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities.
None.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
None.
32
No. | Description | |
10.1 | Gold Lease Agreement (English translation), dated January 11, 2016, between Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Company Limited and China Construction Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 28, 2016). | |
10.2 | Gold Lease Agreement (English translation), dated January 19, 2016, between Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Company Limited and China Construction Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 28, 2016). | |
10.3
|
Loan Agreement of Circulating Fund (English translation), dated January 20, 2016, between Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Company Limited and Qixia Branch of Evergrowing Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report filed on Form 8-K with the Commission on February 4, 2016). | |
10.4
|
Gold Lease Agreement (English translation), dated January 25, 2016, between Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Company Limited and China Construction Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 28, 2016). | |
10.5
|
Loan Agreement of Circulating Fund (English translation), dated January 28, 2016, between Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Company Limited and Qixia Branch of Evergrowing Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report filed on Form 8-K with the Commission on February 4, 2016). | |
10.6 | Collective Trust Loan Contract (English translation), dated January 29, 2016, between Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Company Limited and Anxin Trust Co., Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 28, 2016). | |
10.7 | Loan Agreement of Circulating Fund (English translation), dated February 23, 2016, between Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Company Limited and Yantai Huanshan Road Branch of Evergrowing Bank. * | |
10.8 | Loan Agreement of Circulating Fund (English translation), dated February 23, 2016, between Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Company Limited and Yantai Huanshan Road Branch of Evergrowing Bank. * | |
10.9 | Loan Agreement of Circulating Fund (English translation), dated March 2, 2016, between Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Company Limited and Yantai Huanshan Road Branch of Evergrowing Bank. * | |
10.10 | Loan Agreement of Circulating Fund (English translation), dated March 2, 2016, between Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Company Limited and Yantai Huanshan Road Branch of Evergrowing Bank. * | |
10.11 | Loan Agreement of Circulating Fund (English translation), dated March 2, 2016, between Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Company Limited and Yantai Huanshan Road Branch of Evergrowing Bank. * | |
10.12 | Gold Lease Agreement (English translation), dated March 3, 2016, between Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Company Limited and Industrial and Commerce Bank of China (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 28, 2016). | |
10.13 | Loan Agreement of Circulating Fund (English translation), dated March 8, 2016, between Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Company Limited and Yantai Huanshan Road Branch of Evergrowing Bank. * | |
10.14 | Loan Agreement of Circulating Fund (English translation), dated March 8, 2016, between Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Company Limited and Yantai Huanshan Road Branch of Evergrowing Bank. * | |
10.15 | Trust Loan Contract (English translation), dated March 9, 2016, between Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Company Limited and Chang’An International Trust Co., Ltd. * | |
10.16 | Loan Agreement of Circulating Fund (English translation), dated March 22, 2016, between Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Company Limited and Yantai Huanshan Road Branch of Evergrowing Bank. * | |
10.17 | Loan Agreement of Circulating Fund (English translation), dated March 22, 2016, between Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Company Limited and Yantai Huanshan Road Branch of Evergrowing Bank. * | |
10.18 | Loan Agreement of Circulating Fund (English translation), dated March 22, 2016, between Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Company Limited and Yantai Huanshan Road Branch of Evergrowing Bank. * | |
31.1 |
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. * |
|
31.2 |
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. * |
|
32.1 |
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. * |
|
32.2 |
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. * |
|
99.1 | Press release dated May 16, 2016, titled “Kingold Jewelry Reports Financial Results for the First Quarter Ended March 31, 2016.” * | |
101.INS | XBRL Instance Document * | |
101.SCH | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document * | |
101.CAL | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document * | |
101.DEF | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document * | |
101.LAB | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document * | |
101.PRE | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document * |
* | Filed Herewith |
33
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
Date: May 16, 2016
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC. | ||
By: | /s/ ZhihongJia | |
ZhihongJia | ||
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer |
||
By: | /s/ Bin Liu | |
Bin Liu | ||
Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer |
34
Exhibit 10.7
No. 2016 280002240011
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Evergrowing Bank
Signing Location: _____, China
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Important Notice to Borrower Please read the whole Agreement carefully, especially the provisions marked as DD . If you have any questions, please ask the Lender timely to explain. |
Borrower (The Borrower): _ Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd
Legal Representative/ Principal: Zhihong Jia
Address: Te #15 Huangpu Technology Park, Jiang An District, Wuhan Postcode: 430023
Telephone: __ 027-65660346 _____ Fax: 027-65660703
Lender (The Lender): Evergrowing Bank Co., Ltd. _ Yantai Huanshan Road Branch
Legal Representative/Principal: __ Shuyun Zhang
Address: _ No. 116 Huanshan Road, Zhifu District, Yantai City Postcode: 264000
Telephone: _ 0535-6621197 _____________ Fax: 0535-6621197
Since the Borrower applies for loan from the Lender, to specify the rights and obligations of both parties, the Borrower and the Lender reach consensus through consultation and agree with following agreement.
Article 1 Loan
1.1 Currency: RMB .
1.2 The amount of loan under the Agreement is: _ ONE HUNDRED AND FIFTY MILLION.
1.3 This loan should be used for Purchasing Gold only.
1.4 The life of loan under the Agreement is from 2/24/2016 to 2/23/2018 .
The life of loan is from the date of issuing the first loan under this Agreement to the date when Borrower pays back the principal and interest under the Agreement.
Article 2 Interest Rate of Loan and Interest Settlement
2.1 The interest rate of loan under the Agreement uses the way in _2.1.1__ as follows:
2.1.1 Fixed rate, i.e. __7_%. (Year) During the life of loan, it is unchangeable and will not adjust basing on national interest.
2.1.2 Floating interest rate, i.e. ___/__ (choose “rising” or “lowering”) __/__% based on the benchmark interest rate of value date. If the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate during the loan term, following / is used as the interest rate adjustment date:
(1) | The adjustment is made monthly, once per month. |
(2) | The adjustment is made quarterly, once per quarter. |
(3) | The adjustment is made every half year, once per half year. |
(4) | The adjustment is made every year, once per year. |
If the People’s Bank of China changes the benchmark interest rate into floating interest or calls the benchmark interest rate, the parties should adjust the loan interest under mutual discussion, but the interest after the adjustment should be not lower than the interest before; if after ___/__ month from the date when the People’s Bank of China adjusts the interest, the two parties have not reached a consensus regarding the adjusted interest rate, the Lender has right to declare the acceleration of maturity regarding the loan under this Agreement.
2.1.3 / (foreign currency) interest / ;
2.1.4 / .
2.2 Interest settlement
2.2.1 Daily interest = monthly interest rate / 30, monthly interest rate = annual interest rate/12.
2.2.2 Normal interest = agreed rate of interest under this agreement × loan amount × usage days been used. The usage days should start from the lending day to the date of expiry.
2.2.3 The interest settlement of loan under the Agreement is based on the following __SECOND__ way. When the loan expires, the principal and interest should be repaid. The interest settlement date is the interest payment date.
(1) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of last month of every season; |
(2) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of every month. |
2.3 Default interest
2.3.1 If the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, or the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline and has not reached agreement on extension with the Lender (so it is overdue loan), the Lender has the right to get the default interest for the misappropriated loan or overdue loan according to the default interest rate under this Agreement.
2.3.2 If the loan currency is RMB, when the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline, the default interest rate will increase by 50% regarding the overdue loan; when the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, the loan interest rate will increase by 100% regarding the misappropriated loan. If the People’s Bank of China adjusted the benchmark interest rate, the floating interest loan is overdue or misappropriated, the Lender has the right to adjust the default interest rate, and applies the new default interest since the interest adjustment date of the People’s Bank of China. If the loan currency is foreign currency, the default interest rate is: increase / basing on the agreed interest rate.
2.4 If the Borrower repays or the Lender calls in loan in advance, the relevant interest will not be adjusted and the agreed interest rate still applies.
Article 3 Issuance, Payment and Repayment of Loan
3.1 The Borrower can draw the loan amount by several allocations, but the sum of all allocations does not exceed the amount provided by Article 1. The drawing shall comply with following allocation plan:
Drawing Date | Drawing Amount |
2/25/2016 | ONE HUNDRED AND FIFTY MILLION |
\ | \ |
DD 3.2 The Lender is only obliged to loan when the following conditions are met constantly:
(1) | The Borrower has completed all the relevant legal procedures including the government license, approval, registration and other legal procedures required by the Borrower, and such legal procedures are continuously effective; |
(2) | The guarantee agreement (if any) under this Agreement has taken effect and will be continuously effective; if the guarantee agreement is pledge agreement and/or mortgage agreement, the guarantee right has been set and will be continuously effective; |
(3) | The Borrower’s operation and financial status does not have any substantial adverse changes; |
(4) | The Borrower does not violate this Agreement; |
(5) | The way of this loan payment is consistent with the Agreement; if the lender entrusted payment is the payment way, the Lender agrees to pay; |
(6) | If the loan is issued in foreign currency, the Borrower has already opened the relevant account according to the management requirement of foreign exchange and provided the documents showing that the loan conforms the relevant foreign exchange policy, including but not limited to, effective foreign exchange purpose documentary evidence, registration or approval documents. |
(7) | The Borrower has already opened the capital recovery account according to Article 3.9; |
(8) | _______/___________________________________________________________. |
3.3 The Borrower appointed the account below as the loan account:
Account Name : Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd.
Account No.: 853528010122803329
Bank Name : Evergrowing Bank.
3.4 The actual date of lending and the amount is subject to the Loan Certificate.
3.5 The Borrower shall go through the drawing procedure at least three bank business days in advance, send the application to the Lender to meet the capital payment need for the future / days, and clarify the way of payment (entrusted payment by the Lender or the direct payment by the Borrower).
3.6 Entrusted payment by the Lender is that after the loan is issued pursuant to this Agreement, the Lender pays the loan to the counterparty of the Borrower who conforms to the agreed purposes of the Agreement, according to the entrusted payment power of attorney of the Borrower.
The lender entrusted payment is used if any of the conditions below is met:
(1) The amount of one payment is more than / (this amount is the limit of entrusted payment).
(2) / .
If the entrusted payment of the Lender is the way of capital payment, the Borrower should send Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney. The Lender reviews the Credit Usage Application, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney, Loan Certificate and relevant payment transaction documents (including but not limited commercial contract, invoices and goods receipts). If the application conforms with this Agreement and the relevant payment transaction documents, the Lender will pay the loan capital to the counterparty of the Borrower according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement. If the planned payment of the Borrower is not in compliance with the this Agreement, the corresponding commerce agreement, proof materials or has any other default, the Lender has the right to refuse to pay and return the payment power of attorney submitted by the Borrower.
If the Lender agrees to pay, but since the information provided by the Borrower is wrong so it can’t be paid, or the payment is refunded, the Borrower shall resubmit relevant certificate and documents with correct information before the deadline provided by the Lender. The Lender does not bear the loss of the Borrower caused by the payment failure.
If the Lender pays to the wrong party because the information provided by the Borrower is wrong, the Lender does not bear any responsibility to the Borrower. The Borrower still needs to repay the principal and the interest for the part of wrong payment.
3.7 Direct payment by the Borrower means, after the Lender pays the loan to the account of the Borrower according to this Agreement, the Borrower directly pays to its counterparty according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement.
For loan amount payment not exceeding / Yuan, and the Borrower and the Lender do not agree to adopt entrusted payment, the direct payment by the Borrower will be used.
If direct payment is used, the Lender has the right to examine if the loan payment conforms to the agreed purposes by ways such as account analysis, certificate review, and on-site investigation. The Borrower shall cooperate with the Lender about the examination.
3.8 The Borrower shall pay back according to the deadline in Article 1.4 and following plan. If the Loan Certificate states a deadline different with this Agreement, the Loan Certificate prevails.
Repayment Deadline | Repayment Amount | |
8/23/2016 | ONE MILLION | |
2/23/2017 | ONE MILLION | |
8/23/2017 | ONE MILLION | |
2/23/2018 | ONE HUNDRED AND FORTY SEVEN MILLION |
3.9 Loan capital recovery account.
The Borrower shall open specialized loan capital recovery account from the Lender ( Account Name: / Account No.: /, Bank Name: /) , so the Lender can recover the loan capital. The capital recovery account is used to receive the relevant sales revenue or planned repayment capital. If the relevant sales revenue are calculated in non-cash way, the Borrower shall insure that the capital is allocated to the recovery account on time after receipt. In the meanwhile, the Borrower shall provide the loan capital recovery account details to the Lender / (week/ month/ quarter).
DD 3.10 If the Lender receives loans in advance according to Article 8 of this Agreement, it deems that the loan deadline advances accordingly.
DD 3.11 If the Borrower prepays the loan, the Borrower shall send the application in writing 30 days in advance for consent by the Lender. When the Borrower prepays the loan, the Lender has the right to charge the loan interest according to the Agreement in the actual loan period, and charges the repayment procedure fee which is __/_ % of the prepaid capital.
DD 3.12 The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes that when any of the situations under Article 8 or 9 happens, the Lender can withdraw principal and interest from any account of the Borrower. The Borrower agrees to give up any right of defense.
DD Article 4 Warrant
The guaranty contracts are as follow:
1) 2016 Chattel Pledge No. 280002240011, Chattel Pledge Agreement , the way of warrant: Pledge , warrantor: Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd .
2) 2016 Guaranty No. 280002240011, Guaranty Agreement , the way of warrant: Guaranty , warrantor: Zhihong Jia.
Article 5 Representations and Warranties of the Borrower
5.1 The Borrower is an independent civil subject set in accordance with the law, has all the necessary civil rights capability and civil action capability; and has the ability to fulfill the obligations of the Agreement and take civil responsibility.
5.2 Signing and fulfilling the Agreement is the Borrower’s true intention, and has gone through all the necessary approvals and authorization, and there is no legal flaw.
5.3 The operation and business of the Borrower is legal and in compliance. The Borrower has the ability of continuing operation, it has legal repayment source, and it does not have material bad credit record. The management team of the Borrower has no bad record.
5.4 The circulating fund loan matters are in compliance with the law.
5.5 The Borrower shall provide complete, true and accurate, effective documents, statements, materials and information on time according to the Lender’s requirement. The Borrower never hides any information that will give bad influence to its financial condition and ability of repayment. There is no material adverse change to the Borrower’s financial condition since the date of the latest financial statement.
5.6 When signing the Agreement, the Borrower is not a shareholder or “actual controller” under the Company Law of the guarantor, and has no plan to be a shareholder or actual controller of the guarantor, or the guarantor has provided its shareholder resolution about agreeing to provide guaranty to the Borrower.
DD 5.7 Before paying off all debt under the Agreement, the Borrower’s financial target should be controlled in :
(1) Asset-liability ratio should not be higher than _/__%;
(2) Liquidity ratio should not be lower than _/_%;
(3) Quick ratio should not be lower than _/__%;
(4) The balance of external guarantee should not be higher than _/_% of net assets;
(5) __/_______________________________________
5.8 The Borrower promises that it will cooperate with the Lender regarding loan payment management, the post-loan management and relevant examination.
5.9 Before external investment, material increase of debt financing, merge, split, equity transfer and other material matters, the Borrower should get permission from the Lender first.
5.10 The Lender has the right to call back the loan in advance according to the capital recovery situation of the Borrower.
5.11 The Borrower should inform the Lender timely if any material disadvantage issues happened that would affect the ability of taking back the loan of the Lender.
Article 6 The Rights and Obligations of the Lender
6.1 The Lender has right to call back the loan capital, interest (including default interest for expiration and misuse) according to the Agreement, charge the fees payable by the Borrower, has right to call back the loan in advance according to the Borrower’s capital recovery situation, and exercise other rights under the Agreement or under the law.
6.2 During the process of exercising the Agreement, the Lender checks the documents provided by the Borrower. If the Lender cannot complete the entrusted payment on time because the Borrower provided untrue, inaccurate or incomplete documents or the Borrower conducts the payment in violation of this Agreement, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
6.3 If the lending or the payment failed because of the frozen loan account or the payment account appointed by the Borrower or because of any other reasons, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
Article 7 The Rights and Obligations of the Borrower
7.1 The Borrower shall repay the loan and interest under the Agreement according to the timing, amount and currency agreed in this Agreement.
The Borrower shall allocate the sales revenue or planed repayment into the capital recovery account timely, and shall provide capital flow details of the capital recovery account according to the Agreement’s requirement.
7.2 The Borrower shall not divert the loan under the Agreement to other purposes, shall not use the loan to invest in fixed assets or equity, or areas and uses for production and operation forbidden by the country.
The Borrower shall pay the loan capital according to the Agreement, shall not avoid the lender entrusted payment by breaking the whole into the parts. The loan capital payment shall comply with the Agreement rules if the borrower direct payment is adopted.
7.3 The Borrower shall provide the record and materials regarding the loan amount usage to the Lender each / (week/month/quarter).
DD 7.4 The Borrower shall bear the expenses under the Agreement, including but not limited to the notary fee and the appraisal fee.
The Borrower shall bear the loan capital clearing fee (including the lender entrusted payment and the borrower direct payment), and shall pay in full the relevant fees on time according to the fee items, rates and timing required by the Lender. The payment may be processed through People’s Bank payment system or the clearing system in the same city.
DD 7.5 The Borrower shall follow the Lender’s business regulations and operation customs related to the loan business, including but not limited to cooperating with the Lender to manage the loan payment system and check the utilization of the loan and the Borrower’s operation, and timely providing the Lender financial reports, loan payment usage record and materials, information of affiliates and related party transactions, other documents and information, and guarantee that provided materials are all valid, true and complete.
DD 7.6 The Borrower shall notify the Lender for any of the following events at least 30 days in advance, and shall not act before paying off all of the loan principal and interest under this Agreement or providing the payment schedule and guaranty approved by the Lender:
(1) Address material assets or all or most of the materials assets by sale, gift, lease, lend, transfer, guarantee, pledge or other ways;
(2) There is or may be material change to the operation system or ownership organization form, including but not limited to contracting, renting, joint venture, corporation reform, share cooperation reform, enterprise sale, M&A, joint operation, split, setting subsidiary, ownership transfer, capital decrease;
(3) There is other situation of losing or has possibility of losing the ability to repay debt;
DD 7.7 The Borrower shall inform the Lender with a written notice at least 7 days in advance if any of the below situations happened or might happen:
(1) The Borrower or its affiliates modify its bylaws, change its industry and commerce registration matters such as articles of incorporation, enterprise name, legal representative, domicile, mailing address or business scope or makes decisions with material effect to finance or personnel;
(2) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor plans to file bankruptcy or may have been filed bankruptcy by the creditor;
(3) The Borrower or its affiliates involve in major lawsuits, arbitrations, administrative measures, or the main property or guaranty under this Agreement has been conducted property attachment or other enforcement measures, or, the safe and complete status of the main property or guaranty under this Agreement is or may have been impacted or the value decreased or it is possible to decrease;
(4) The Borrower or its affiliates provide guarantee for a third party so it causes major adverse implication to its economic status, financial status, or the ability of performing the obligations under this Agreement;
(5) The Borrower or its affiliates sign an agreement which has major implication to its operation and financial status;
(6) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, is repealed or is revoked business license;
(7) The Borrower or its affiliates, the major investor individual of the Borrower or its affiliates, the legal representative (responsible person), director or senior manager of the Borrower or its affiliates disappears, involves in violation of the laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules or appears abnormal changes;
(8) The Borrower or its affiliates have serious operational problems, its financial situation deteriorates, or any other events happened which have negative impact on the Borrower or its affiliates’ operation, financial condition, the ability of repayment or the economic status;
(9) Related party transaction happens, and the transaction amount reaches to or beyond 10% of the latest audited net asset;
(10) Before paying off the debts under the Agreement, the Borrower is or might become a shareholder of the guarantor or the “actual controller” defined by the Company Law;
(11) The Borrower or its affiliate breaks the laws and regulations, rules of supervision, national policy or industry standards and results in liability accident or is exposed by media;
(12) The relationship of controlling or being controlled between the Borrower and its affiliates changes;
(13) Any material negative events that will impact the ability of loan repayment of the Borrower or its affiliates.
DD 7.8 When the guaranty under the Agreement changes and disadvantages the right of the Lender as a creditor, the Borrower should timely provide other guaranty approved by the Lender according to the Lender’s requirement.
“Change” under this article includes but not limited to: the guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, business license is repealed or is revoked, file or is filed for bankruptcy; material change happens to the guarantor’s operational or financial condition; the guarantor involves in significant lawsuit, arbitration, administrative measures, attachment or other compulsory measures are conducted to its major asset; the value of collateral decreases or may decrease or is conducted attachment or other compulsory measures; the sound condition of the collateral is affected or might be affected; the guarantor or its legal representative (responsible person) or the major manager of the guarantor is involved in violation laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules; the guarantor disappears or dies (or declaring death) if the guarantor is an individual; the guarantor violates the Guaranty Agreement; the Guarantor and the Borrower have disputes; the Guarantor requires to dissolve the Guaranty Agreement; the Guaranty Agreement is not effective, invalid or cancelled; the guaranty right is unset or invalid; other events impact the safety of the Lender’s creditor’s right.
7.9 Open a loan capital recovery account according to the Article 3.9 of this Agreement.
DD Article 8 Call Back the Loan in advance
If any of the situations at bellow happens, the Lender has the right to stop paying the loan unused by the Borrower, unilaterally declare that the issued loan principal under the Agreement is expired in advance, and require the Borrower to pay back all the loan principal and interest immediately, and has the right to deduct capital directly from the Borrower’s any account. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law specially so it shall not to be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the deducted account.
(1) | The Borrower does not pay the interest on time; |
(2) | The Borrower provides untrue financial reports and materials; |
(3) | The Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(4) | Any of the events in the Articles 7.6, 7.7 happened, and the Lender believes it will endanger the loan safety; |
(5) | The Borrower’s financial index is out of range of the Article 5.6; |
(6) | The Lender believes that the Borrower should prepay the loan according to the the situation of the Borrower’s capital recovery; |
(7) | The issuance of the loan under this Agreement by the Lender causes or may cause law violation because of the changed supervision regulation; |
(8) | When the Borrower is performing other contracts with the Lender or with a third party, it has violation or the debt may expire in advance or has been declared expired in advance; |
(9) | Other situations that might endanger the loan capital safety. |
DD Article 9 Defaults and Dispositions
9.1 If any following matters happen to the Borrower, it is considered as default:
(1) | Fails to repay the loan principal and interest on time in accordance with the Agreement; |
(2) | Violates the representations and warranties of the Article 5 in the Agreement; |
(3) | Violates the obligations of the Borrower under the Article 7 in the Agreement; |
(4) | Fails to use the loan amount in the agreed way, or avoid Lender entrusted payment in a way by breaking up the whole into pieces; |
(5) | Fails to open the loan capital recovery account pursuant to the Agreement; |
(6) | Material cross-default happens; |
(7) | Violates other articles of this Agreement. |
9.2 After default, the Lender has the right to adopt one or more of measures as below:
(1) | Corrects default with deadline; |
(2) | Adjusts the amount threshold of the loan capital entrusted payment or the payment way of the loan capital; |
(3) | Stops withdrawal by the Borrower; |
(4) | Dissolves the loan agreement, and requires the Borrower to pay off expired or unexpired loan principal, interest and other dues; |
(5) | Requires the Borrower to pay overdue default interest if the loan is overdue; |
(6) | Requires the Borrower to pay misappropriation default interest if the Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(7) | Deducts owed loan principal and interest from any account that the Borrower has at Evergrowing Bank; |
(8) | Pursues the loan principal and interest by the legal ways, and all fees paid to claim the credit (including but not limited to collecting fees, litigation fees, arbitration fees, property attachment fees, enforcement fees, attorney’s fees, case fees, declaration fees, appraisal fees, audit fees and so on) shall be borne by the Borrower. |
9.3 If the guarantor (i.e. warrantor, mortgagor, pledgor) has any following situation, the Lender has the right to adopt the measures according to Article 9.2:
(1) | The warrantor violates the Warrant Agreement, its credit status deteriorates, or other event happens which decreases its warrant ability; |
(2) | The mortgagor violates the Mortgage Agreement, or breaks the mortgage, or the value of the mortgage may decrease or has decreased substantially, or other event happens which harm the mortgage right of the Lender happen; |
(3) | The pledgor violates the Pledge Agreement, or the value of the pledge has decreased or may have decreased, or the pledge right has to be realized before the loan is paid off, or other event happens which harms the pledge right of the Lender. |
DD Article 10 Deduction Arrangement
10.1 The Borrower authorizes that, if there is any due and payable loan principal, interest, default interest or other fess, the Lender has the right to deduct the capital from the Borrower’s any account in Evergrowing Bank to pay it off. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law and it shall not be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the related account.
10.2 After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower about the related account, the contract number of the Loan Agreement, the document number of the Loan Certificate, the deducted amount and the remaining debt balance.
10.3 If the deducted amount is not enough to pay off all the debts of the Borrower, it shall be used to compensate for the due fees first. If the principal and interest is overdue for less than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the interest or default interest due and then be used to pay the principal due. If the principal and interest are overdue for more than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the principal due, and then be used to pay the interest or default interest due.
10.4 If the currency of deducted amount is different from the currency of the due amount, it shall be converted to the currency of due amount according to foreign exchange rate on that day.
DD Article 11 Notice
11.1 All of the contact information that the Borrower fills out in this Agreement (including contact address, telephone number and fax number) is real and effective. If any contact information is changed, the Borrower shall give written notice of the changed information to the contact address that the Lender provides in this Agreement. Only after the Lender has actually received the notice of changed information and has updated relevant records, can this information change comes into effect.
11.2 Until this Agreement provides otherwise, any notice that Lender gives to the Borrower can be given by the following ways. The Lender has the right to choose the approach of notice which it deems proper, and under any circumstance, the Lender does not bear responsibilities for any transmission errors, omissions, or deferral happened in mails, faxes, telephones or any other contact systems. If the Lender chooses several contact ways at the same time, the one that reaches the Borrower more quickly shall prevail.
(1) Announcement: the service date is the day when the Lender announces on its websites, online bank, telephone bank or sales departments.
(2) Personal service: the service date is the day when the Borrower signs the notice.
(3) Mail delivery (including EMS, ordinary mail and registered mail) to the Borrower’s contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the third day after the mailing date (in the same city) or the fifth day after the mailing date (different city) (even the mail may be returned).
(4) Faxes or other electronic contact methods to the Borrower’s fax number or electronic contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the sending day.
DD Article 12 Information Disclosure and Confidentiality
12.1 The Lender shall take the responsibility of keeping confidential for the Borrower’s trade secrets and other information and materials which are marked as confidential, except following situations:
(1) Information is required to disclose according to laws and regulations or listing rules;
(2) Information that is required to disclose by judicial departments or government departments;
(3) Information that shall be disclosed to the external professional advisers of the Lender;
(4) Information that the Borrower agrees or authorizes the Lender to disclose.
12.2 Under the following circumstances, the Borrower agrees that Evergrowing Bank can use or disclose all the information and materials related to the Borrower, including but not limited to the basic information, credit transaction information and other relevant information and materials. The Borrower is willing to take responsibility for any results caused by it.
(1) For the following purposes, disclose to or permit usage of such information and materials by outsourcing agencies, the third party service providers, other financial agencies and other agencies or persons which Evergrowing Bank considers necessary, including but not limited to, other branches of Evergrowing Bank or subsidiary companies owned or partially owned by Evergrowing Bank: ¨ to conduct the loan transactions or is related to loan transactions, such as promoting Evergrowing Bank’s loan, collecting dues of the Borrower, and transfer of the creditor’s right; ¨ to let the Lender offer or may offer new products, new services or further services for the Borrower; ¨ to better maintain, manage and improve client relationships.
(2) Provide such information and materials to the China Credit Information Center and other credit information agencies or Credit Information Database established with the approval of The People's Bank of China.
(3) Use or permit a third party to use such information and materials on the basis of confidentiality for the purpose of business operation, management, statistics, analyses, and risk control.
Article 13 Law Application and Dispute Resolution
The Agreement applies to PRC laws. The disputes of the Agreement shall be submitted to the local court at the Lender’s residence. During the period of the dispute, the provisions without disputes shall continue to be fulfilled by both parties.
Article 14 Other Provisions
DD 14.1 The Borrower agrees that the Lender can enquiry and keep the Borrower’s credit information for loan application and post-loan management.
DD 14.2 The Lender doesn’t bear any responsibility for the failure to issue loans on schedule or handle payment if the failure is caused by force majeure , communication failure, network failure, or the malfunction of Lender’s system. However, the Lender shall inform the Borrower in time.
14.3 Phrases referred to in the Agreement including affiliate, related-party transaction and main investor individual have the same meaning with those in Accounting Standards for Business Enterprises No. 36— Affiliate Disclosure (Finance and Accounting Department [2006] No. 3) and its later revised edition.
14.4 The Agreement’s Loan Certificate, Loan Withdrawal Application Form, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney and relevant documents and materials confirmed by both two parties are indispensable parts of the Agreement.
14.5 If the Borrower avoids monitor of the Lender, defaults on principal and interest of the loan, maliciously evades repayment obligations for loans and so on, the Lender has the right to report its behaviors to relevant departments and publicize them on news media.
14.6 The Agreement comes into effect after the Borrower’s legal representative (person in charge) or authorized representative signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal, and Lender’s person in charge or authorized representative also signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal.
DD 14.7 When signing the Agreement, the Lender and the Borrower have clearly read and understood all the provisions of the Agreement. Both parties have no doubt about all the provisions and interpretations of the Agreement and correctly understand the rights and duties clauses, and the legal meaning of the limitation and waiver of liability clauses.
14.8 The Agreement is made out in two copies. The Borrower holds one copy/copies. The Lender holds one copy/copies. ___ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies.
Article 15 Other Matters
The appointed warning line for the pledge rate of this loan is 85%, and the disposal line for the pledge rate is 95%. When the loan pledge rate reaches the warning line, the Borrower shall be required to pay the loan or increase the relevant amount of gold and cash deposit before the risk coverage reaches to the loan disposal line. The collateral addition shall ensure the pledge rate to reach 80%. Once the loan pledge rate reaches the disposal line, the processing bank has right to begin the process to dispose the collateral without informing the client.
(There is no text below in this page)
The Borrower has read all the provisions above. The Lender has made corresponding explanations as required by the Borrower. The Borrower has no dissent on all clauses. |
Exhibit 10.8
No. 2016 280002250011
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Evergrowing Bank
Signing Location: _____, China
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Important Notice to Borrower Please read the whole Agreement carefully, especially the provisions marked as DD . If you have any questions, please ask the Lender timely to explain. |
Borrower (The Borrower): _ Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd
Legal Representative/ Principal: Zhihong Jia
Address: Te #15 Huangpu Technology Park, Jiang An District, Wuhan Postcode: 430023
Telephone: __ 027-65660346 _____ Fax: 027-65660703
Lender (The Lender): Evergrowing Bank Co., Ltd. _ Yantai Huanshan Road Branch
Legal Representative/Principal: __ Shuyun Zhang
Address: _ No. 116 Huanshan Road, Zhifu District, Yantai City Postcode: 264000
Telephone: _ 0535-6621197 _____________ Fax: 0535-6621197
Since the Borrower applies for loan from the Lender, to specify the rights and obligations of both parties, the Borrower and the Lender reach consensus through consultation and agree with following agreement.
Article 1 Loan
1.1 Currency: RMB .
1.2 The amount of loan under the Agreement is: _ ONE HUNDRED AND FIFTY MILLION.
1.3 This loan should be used for Purchasing Gold only.
1.4 The life of loan under the Agreement is from 2/24/2016 to 2/23/2018 .
The life of loan is from the date of issuing the first loan under this Agreement to the date when Borrower pays back the principal and interest under the Agreement.
Article 2 Interest Rate of Loan and Interest Settlement
2.1 The interest rate of loan under the Agreement uses the way in _2.1.1__ as follows:
2.1.1 Fixed rate, i.e. __7_%. (Year) During the life of loan, it is unchangeable and will not adjust basing on national interest.
2.1.2 Floating interest rate, i.e. ___/__ (choose “rising” or “lowering”) __/__% based on the benchmark interest rate of value date. If the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate during the loan term, following / is used as the interest rate adjustment date:
(1) | The adjustment is made monthly, once per month. |
(2) | The adjustment is made quarterly, once per quarter. |
(3) | The adjustment is made every half year, once per half year. |
(4) | The adjustment is made every year, once per year. |
If the People’s Bank of China changes the benchmark interest rate into floating interest or calls the benchmark interest rate, the parties should adjust the loan interest under mutual discussion, but the interest after the adjustment should be not lower than the interest before; if after ___/__ month from the date when the People’s Bank of China adjusts the interest, the two parties have not reached a consensus regarding the adjusted interest rate, the Lender has right to declare the acceleration of maturity regarding the loan under this Agreement.
2.1.3 / (foreign currency) interest / ;
2.1.4 / .
2.2 Interest settlement
2.2.1 Daily interest = monthly interest rate / 30, monthly interest rate = annual interest rate/12.
2.2.2 Normal interest = agreed rate of interest under this agreement × loan amount × usage days been used. The usage days should start from the lending day to the date of expiry.
2.2.3 The interest settlement of loan under the Agreement is based on the following __SECOND__ way. When the loan expires, the principal and interest should be repaid. The interest settlement date is the interest payment date.
(1) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of last month of every season; |
(2) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of every month. |
2.3 Default interest
2.3.1 If the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, or the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline and has not reached agreement on extension with the Lender (so it is overdue loan), the Lender has the right to get the default interest for the misappropriated loan or overdue loan according to the default interest rate under this Agreement.
2.3.2 If the loan currency is RMB, when the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline, the default interest rate will increase by 50% regarding the overdue loan; when the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, the loan interest rate will increase by 100% regarding the misappropriated loan. If the People’s Bank of China adjusted the benchmark interest rate, the floating interest loan is overdue or misappropriated, the Lender has the right to adjust the default interest rate, and applies the new default interest since the interest adjustment date of the People’s Bank of China. If the loan currency is foreign currency, the default interest rate is: increase / basing on the agreed interest rate.
2.4 If the Borrower repays or the Lender calls in loan in advance, the relevant interest will not be adjusted and the agreed interest rate still applies.
Article 3 Issuance, Payment and Repayment of Loan
3.1 The Borrower can draw the loan amount by several allocations, but the sum of all allocations does not exceed the amount provided by Article 1. The drawing shall comply with following allocation plan:
Drawing Date | Drawing Amount |
2/25/2016 | ONE HUNDRED AND FIFTY MILLION |
\ | \ |
DD 3.2 The Lender is only obliged to loan when the following conditions are met constantly:
(1) | The Borrower has completed all the relevant legal procedures including the government license, approval, registration and other legal procedures required by the Borrower, and such legal procedures are continuously effective; |
(2) | The guarantee agreement (if any) under this Agreement has taken effect and will be continuously effective; if the guarantee agreement is pledge agreement and/or mortgage agreement, the guarantee right has been set and will be continuously effective; |
(3) | The Borrower’s operation and financial status does not have any substantial adverse changes; |
(4) | The Borrower does not violate this Agreement; |
(5) | The way of this loan payment is consistent with the Agreement; if the lender entrusted payment is the payment way, the Lender agrees to pay; |
(6) | If the loan is issued in foreign currency, the Borrower has already opened the relevant account according to the management requirement of foreign exchange and provided the documents showing that the loan conforms the relevant foreign exchange policy, including but not limited to, effective foreign exchange purpose documentary evidence, registration or approval documents. |
(7) | The Borrower has already opened the capital recovery account according to Article 3.9; |
(8) | _______/___________________________________________________________. |
3.3 The Borrower appointed the account below as the loan account:
Account Name : Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd.
Account No.: 853528010122803329
Bank Name : Evergrowing Bank.
3.4 The actual date of lending and the amount is subject to the Loan Certificate.
3.5 The Borrower shall go through the drawing procedure at least three bank business days in advance, send the application to the Lender to meet the capital payment need for the future / days, and clarify the way of payment (entrusted payment by the Lender or the direct payment by the Borrower).
3.6 Entrusted payment by the Lender is that after the loan is issued pursuant to this Agreement, the Lender pays the loan to the counterparty of the Borrower who conforms to the agreed purposes of the Agreement, according to the entrusted payment power of attorney of the Borrower.
The lender entrusted payment is used if any of the conditions below is met:
(1) The amount of one payment is more than / (this amount is the limit of entrusted payment).
(2) / .
If the entrusted payment of the Lender is the way of capital payment, the Borrower should send Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney. The Lender reviews the Credit Usage Application, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney, Loan Certificate and relevant payment transaction documents (including but not limited commercial contract, invoices and goods receipts). If the application conforms with this Agreement and the relevant payment transaction documents, the Lender will pay the loan capital to the counterparty of the Borrower according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement. If the planned payment of the Borrower is not in compliance with the this Agreement, the corresponding commerce agreement, proof materials or has any other default, the Lender has the right to refuse to pay and return the payment power of attorney submitted by the Borrower.
If the Lender agrees to pay, but since the information provided by the Borrower is wrong so it can’t be paid, or the payment is refunded, the Borrower shall resubmit relevant certificate and documents with correct information before the deadline provided by the Lender. The Lender does not bear the loss of the Borrower caused by the payment failure.
If the Lender pays to the wrong party because the information provided by the Borrower is wrong, the Lender does not bear any responsibility to the Borrower. The Borrower still needs to repay the principal and the interest for the part of wrong payment.
3.7 Direct payment by the Borrower means, after the Lender pays the loan to the account of the Borrower according to this Agreement, the Borrower directly pays to its counterparty according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement.
For loan amount payment not exceeding / Yuan, and the Borrower and the Lender do not agree to adopt entrusted payment, the direct payment by the Borrower will be used.
If direct payment is used, the Lender has the right to examine if the loan payment conforms to the agreed purposes by ways such as account analysis, certificate review, and on-site investigation. The Borrower shall cooperate with the Lender about the examination.
3.8 The Borrower shall pay back according to the deadline in Article 1.4 and following plan. If the Loan Certificate states a deadline different with this Agreement, the Loan Certificate prevails.
Repayment Deadline | Repayment Amount | |
2/23/2018 | ONE HUNDRED AND FIFTY MILLION |
3.9 Loan capital recovery account.
The Borrower shall open specialized loan capital recovery account from the Lender ( Account Name: / Account No.: /, Bank Name: /) , so the Lender can recover the loan capital. The capital recovery account is used to receive the relevant sales revenue or planned repayment capital. If the relevant sales revenue are calculated in non-cash way, the Borrower shall insure that the capital is allocated to the recovery account on time after receipt. In the meanwhile, the Borrower shall provide the loan capital recovery account details to the Lender / (week/ month/ quarter).
DD 3.10 If the Lender receives loans in advance according to Article 8 of this Agreement, it deems that the loan deadline advances accordingly.
DD 3.11 If the Borrower prepays the loan, the Borrower shall send the application in writing 30 days in advance for consent by the Lender. When the Borrower prepays the loan, the Lender has the right to charge the loan interest according to the Agreement in the actual loan period, and charges the repayment procedure fee which is __/_ % of the prepaid capital.
DD 3.12 The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes that when any of the situations under Article 8 or 9 happens, the Lender can withdraw principal and interest from any account of the Borrower. The Borrower agrees to give up any right of defense.
DD Article 4 Warrant
The guaranty contracts are as follow:
1) 2016 Chattel Pledge No. 280002250011, Chattel Pledge Agreement , the way of warrant: Pledge , warrantor: Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd .
2) 2016 Guaranty No. 280002250011, Guaranty Agreement , the way of warrant: Guaranty , warrantor: Zhihong Jia.
Article 5 Representations and Warranties of the Borrower
5.1 The Borrower is an independent civil subject set in accordance with the law, has all the necessary civil rights capability and civil action capability; and has the ability to fulfill the obligations of the Agreement and take civil responsibility.
5.2 Signing and fulfilling the Agreement is the Borrower’s true intention, and has gone through all the necessary approvals and authorization, and there is no legal flaw.
5.3 The operation and business of the Borrower is legal and in compliance. The Borrower has the ability of continuing operation, it has legal repayment source, and it does not have material bad credit record. The management team of the Borrower has no bad record.
5.4 The circulating fund loan matters are in compliance with the law.
5.5 The Borrower shall provide complete, true and accurate, effective documents, statements, materials and information on time according to the Lender’s requirement. The Borrower never hides any information that will give bad influence to its financial condition and ability of repayment. There is no material adverse change to the Borrower’s financial condition since the date of the latest financial statement.
5.6 When signing the Agreement, the Borrower is not a shareholder or “actual controller” under the Company Law of the guarantor, and has no plan to be a shareholder or actual controller of the guarantor, or the guarantor has provided its shareholder resolution about agreeing to provide guaranty to the Borrower.
DD 5.7 Before paying off all debt under the Agreement, the Borrower’s financial target should be controlled in :
(1) Asset-liability ratio should not be higher than _/__%;
(2) Liquidity ratio should not be lower than _/_%;
(3) Quick ratio should not be lower than _/__%;
(4) The balance of external guarantee should not be higher than _/_% of net assets;
(5) __/_______________________________________
5.8 The Borrower promises that it will cooperate with the Lender regarding loan payment management, the post-loan management and relevant examination.
5.9 Before external investment, material increase of debt financing, merge, split, equity transfer and other material matters, the Borrower should get permission from the Lender first.
5.10 The Lender has the right to call back the loan in advance according to the capital recovery situation of the Borrower.
5.11 The Borrower should inform the Lender timely if any material disadvantage issues happened that would affect the ability of taking back the loan of the Lender.
Article 6 The Rights and Obligations of the Lender
6.1 The Lender has right to call back the loan capital, interest (including default interest for expiration and misuse) according to the Agreement, charge the fees payable by the Borrower, has right to call back the loan in advance according to the Borrower’s capital recovery situation, and exercise other rights under the Agreement or under the law.
6.2 During the process of exercising the Agreement, the Lender checks the documents provided by the Borrower. If the Lender cannot complete the entrusted payment on time because the Borrower provided untrue, inaccurate or incomplete documents or the Borrower conducts the payment in violation of this Agreement, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
6.3 If the lending or the payment failed because of the frozen loan account or the payment account appointed by the Borrower or because of any other reasons, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
Article 7 The Rights and Obligations of the Borrower
7.1 The Borrower shall repay the loan and interest under the Agreement according to the timing, amount and currency agreed in this Agreement.
The Borrower shall allocate the sales revenue or planed repayment into the capital recovery account timely, and shall provide capital flow details of the capital recovery account according to the Agreement’s requirement.
7.2 The Borrower shall not divert the loan under the Agreement to other purposes, shall not use the loan to invest in fixed assets or equity, or areas and uses for production and operation forbidden by the country.
The Borrower shall pay the loan capital according to the Agreement, shall not avoid the lender entrusted payment by breaking the whole into the parts. The loan capital payment shall comply with the Agreement rules if the borrower direct payment is adopted.
7.3 The Borrower shall provide the record and materials regarding the loan amount usage to the Lender each / (week/month/quarter).
DD 7.4 The Borrower shall bear the expenses under the Agreement, including but not limited to the notary fee and the appraisal fee.
The Borrower shall bear the loan capital clearing fee (including the lender entrusted payment and the borrower direct payment), and shall pay in full the relevant fees on time according to the fee items, rates and timing required by the Lender. The payment may be processed through People’s Bank payment system or the clearing system in the same city.
DD 7.5 The Borrower shall follow the Lender’s business regulations and operation customs related to the loan business, including but not limited to cooperating with the Lender to manage the loan payment system and check the utilization of the loan and the Borrower’s operation, and timely providing the Lender financial reports, loan payment usage record and materials, information of affiliates and related party transactions, other documents and information, and guarantee that provided materials are all valid, true and complete.
DD 7.6 The Borrower shall notify the Lender for any of the following events at least 30 days in advance, and shall not act before paying off all of the loan principal and interest under this Agreement or providing the payment schedule and guaranty approved by the Lender:
(1) Address material assets or all or most of the materials assets by sale, gift, lease, lend, transfer, guarantee, pledge or other ways;
(2) There is or may be material change to the operation system or ownership organization form, including but not limited to contracting, renting, joint venture, corporation reform, share cooperation reform, enterprise sale, M&A, joint operation, split, setting subsidiary, ownership transfer, capital decrease;
(3) There is other situation of losing or has possibility of losing the ability to repay debt;
DD 7.7 The Borrower shall inform the Lender with a written notice at least 7 days in advance if any of the below situations happened or might happen:
(1) The Borrower or its affiliates modify its bylaws, change its industry and commerce registration matters such as articles of incorporation, enterprise name, legal representative, domicile, mailing address or business scope or makes decisions with material effect to finance or personnel;
(2) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor plans to file bankruptcy or may have been filed bankruptcy by the creditor;
(3) The Borrower or its affiliates involve in major lawsuits, arbitrations, administrative measures, or the main property or guaranty under this Agreement has been conducted property attachment or other enforcement measures, or, the safe and complete status of the main property or guaranty under this Agreement is or may have been impacted or the value decreased or it is possible to decrease;
(4) The Borrower or its affiliates provide guarantee for a third party so it causes major adverse implication to its economic status, financial status, or the ability of performing the obligations under this Agreement;
(5) The Borrower or its affiliates sign an agreement which has major implication to its operation and financial status;
(6) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, is repealed or is revoked business license;
(7) The Borrower or its affiliates, the major investor individual of the Borrower or its affiliates, the legal representative (responsible person), director or senior manager of the Borrower or its affiliates disappears, involves in violation of the laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules or appears abnormal changes;
(8) The Borrower or its affiliates have serious operational problems, its financial situation deteriorates, or any other events happened which have negative impact on the Borrower or its affiliates’ operation, financial condition, the ability of repayment or the economic status;
(9) Related party transaction happens, and the transaction amount reaches to or beyond 10% of the latest audited net asset;
(10) Before paying off the debts under the Agreement, the Borrower is or might become a shareholder of the guarantor or the “actual controller” defined by the Company Law;
(11) The Borrower or its affiliate breaks the laws and regulations, rules of supervision, national policy or industry standards and results in liability accident or is exposed by media;
(12) The relationship of controlling or being controlled between the Borrower and its affiliates changes;
(13) Any material negative events that will impact the ability of loan repayment of the Borrower or its affiliates.
DD 7.8 When the guaranty under the Agreement changes and disadvantages the right of the Lender as a creditor, the Borrower should timely provide other guaranty approved by the Lender according to the Lender’s requirement.
“Change” under this article includes but not limited to: the guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, business license is repealed or is revoked, file or is filed for bankruptcy; material change happens to the guarantor’s operational or financial condition; the guarantor involves in significant lawsuit, arbitration, administrative measures, attachment or other compulsory measures are conducted to its major asset; the value of collateral decreases or may decrease or is conducted attachment or other compulsory measures; the sound condition of the collateral is affected or might be affected; the guarantor or its legal representative (responsible person) or the major manager of the guarantor is involved in violation laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules; the guarantor disappears or dies (or declaring death) if the guarantor is an individual; the guarantor violates the Guaranty Agreement; the Guarantor and the Borrower have disputes; the Guarantor requires to dissolve the Guaranty Agreement; the Guaranty Agreement is not effective, invalid or cancelled; the guaranty right is unset or invalid; other events impact the safety of the Lender’s creditor’s right.
7.9 Open a loan capital recovery account according to the Article 3.9 of this Agreement.
DD Article 8 Call Back the Loan in advance
If any of the situations at bellow happens, the Lender has the right to stop paying the loan unused by the Borrower, unilaterally declare that the issued loan principal under the Agreement is expired in advance, and require the Borrower to pay back all the loan principal and interest immediately, and has the right to deduct capital directly from the Borrower’s any account. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law specially so it shall not to be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the deducted account.
(1) | The Borrower does not pay the interest on time; |
(2) | The Borrower provides untrue financial reports and materials; |
(3) | The Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(4) | Any of the events in the Articles 7.6, 7.7 happened, and the Lender believes it will endanger the loan safety; |
(5) | The Borrower’s financial index is out of range of the Article 5.6; |
(6) | The Lender believes that the Borrower should prepay the loan according to the the situation of the Borrower’s capital recovery; |
(7) | The issuance of the loan under this Agreement by the Lender causes or may cause law violation because of the changed supervision regulation; |
(8) | When the Borrower is performing other contracts with the Lender or with a third party, it has violation or the debt may expire in advance or has been declared expired in advance; |
(9) | Other situations that might endanger the loan capital safety. |
DD Article 9 Defaults and Dispositions
9.1 If any following matters happen to the Borrower, it is considered as default:
(1) | Fails to repay the loan principal and interest on time in accordance with the Agreement; |
(2) | Violates the representations and warranties of the Article 5 in the Agreement; |
(3) | Violates the obligations of the Borrower under the Article 7 in the Agreement; |
(4) | Fails to use the loan amount in the agreed way, or avoid Lender entrusted payment in a way by breaking up the whole into pieces; |
(5) | Fails to open the loan capital recovery account pursuant to the Agreement; |
(6) | Material cross-default happens; |
(7) | Violates other articles of this Agreement. |
9.2 After default, the Lender has the right to adopt one or more of measures as below:
(1) | Corrects default with deadline; |
(2) | Adjusts the amount threshold of the loan capital entrusted payment or the payment way of the loan capital; |
(3) | Stops withdrawal by the Borrower; |
(4) | Dissolves the loan agreement, and requires the Borrower to pay off expired or unexpired loan principal, interest and other dues; |
(5) | Requires the Borrower to pay overdue default interest if the loan is overdue; |
(6) | Requires the Borrower to pay misappropriation default interest if the Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(7) | Deducts owed loan principal and interest from any account that the Borrower has at Evergrowing Bank; |
(8) | Pursues the loan principal and interest by the legal ways, and all fees paid to claim the credit (including but not limited to collecting fees, litigation fees, arbitration fees, property attachment fees, enforcement fees, attorney’s fees, case fees, declaration fees, appraisal fees, audit fees and so on) shall be borne by the Borrower. |
9.3 If the guarantor (i.e. warrantor, mortgagor, pledgor) has any following situation, the Lender has the right to adopt the measures according to Article 9.2:
(1) | The warrantor violates the Warrant Agreement, its credit status deteriorates, or other event happens which decreases its warrant ability; |
(2) | The mortgagor violates the Mortgage Agreement, or breaks the mortgage, or the value of the mortgage may decrease or has decreased substantially, or other event happens which harm the mortgage right of the Lender happen; |
(3) | The pledgor violates the Pledge Agreement, or the value of the pledge has decreased or may have decreased, or the pledge right has to be realized before the loan is paid off, or other event happens which harms the pledge right of the Lender. |
DD Article 10 Deduction Arrangement
10.1 The Borrower authorizes that, if there is any due and payable loan principal, interest, default interest or other fess, the Lender has the right to deduct the capital from the Borrower’s any account in Evergrowing Bank to pay it off. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law and it shall not be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the related account.
10.2 After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower about the related account, the contract number of the Loan Agreement, the document number of the Loan Certificate, the deducted amount and the remaining debt balance.
10.3 If the deducted amount is not enough to pay off all the debts of the Borrower, it shall be used to compensate for the due fees first. If the principal and interest is overdue for less than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the interest or default interest due and then be used to pay the principal due. If the principal and interest are overdue for more than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the principal due, and then be used to pay the interest or default interest due.
10.4 If the currency of deducted amount is different from the currency of the due amount, it shall be converted to the currency of due amount according to foreign exchange rate on that day.
DD Article 11 Notice
11.1 All of the contact information that the Borrower fills out in this Agreement (including contact address, telephone number and fax number) is real and effective. If any contact information is changed, the Borrower shall give written notice of the changed information to the contact address that the Lender provides in this Agreement. Only after the Lender has actually received the notice of changed information and has updated relevant records, can this information change comes into effect.
11.2 Until this Agreement provides otherwise, any notice that Lender gives to the Borrower can be given by the following ways. The Lender has the right to choose the approach of notice which it deems proper, and under any circumstance, the Lender does not bear responsibilities for any transmission errors, omissions, or deferral happened in mails, faxes, telephones or any other contact systems. If the Lender chooses several contact ways at the same time, the one that reaches the Borrower more quickly shall prevail.
(1) Announcement: the service date is the day when the Lender announces on its websites, online bank, telephone bank or sales departments.
(2) Personal service: the service date is the day when the Borrower signs the notice.
(3) Mail delivery (including EMS, ordinary mail and registered mail) to the Borrower’s contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the third day after the mailing date (in the same city) or the fifth day after the mailing date (different city) (even the mail may be returned).
(4) Faxes or other electronic contact methods to the Borrower’s fax number or electronic contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the sending day.
DD Article 12 Information Disclosure and Confidentiality
12.1 The Lender shall take the responsibility of keeping confidential for the Borrower’s trade secrets and other information and materials which are marked as confidential, except following situations:
(1) Information is required to disclose according to laws and regulations or listing rules;
(2) Information that is required to disclose by judicial departments or government departments;
(3) Information that shall be disclosed to the external professional advisers of the Lender;
(4) Information that the Borrower agrees or authorizes the Lender to disclose.
12.2 Under the following circumstances, the Borrower agrees that Evergrowing Bank can use or disclose all the information and materials related to the Borrower, including but not limited to the basic information, credit transaction information and other relevant information and materials. The Borrower is willing to take responsibility for any results caused by it.
(1) For the following purposes, disclose to or permit usage of such information and materials by outsourcing agencies, the third party service providers, other financial agencies and other agencies or persons which Evergrowing Bank considers necessary, including but not limited to, other branches of Evergrowing Bank or subsidiary companies owned or partially owned by Evergrowing Bank: ¨ to conduct the loan transactions or is related to loan transactions, such as promoting Evergrowing Bank’s loan, collecting dues of the Borrower, and transfer of the creditor’s right; ¨ to let the Lender offer or may offer new products, new services or further services for the Borrower; ¨ to better maintain, manage and improve client relationships.
(2) Provide such information and materials to the China Credit Information Center and other credit information agencies or Credit Information Database established with the approval of The People's Bank of China.
(3) Use or permit a third party to use such information and materials on the basis of confidentiality for the purpose of business operation, management, statistics, analyses, and risk control.
Article 13 Law Application and Dispute Resolution
The Agreement applies to PRC laws. The disputes of the Agreement shall be submitted to the local court at the Lender’s residence. During the period of the dispute, the provisions without disputes shall continue to be fulfilled by both parties.
Article 14 Other Provisions
DD 14.1 The Borrower agrees that the Lender can enquiry and keep the Borrower’s credit information for loan application and post-loan management.
DD 14.2 The Lender doesn’t bear any responsibility for the failure to issue loans on schedule or handle payment if the failure is caused by force majeure , communication failure, network failure, or the malfunction of Lender’s system. However, the Lender shall inform the Borrower in time.
14.3 Phrases referred to in the Agreement including affiliate, related-party transaction and main investor individual have the same meaning with those in Accounting Standards for Business Enterprises No. 36— Affiliate Disclosure (Finance and Accounting Department [2006] No. 3) and its later revised edition.
14.4 The Agreement’s Loan Certificate, Loan Withdrawal Application Form, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney and relevant documents and materials confirmed by both two parties are indispensable parts of the Agreement.
14.5 If the Borrower avoids monitor of the Lender, defaults on principal and interest of the loan, maliciously evades repayment obligations for loans and so on, the Lender has the right to report its behaviors to relevant departments and publicize them on news media.
14.6 The Agreement comes into effect after the Borrower’s legal representative (person in charge) or authorized representative signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal, and Lender’s person in charge or authorized representative also signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal.
DD 14.7 When signing the Agreement, the Lender and the Borrower have clearly read and understood all the provisions of the Agreement. Both parties have no doubt about all the provisions and interpretations of the Agreement and correctly understand the rights and duties clauses, and the legal meaning of the limitation and waiver of liability clauses.
14.8 The Agreement is made out in two copies. The Borrower holds one copy/copies. The Lender holds one copy/copies. ___ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies.
Article 15 Other Matters
The appointed warning line for the pledge rate of this loan is 85%, and the disposal line for the pledge rate is 95%. When the loan pledge rate reaches the warning line, the Borrower shall be required to pay the loan or increase the relevant amount of gold and cash deposit before the risk coverage reaches to the loan disposal line. The collateral addition shall ensure the pledge rate to reach 80%. Once the loan pledge rate reaches the disposal line, the processing bank has right to begin the process to dispose the collateral without informing the client.
(There is no text below in this page)
The Borrower has read all the provisions above. The Lender has made corresponding explanations as required by the Borrower. The Borrower has no dissent on all clauses. |
Exhibit 10.9
No. 2016 280003040011
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Evergrowing Bank
Signing Location: Yantai , China
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Important Notice to Borrower Please read the whole Agreement carefully, especially the provisions marked as DD . If you have any questions, please ask the Lender timely to explain. |
Borrower (The Borrower): _ Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd
Legal Representative/ Principal: Zhihong Jia
Address: Te #15 Huangpu Technology Park, Jiang An District, Wuhan Postcode: 430023
Telephone: __ 027-65660346 _____ Fax: 027-65660703
Lender (The Lender): Evergrowing Bank Co., Ltd. _ Yantai Huanshan Road Branch
Legal Representative/Principal: __ Shuyun Zhang
Address: _ No. 116 Huanshan Road, Zhifu District, Yantai City Postcode: 264000
Telephone: _ 0535-6621197 _____________ Fax: 0535-6621197
Since the Borrower applies for loan from the Lender, to specify the rights and obligations of both parties, the Borrower and the Lender reach consensus through consultation and agree with following agreement.
Article 1 Loan
1.1 Currency: RMB .
1.2 The amount of loan under the Agreement is: _ FIFTY MILLION.
1.3 This loan should be used for Purchasing Gold only.
1.4 The life of loan under the Agreement is from 3/4/2016 to 3/1/2018 .
The life of loan is from the date of issuing the first loan under this Agreement to the date when Borrower pays back the principal and interest under the Agreement.
Article 2 Interest Rate of Loan and Interest Settlement
2.1 The interest rate of loan under the Agreement uses the way in _2.1.1__ as follows:
2.1.1 Fixed rate, i.e. __7_%. (Year) During the life of loan, it is unchangeable and will not adjust basing on national interest.
2.1.2 Floating interest rate, i.e. ___/__ (choose “rising” or “lowering”) __/__% based on the benchmark interest rate of value date. If the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate during the loan term, following / is used as the interest rate adjustment date:
(1) | The adjustment is made monthly, once per month. |
(2) | The adjustment is made quarterly, once per quarter. |
(3) | The adjustment is made every half year, once per half year. |
(4) | The adjustment is made every year, once per year. |
If the People’s Bank of China changes the benchmark interest rate into floating interest or calls the benchmark interest rate, the parties should adjust the loan interest under mutual discussion, but the interest after the adjustment should be not lower than the interest before; if after ___/__ month from the date when the People’s Bank of China adjusts the interest, the two parties have not reached a consensus regarding the adjusted interest rate, the Lender has right to declare the acceleration of maturity regarding the loan under this Agreement.
2.1.3 / (foreign currency) interest / ;
2.1.4 / .
2.2 Interest settlement
2.2.1 Daily interest = monthly interest rate / 30, monthly interest rate = annual interest rate/12.
2.2.2 Normal interest = agreed rate of interest under this agreement × loan amount × usage days been used. The usage days should start from the lending day to the date of expiry.
2.2.3 The interest settlement of loan under the Agreement is based on the following __SECOND__ way. When the loan expires, the principal and interest should be repaid. The interest settlement date is the interest payment date.
(1) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of last month of every season; |
(2) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of every month. |
2.3 Default interest
2.3.1 If the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, or the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline and has not reached agreement on extension with the Lender (so it is overdue loan), the Lender has the right to get the default interest for the misappropriated loan or overdue loan according to the default interest rate under this Agreement.
2.3.2 If the loan currency is RMB, when the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline, the default interest rate will increase by 50% regarding the overdue loan; when the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, the loan interest rate will increase by 100% regarding the misappropriated loan. If the People’s Bank of China adjusted the benchmark interest rate, the floating interest loan is overdue or misappropriated, the Lender has the right to adjust the default interest rate, and applies the new default interest since the interest adjustment date of the People’s Bank of China. If the loan currency is foreign currency, the default interest rate is: increase / basing on the agreed interest rate.
2.4 If the Borrower repays or the Lender calls in loan in advance, the relevant interest will not be adjusted and the agreed interest rate still applies.
Article 3 Issuance, Payment and Repayment of Loan
3.1 The Borrower can draw the loan amount by several allocations, but the sum of all allocations does not exceed the amount provided by Article 1. The drawing shall comply with following allocation plan:
Drawing Date | Drawing Amount |
3/4/2016 | FIFTY MILLION |
\ | \ |
DD 3.2 The Lender is only obliged to loan when the following conditions are met constantly:
(1) | The Borrower has completed all the relevant legal procedures including the government license, approval, registration and other legal procedures required by the Borrower, and such legal procedures are continuously effective; |
(2) | The guarantee agreement (if any) under this Agreement has taken effect and will be continuously effective; if the guarantee agreement is pledge agreement and/or mortgage agreement, the guarantee right has been set and will be continuously effective; |
(3) | The Borrower’s operation and financial status does not have any substantial adverse changes; |
(4) | The Borrower does not violate this Agreement; |
(5) | The way of this loan payment is consistent with the Agreement; if the lender entrusted payment is the payment way, the Lender agrees to pay; |
(6) | If the loan is issued in foreign currency, the Borrower has already opened the relevant account according to the management requirement of foreign exchange and provided the documents showing that the loan conforms the relevant foreign exchange policy, including but not limited to, effective foreign exchange purpose documentary evidence, registration or approval documents. |
(7) | The Borrower has already opened the capital recovery account according to Article 3.9; |
(8) | _______/___________________________________________________________. |
3.3 The Borrower appointed the account below as the loan account:
Account Name : Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd.
Account No.: 853528010122803329
Bank Name : Evergrowing Bank.
3.4 The actual date of lending and the amount is subject to the Loan Certificate.
3.5 The Borrower shall go through the drawing procedure at least three bank business days in advance, send the application to the Lender to meet the capital payment need for the future / days, and clarify the way of payment (entrusted payment by the Lender or the direct payment by the Borrower).
3.6 Entrusted payment by the Lender is that after the loan is issued pursuant to this Agreement, the Lender pays the loan to the counterparty of the Borrower who conforms to the agreed purposes of the Agreement, according to the entrusted payment power of attorney of the Borrower.
The lender entrusted payment is used if any of the conditions below is met:
(1) The amount of one payment is more than / (this amount is the limit of entrusted payment).
(2) / .
If the entrusted payment of the Lender is the way of capital payment, the Borrower should send Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney. The Lender reviews the Credit Usage Application, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney, Loan Certificate and relevant payment transaction documents (including but not limited commercial contract, invoices and goods receipts). If the application conforms with this Agreement and the relevant payment transaction documents, the Lender will pay the loan capital to the counterparty of the Borrower according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement. If the planned payment of the Borrower is not in compliance with the this Agreement, the corresponding commerce agreement, proof materials or has any other default, the Lender has the right to refuse to pay and return the payment power of attorney submitted by the Borrower.
If the Lender agrees to pay, but since the information provided by the Borrower is wrong so it can’t be paid, or the payment is refunded, the Borrower shall resubmit relevant certificate and documents with correct information before the deadline provided by the Lender. The Lender does not bear the loss of the Borrower caused by the payment failure.
If the Lender pays to the wrong party because the information provided by the Borrower is wrong, the Lender does not bear any responsibility to the Borrower. The Borrower still needs to repay the principal and the interest for the part of wrong payment.
3.7 Direct payment by the Borrower means, after the Lender pays the loan to the account of the Borrower according to this Agreement, the Borrower directly pays to its counterparty according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement.
For loan amount payment not exceeding / Yuan, and the Borrower and the Lender do not agree to adopt entrusted payment, the direct payment by the Borrower will be used.
If direct payment is used, the Lender has the right to examine if the loan payment conforms to the agreed purposes by ways such as account analysis, certificate review, and on-site investigation. The Borrower shall cooperate with the Lender about the examination.
3.8 The Borrower shall pay back according to the deadline in Article 1.4 and following plan. If the Loan Certificate states a deadline different with this Agreement, the Loan Certificate prevails.
Repayment Deadline | Repayment Amount | |
3/1/2018 | FIFTY MILLION |
3.9 Loan capital recovery account.
The Borrower shall open specialized loan capital recovery account from the Lender ( Account Name: / Account No.: /, Bank Name: /) , so the Lender can recover the loan capital. The capital recovery account is used to receive the relevant sales revenue or planned repayment capital. If the relevant sales revenue are calculated in non-cash way, the Borrower shall insure that the capital is allocated to the recovery account on time after receipt. In the meanwhile, the Borrower shall provide the loan capital recovery account details to the Lender / (week/ month/ quarter).
DD 3.10 If the Lender receives loans in advance according to Article 8 of this Agreement, it deems that the loan deadline advances accordingly.
DD 3.11 If the Borrower prepays the loan, the Borrower shall send the application in writing 30 days in advance for consent by the Lender. When the Borrower prepays the loan, the Lender has the right to charge the loan interest according to the Agreement in the actual loan period, and charges the repayment procedure fee which is __/_ % of the prepaid capital.
DD 3.12 The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes that when any of the situations under Article 8 or 9 happens, the Lender can withdraw principal and interest from any account of the Borrower. The Borrower agrees to give up any right of defense.
DD Article 4 Warrant
The guaranty contracts are as follow:
1) 2016 Chattel Pledge No. 280003040011, Chattel Pledge Agreement , the way of warrant: Pledge , warrantor: Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd .
2) 2016 Guaranty No. 280003040011, Guaranty Agreement , the way of warrant: Guaranty , warrantor: Zhihong Jia.
Article 5 Representations and Warranties of the Borrower
5.1 The Borrower is an independent civil subject set in accordance with the law, has all the necessary civil rights capability and civil action capability; and has the ability to fulfill the obligations of the Agreement and take civil responsibility.
5.2 Signing and fulfilling the Agreement is the Borrower’s true intention, and has gone through all the necessary approvals and authorization, and there is no legal flaw.
5.3 The operation and business of the Borrower is legal and in compliance. The Borrower has the ability of continuing operation, it has legal repayment source, and it does not have material bad credit record. The management team of the Borrower has no bad record.
5.4 The circulating fund loan matters are in compliance with the law.
5.5 The Borrower shall provide complete, true and accurate, effective documents, statements, materials and information on time according to the Lender’s requirement. The Borrower never hides any information that will give bad influence to its financial condition and ability of repayment. There is no material adverse change to the Borrower’s financial condition since the date of the latest financial statement.
5.6 When signing the Agreement, the Borrower is not a shareholder or “actual controller” under the Company Law of the guarantor, and has no plan to be a shareholder or actual controller of the guarantor, or the guarantor has provided its shareholder resolution about agreeing to provide guaranty to the Borrower.
DD 5.7 Before paying off all debt under the Agreement, the Borrower’s financial target should be controlled in :
(1) Asset-liability ratio should not be higher than _/__%;
(2) Liquidity ratio should not be lower than _/_%;
(3) Quick ratio should not be lower than _/__%;
(4) The balance of external guarantee should not be higher than _/_% of net assets;
(5) __/_______________________________________
5.8 The Borrower promises that it will cooperate with the Lender regarding loan payment management, the post-loan management and relevant examination.
5.9 Before external investment, material increase of debt financing, merge, split, equity transfer and other material matters, the Borrower should get permission from the Lender first.
5.10 The Lender has the right to call back the loan in advance according to the capital recovery situation of the Borrower.
5.11 The Borrower should inform the Lender timely if any material disadvantage issues happened that would affect the ability of taking back the loan of the Lender.
Article 6 The Rights and Obligations of the Lender
6.1 The Lender has right to call back the loan capital, interest (including default interest for expiration and misuse) according to the Agreement, charge the fees payable by the Borrower, has right to call back the loan in advance according to the Borrower’s capital recovery situation, and exercise other rights under the Agreement or under the law.
6.2 During the process of exercising the Agreement, the Lender checks the documents provided by the Borrower. If the Lender cannot complete the entrusted payment on time because the Borrower provided untrue, inaccurate or incomplete documents or the Borrower conducts the payment in violation of this Agreement, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
6.3 If the lending or the payment failed because of the frozen loan account or the payment account appointed by the Borrower or because of any other reasons, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
Article 7 The Rights and Obligations of the Borrower
7.1 The Borrower shall repay the loan and interest under the Agreement according to the timing, amount and currency agreed in this Agreement.
The Borrower shall allocate the sales revenue or planed repayment into the capital recovery account timely, and shall provide capital flow details of the capital recovery account according to the Agreement’s requirement.
7.2 The Borrower shall not divert the loan under the Agreement to other purposes, shall not use the loan to invest in fixed assets or equity, or areas and uses for production and operation forbidden by the country.
The Borrower shall pay the loan capital according to the Agreement, shall not avoid the lender entrusted payment by breaking the whole into the parts. The loan capital payment shall comply with the Agreement rules if the borrower direct payment is adopted.
7.3 The Borrower shall provide the record and materials regarding the loan amount usage to the Lender each / (week/month/quarter).
DD 7.4 The Borrower shall bear the expenses under the Agreement, including but not limited to the notary fee and the appraisal fee.
The Borrower shall bear the loan capital clearing fee (including the lender entrusted payment and the borrower direct payment), and shall pay in full the relevant fees on time according to the fee items, rates and timing required by the Lender. The payment may be processed through People’s Bank payment system or the clearing system in the same city.
DD 7.5 The Borrower shall follow the Lender’s business regulations and operation customs related to the loan business, including but not limited to cooperating with the Lender to manage the loan payment system and check the utilization of the loan and the Borrower’s operation, and timely providing the Lender financial reports, loan payment usage record and materials, information of affiliates and related party transactions, other documents and information, and guarantee that provided materials are all valid, true and complete.
DD 7.6 The Borrower shall notify the Lender for any of the following events at least 30 days in advance, and shall not act before paying off all of the loan principal and interest under this Agreement or providing the payment schedule and guaranty approved by the Lender:
(1) Address material assets or all or most of the materials assets by sale, gift, lease, lend, transfer, guarantee, pledge or other ways;
(2) There is or may be material change to the operation system or ownership organization form, including but not limited to contracting, renting, joint venture, corporation reform, share cooperation reform, enterprise sale, M&A, joint operation, split, setting subsidiary, ownership transfer, capital decrease;
(3) There is other situation of losing or has possibility of losing the ability to repay debt;
DD 7.7 The Borrower shall inform the Lender with a written notice at least 7 days in advance if any of the below situations happened or might happen:
(1) The Borrower or its affiliates modify its bylaws, change its industry and commerce registration matters such as articles of incorporation, enterprise name, legal representative, domicile, mailing address or business scope or makes decisions with material effect to finance or personnel;
(2) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor plans to file bankruptcy or may have been filed bankruptcy by the creditor;
(3) The Borrower or its affiliates involve in major lawsuits, arbitrations, administrative measures, or the main property or guaranty under this Agreement has been conducted property attachment or other enforcement measures, or, the safe and complete status of the main property or guaranty under this Agreement is or may have been impacted or the value decreased or it is possible to decrease;
(4) The Borrower or its affiliates provide guarantee for a third party so it causes major adverse implication to its economic status, financial status, or the ability of performing the obligations under this Agreement;
(5) The Borrower or its affiliates sign an agreement which has major implication to its operation and financial status;
(6) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, is repealed or is revoked business license;
(7) The Borrower or its affiliates, the major investor individual of the Borrower or its affiliates, the legal representative (responsible person), director or senior manager of the Borrower or its affiliates disappears, involves in violation of the laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules or appears abnormal changes;
(8) The Borrower or its affiliates have serious operational problems, its financial situation deteriorates, or any other events happened which have negative impact on the Borrower or its affiliates’ operation, financial condition, the ability of repayment or the economic status;
(9) Related party transaction happens, and the transaction amount reaches to or beyond 10% of the latest audited net asset;
(10) Before paying off the debts under the Agreement, the Borrower is or might become a shareholder of the guarantor or the “actual controller” defined by the Company Law;
(11) The Borrower or its affiliate breaks the laws and regulations, rules of supervision, national policy or industry standards and results in liability accident or is exposed by media;
(12) The relationship of controlling or being controlled between the Borrower and its affiliates changes;
(13) Any material negative events that will impact the ability of loan repayment of the Borrower or its affiliates.
DD 7.8 When the guaranty under the Agreement changes and disadvantages the right of the Lender as a creditor, the Borrower should timely provide other guaranty approved by the Lender according to the Lender’s requirement.
“Change” under this article includes but not limited to: the guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, business license is repealed or is revoked, file or is filed for bankruptcy; material change happens to the guarantor’s operational or financial condition; the guarantor involves in significant lawsuit, arbitration, administrative measures, attachment or other compulsory measures are conducted to its major asset; the value of collateral decreases or may decrease or is conducted attachment or other compulsory measures; the sound condition of the collateral is affected or might be affected; the guarantor or its legal representative (responsible person) or the major manager of the guarantor is involved in violation laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules; the guarantor disappears or dies (or declaring death) if the guarantor is an individual; the guarantor violates the Guaranty Agreement; the Guarantor and the Borrower have disputes; the Guarantor requires to dissolve the Guaranty Agreement; the Guaranty Agreement is not effective, invalid or cancelled; the guaranty right is unset or invalid; other events impact the safety of the Lender’s creditor’s right.
7.9 Open a loan capital recovery account according to the Article 3.9 of this Agreement.
DD Article 8 Call Back the Loan in advance
If any of the situations at bellow happens, the Lender has the right to stop paying the loan unused by the Borrower, unilaterally declare that the issued loan principal under the Agreement is expired in advance, and require the Borrower to pay back all the loan principal and interest immediately, and has the right to deduct capital directly from the Borrower’s any account. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law specially so it shall not to be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the deducted account.
(1) | The Borrower does not pay the interest on time; |
(2) | The Borrower provides untrue financial reports and materials; |
(3) | The Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(4) | Any of the events in the Articles 7.6, 7.7 happened, and the Lender believes it will endanger the loan safety; |
(5) | The Borrower’s financial index is out of range of the Article 5.6; |
(6) | The Lender believes that the Borrower should prepay the loan according to the the situation of the Borrower’s capital recovery; |
(7) | The issuance of the loan under this Agreement by the Lender causes or may cause law violation because of the changed supervision regulation; |
(8) | When the Borrower is performing other contracts with the Lender or with a third party, it has violation or the debt may expire in advance or has been declared expired in advance; |
(9) | Other situations that might endanger the loan capital safety. |
DD Article 9 Defaults and Dispositions
9.1 If any following matters happen to the Borrower, it is considered as default:
(1) | Fails to repay the loan principal and interest on time in accordance with the Agreement; |
(2) | Violates the representations and warranties of the Article 5 in the Agreement; |
(3) | Violates the obligations of the Borrower under the Article 7 in the Agreement; |
(4) | Fails to use the loan amount in the agreed way, or avoid Lender entrusted payment in a way by breaking up the whole into pieces; |
(5) | Fails to open the loan capital recovery account pursuant to the Agreement; |
(6) | Material cross-default happens; |
(7) | Violates other articles of this Agreement. |
9.2 After default, the Lender has the right to adopt one or more of measures as below:
(1) | Corrects default with deadline; |
(2) | Adjusts the amount threshold of the loan capital entrusted payment or the payment way of the loan capital; |
(3) | Stops withdrawal by the Borrower; |
(4) | Dissolves the loan agreement, and requires the Borrower to pay off expired or unexpired loan principal, interest and other dues; |
(5) | Requires the Borrower to pay overdue default interest if the loan is overdue; |
(6) | Requires the Borrower to pay misappropriation default interest if the Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(7) | Deducts owed loan principal and interest from any account that the Borrower has at Evergrowing Bank; |
(8) | Pursues the loan principal and interest by the legal ways, and all fees paid to claim the credit (including but not limited to collecting fees, litigation fees, arbitration fees, property attachment fees, enforcement fees, attorney’s fees, case fees, declaration fees, appraisal fees, audit fees and so on) shall be borne by the Borrower. |
9.3 If the guarantor (i.e. warrantor, mortgagor, pledgor) has any following situation, the Lender has the right to adopt the measures according to Article 9.2:
(1) | The warrantor violates the Warrant Agreement, its credit status deteriorates, or other event happens which decreases its warrant ability; |
(2) | The mortgagor violates the Mortgage Agreement, or breaks the mortgage, or the value of the mortgage may decrease or has decreased substantially, or other event happens which harm the mortgage right of the Lender happen; |
(3) | The pledgor violates the Pledge Agreement, or the value of the pledge has decreased or may have decreased, or the pledge right has to be realized before the loan is paid off, or other event happens which harms the pledge right of the Lender. |
DD Article 10 Deduction Arrangement
10.1 The Borrower authorizes that, if there is any due and payable loan principal, interest, default interest or other fess, the Lender has the right to deduct the capital from the Borrower’s any account in Evergrowing Bank to pay it off. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law and it shall not be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the related account.
10.2 After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower about the related account, the contract number of the Loan Agreement, the document number of the Loan Certificate, the deducted amount and the remaining debt balance.
10.3 If the deducted amount is not enough to pay off all the debts of the Borrower, it shall be used to compensate for the due fees first. If the principal and interest is overdue for less than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the interest or default interest due and then be used to pay the principal due. If the principal and interest are overdue for more than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the principal due, and then be used to pay the interest or default interest due.
10.4 If the currency of deducted amount is different from the currency of the due amount, it shall be converted to the currency of due amount according to foreign exchange rate on that day.
DD Article 11 Notice
11.1 All of the contact information that the Borrower fills out in this Agreement (including contact address, telephone number and fax number) is real and effective. If any contact information is changed, the Borrower shall give written notice of the changed information to the contact address that the Lender provides in this Agreement. Only after the Lender has actually received the notice of changed information and has updated relevant records, can this information change comes into effect.
11.2 Until this Agreement provides otherwise, any notice that Lender gives to the Borrower can be given by the following ways. The Lender has the right to choose the approach of notice which it deems proper, and under any circumstance, the Lender does not bear responsibilities for any transmission errors, omissions, or deferral happened in mails, faxes, telephones or any other contact systems. If the Lender chooses several contact ways at the same time, the one that reaches the Borrower more quickly shall prevail.
(1) Announcement: the service date is the day when the Lender announces on its websites, online bank, telephone bank or sales departments.
(2) Personal service: the service date is the day when the Borrower signs the notice.
(3) Mail delivery (including EMS, ordinary mail and registered mail) to the Borrower’s contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the third day after the mailing date (in the same city) or the fifth day after the mailing date (different city) (even the mail may be returned).
(4) Faxes or other electronic contact methods to the Borrower’s fax number or electronic contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the sending day.
DD Article 12 Information Disclosure and Confidentiality
12.1 The Lender shall take the responsibility of keeping confidential for the Borrower’s trade secrets and other information and materials which are marked as confidential, except following situations:
(1) Information is required to disclose according to laws and regulations or listing rules;
(2) Information that is required to disclose by judicial departments or government departments;
(3) Information that shall be disclosed to the external professional advisers of the Lender;
(4) Information that the Borrower agrees or authorizes the Lender to disclose.
12.2 Under the following circumstances, the Borrower agrees that Evergrowing Bank can use or disclose all the information and materials related to the Borrower, including but not limited to the basic information, credit transaction information and other relevant information and materials. The Borrower is willing to take responsibility for any results caused by it.
(1) For the following purposes, disclose to or permit usage of such information and materials by outsourcing agencies, the third party service providers, other financial agencies and other agencies or persons which Evergrowing Bank considers necessary, including but not limited to, other branches of Evergrowing Bank or subsidiary companies owned or partially owned by Evergrowing Bank: ¨ to conduct the loan transactions or is related to loan transactions, such as promoting Evergrowing Bank’s loan, collecting dues of the Borrower, and transfer of the creditor’s right; ¨ to let the Lender offer or may offer new products, new services or further services for the Borrower; ¨ to better maintain, manage and improve client relationships.
(2) Provide such information and materials to the China Credit Information Center and other credit information agencies or Credit Information Database established with the approval of The People's Bank of China.
(3) Use or permit a third party to use such information and materials on the basis of confidentiality for the purpose of business operation, management, statistics, analyses, and risk control.
Article 13 Law Application and Dispute Resolution
The Agreement applies to PRC laws. The disputes of the Agreement shall be submitted to the local court at the Lender’s residence. During the period of the dispute, the provisions without disputes shall continue to be fulfilled by both parties.
Article 14 Other Provisions
DD 14.1 The Borrower agrees that the Lender can enquiry and keep the Borrower’s credit information for loan application and post-loan management.
DD 14.2 The Lender doesn’t bear any responsibility for the failure to issue loans on schedule or handle payment if the failure is caused by force majeure , communication failure, network failure, or the malfunction of Lender’s system. However, the Lender shall inform the Borrower in time.
14.3 Phrases referred to in the Agreement including affiliate, related-party transaction and main investor individual have the same meaning with those in Accounting Standards for Business Enterprises No. 36— Affiliate Disclosure (Finance and Accounting Department [2006] No. 3) and its later revised edition.
14.4 The Agreement’s Loan Certificate, Loan Withdrawal Application Form, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney and relevant documents and materials confirmed by both two parties are indispensable parts of the Agreement.
14.5 If the Borrower avoids monitor of the Lender, defaults on principal and interest of the loan, maliciously evades repayment obligations for loans and so on, the Lender has the right to report its behaviors to relevant departments and publicize them on news media.
14.6 The Agreement comes into effect after the Borrower’s legal representative (person in charge) or authorized representative signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal, and Lender’s person in charge or authorized representative also signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal.
DD 14.7 When signing the Agreement, the Lender and the Borrower have clearly read and understood all the provisions of the Agreement. Both parties have no doubt about all the provisions and interpretations of the Agreement and correctly understand the rights and duties clauses, and the legal meaning of the limitation and waiver of liability clauses.
14.8 The Agreement is made out in two copies. The Borrower holds one copy/copies. The Lender holds one copy/copies. ___ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies.
Article 15 Other Matters
The appointed warning line for the pledge rate of this loan is 85%, and the disposal line for the pledge rate is 95%. When the loan pledge rate reaches the warning line, the Borrower shall be required to pay the loan or increase the relevant amount of gold and cash deposit before the risk coverage reaches to the loan disposal line. The collateral addition shall ensure the pledge rate to reach 80%. Once the loan pledge rate reaches the disposal line, the processing bank has right to begin the process to dispose the collateral without informing the client.
(There is no text below in this page)
The Borrower has read all the provisions above. The Lender has made corresponding explanations as required by the Borrower. The Borrower has no dissent on all clauses. |
Exhibit 10.10
No. 2016 280003040021
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Evergrowing Bank
Signing Location: Yantai , China
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Important Notice to Borrower Please read the whole Agreement carefully, especially the provisions marked as DD . If you have any questions, please ask the Lender timely to explain. |
Borrower (The Borrower): _ Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd
Legal Representative/ Principal: Zhihong Jia
Address: Te #15 Huangpu Technology Park, Jiang An District, Wuhan Postcode: 430023
Telephone: __ 027-65660346 _____ Fax: 027-65660703
Lender (The Lender): Evergrowing Bank Co., Ltd. _ Yantai Huanshan Road Branch
Legal Representative/Principal: __ Shuyun Zhang
Address: _ No. 116 Huanshan Road, Zhifu District, Yantai City Postcode: 264000
Telephone: _ 0535-6621197 _____________ Fax: 0535-6621197
Since the Borrower applies for loan from the Lender, to specify the rights and obligations of both parties, the Borrower and the Lender reach consensus through consultation and agree with following agreement.
Article 1 Loan
1.1 Currency: RMB .
1.2 The amount of loan under the Agreement is: _ FIFTY MILLION.
1.3 This loan should be used for Purchasing Gold only.
1.4 The life of loan under the Agreement is from 3/4/2016 to 3/1/2018 .
The life of loan is from the date of issuing the first loan under this Agreement to the date when Borrower pays back the principal and interest under the Agreement.
Article 2 Interest Rate of Loan and Interest Settlement
2.1 The interest rate of loan under the Agreement uses the way in _2.1.1__ as follows:
2.1.1 Fixed rate, i.e. __7_%. (Year) During the life of loan, it is unchangeable and will not adjust basing on national interest.
2.1.2 Floating interest rate, i.e. ___/__ (choose “rising” or “lowering”) __/__% based on the benchmark interest rate of value date. If the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate during the loan term, following / is used as the interest rate adjustment date:
(1) | The adjustment is made monthly, once per month. |
(2) | The adjustment is made quarterly, once per quarter. |
(3) | The adjustment is made every half year, once per half year. |
(4) | The adjustment is made every year, once per year. |
If the People’s Bank of China changes the benchmark interest rate into floating interest or calls the benchmark interest rate, the parties should adjust the loan interest under mutual discussion, but the interest after the adjustment should be not lower than the interest before; if after ___/__ month from the date when the People’s Bank of China adjusts the interest, the two parties have not reached a consensus regarding the adjusted interest rate, the Lender has right to declare the acceleration of maturity regarding the loan under this Agreement.
2.1.3 / (foreign currency) interest / ;
2.1.4 / .
2.2 Interest settlement
2.2.1 Daily interest = monthly interest rate / 30, monthly interest rate = annual interest rate/12.
2.2.2 Normal interest = agreed rate of interest under this agreement × loan amount × usage days been used. The usage days should start from the lending day to the date of expiry.
2.2.3 The interest settlement of loan under the Agreement is based on the following __SECOND__ way. When the loan expires, the principal and interest should be repaid. The interest settlement date is the interest payment date.
(1) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of last month of every season; |
(2) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of every month. |
2.3 Default interest
2.3.1 If the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, or the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline and has not reached agreement on extension with the Lender (so it is overdue loan), the Lender has the right to get the default interest for the misappropriated loan or overdue loan according to the default interest rate under this Agreement.
2.3.2 If the loan currency is RMB, when the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline, the default interest rate will increase by 50% regarding the overdue loan; when the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, the loan interest rate will increase by 100% regarding the misappropriated loan. If the People’s Bank of China adjusted the benchmark interest rate, the floating interest loan is overdue or misappropriated, the Lender has the right to adjust the default interest rate, and applies the new default interest since the interest adjustment date of the People’s Bank of China. If the loan currency is foreign currency, the default interest rate is: increase / basing on the agreed interest rate.
2.4 If the Borrower repays or the Lender calls in loan in advance, the relevant interest will not be adjusted and the agreed interest rate still applies.
Article 3 Issuance, Payment and Repayment of Loan
3.1 The Borrower can draw the loan amount by several allocations, but the sum of all allocations does not exceed the amount provided by Article 1. The drawing shall comply with following allocation plan:
Drawing Date | Drawing Amount |
3/4/2016 | FIFTY MILLION |
\ | \ |
DD 3.2 The Lender is only obliged to loan when the following conditions are met constantly:
(1) | The Borrower has completed all the relevant legal procedures including the government license, approval, registration and other legal procedures required by the Borrower, and such legal procedures are continuously effective; |
(2) | The guarantee agreement (if any) under this Agreement has taken effect and will be continuously effective; if the guarantee agreement is pledge agreement and/or mortgage agreement, the guarantee right has been set and will be continuously effective; |
(3) | The Borrower’s operation and financial status does not have any substantial adverse changes; |
(4) | The Borrower does not violate this Agreement; |
(5) | The way of this loan payment is consistent with the Agreement; if the lender entrusted payment is the payment way, the Lender agrees to pay; |
(6) | If the loan is issued in foreign currency, the Borrower has already opened the relevant account according to the management requirement of foreign exchange and provided the documents showing that the loan conforms the relevant foreign exchange policy, including but not limited to, effective foreign exchange purpose documentary evidence, registration or approval documents. |
(7) | The Borrower has already opened the capital recovery account according to Article 3.9; |
(8) | _______/___________________________________________________________. |
3.3 The Borrower appointed the account below as the loan account:
Account Name : Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd.
Account No.: 853528010122803329
Bank Name : Evergrowing Bank.
3.4 The actual date of lending and the amount is subject to the Loan Certificate.
3.5 The Borrower shall go through the drawing procedure at least three bank business days in advance, send the application to the Lender to meet the capital payment need for the future / days, and clarify the way of payment (entrusted payment by the Lender or the direct payment by the Borrower).
3.6 Entrusted payment by the Lender is that after the loan is issued pursuant to this Agreement, the Lender pays the loan to the counterparty of the Borrower who conforms to the agreed purposes of the Agreement, according to the entrusted payment power of attorney of the Borrower.
The lender entrusted payment is used if any of the conditions below is met:
(1) The amount of one payment is more than / (this amount is the limit of entrusted payment).
(2) / .
If the entrusted payment of the Lender is the way of capital payment, the Borrower should send Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney. The Lender reviews the Credit Usage Application, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney, Loan Certificate and relevant payment transaction documents (including but not limited commercial contract, invoices and goods receipts). If the application conforms with this Agreement and the relevant payment transaction documents, the Lender will pay the loan capital to the counterparty of the Borrower according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement. If the planned payment of the Borrower is not in compliance with the this Agreement, the corresponding commerce agreement, proof materials or has any other default, the Lender has the right to refuse to pay and return the payment power of attorney submitted by the Borrower.
If the Lender agrees to pay, but since the information provided by the Borrower is wrong so it can’t be paid, or the payment is refunded, the Borrower shall resubmit relevant certificate and documents with correct information before the deadline provided by the Lender. The Lender does not bear the loss of the Borrower caused by the payment failure.
If the Lender pays to the wrong party because the information provided by the Borrower is wrong, the Lender does not bear any responsibility to the Borrower. The Borrower still needs to repay the principal and the interest for the part of wrong payment.
3.7 Direct payment by the Borrower means, after the Lender pays the loan to the account of the Borrower according to this Agreement, the Borrower directly pays to its counterparty according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement.
For loan amount payment not exceeding / Yuan, and the Borrower and the Lender do not agree to adopt entrusted payment, the direct payment by the Borrower will be used.
If direct payment is used, the Lender has the right to examine if the loan payment conforms to the agreed purposes by ways such as account analysis, certificate review, and on-site investigation. The Borrower shall cooperate with the Lender about the examination.
3.8 The Borrower shall pay back according to the deadline in Article 1.4 and following plan. If the Loan Certificate states a deadline different with this Agreement, the Loan Certificate prevails.
Repayment Deadline | Repayment Amount | |
3/1/2018 | FIFTY MILLION |
3.9 Loan capital recovery account.
The Borrower shall open specialized loan capital recovery account from the Lender ( Account Name: / Account No.: /, Bank Name: /) , so the Lender can recover the loan capital. The capital recovery account is used to receive the relevant sales revenue or planned repayment capital. If the relevant sales revenue are calculated in non-cash way, the Borrower shall insure that the capital is allocated to the recovery account on time after receipt. In the meanwhile, the Borrower shall provide the loan capital recovery account details to the Lender / (week/ month/ quarter).
DD 3.10 If the Lender receives loans in advance according to Article 8 of this Agreement, it deems that the loan deadline advances accordingly.
DD 3.11 If the Borrower prepays the loan, the Borrower shall send the application in writing 30 days in advance for consent by the Lender. When the Borrower prepays the loan, the Lender has the right to charge the loan interest according to the Agreement in the actual loan period, and charges the repayment procedure fee which is __/_ % of the prepaid capital.
DD 3.12 The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes that when any of the situations under Article 8 or 9 happens, the Lender can withdraw principal and interest from any account of the Borrower. The Borrower agrees to give up any right of defense.
DD Article 4 Warrant
The guaranty contracts are as follow:
1) 2016 Chattel Pledge No. 280003040021, Chattel Pledge Agreement , the way of warrant: Pledge , warrantor: Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd .
2) 2016 Guaranty No. 280003040021, Guaranty Agreement , the way of warrant: Guaranty , warrantor: Zhihong Jia.
Article 5 Representations and Warranties of the Borrower
5.1 The Borrower is an independent civil subject set in accordance with the law, has all the necessary civil rights capability and civil action capability; and has the ability to fulfill the obligations of the Agreement and take civil responsibility.
5.2 Signing and fulfilling the Agreement is the Borrower’s true intention, and has gone through all the necessary approvals and authorization, and there is no legal flaw.
5.3 The operation and business of the Borrower is legal and in compliance. The Borrower has the ability of continuing operation, it has legal repayment source, and it does not have material bad credit record. The management team of the Borrower has no bad record.
5.4 The circulating fund loan matters are in compliance with the law.
5.5 The Borrower shall provide complete, true and accurate, effective documents, statements, materials and information on time according to the Lender’s requirement. The Borrower never hides any information that will give bad influence to its financial condition and ability of repayment. There is no material adverse change to the Borrower’s financial condition since the date of the latest financial statement.
5.6 When signing the Agreement, the Borrower is not a shareholder or “actual controller” under the Company Law of the guarantor, and has no plan to be a shareholder or actual controller of the guarantor, or the guarantor has provided its shareholder resolution about agreeing to provide guaranty to the Borrower.
DD 5.7 Before paying off all debt under the Agreement, the Borrower’s financial target should be controlled in :
(1) Asset-liability ratio should not be higher than _/__%;
(2) Liquidity ratio should not be lower than _/_%;
(3) Quick ratio should not be lower than _/__%;
(4) The balance of external guarantee should not be higher than _/_% of net assets;
(5) __/_______________________________________
5.8 The Borrower promises that it will cooperate with the Lender regarding loan payment management, the post-loan management and relevant examination.
5.9 Before external investment, material increase of debt financing, merge, split, equity transfer and other material matters, the Borrower should get permission from the Lender first.
5.10 The Lender has the right to call back the loan in advance according to the capital recovery situation of the Borrower.
5.11 The Borrower should inform the Lender timely if any material disadvantage issues happened that would affect the ability of taking back the loan of the Lender.
Article 6 The Rights and Obligations of the Lender
6.1 The Lender has right to call back the loan capital, interest (including default interest for expiration and misuse) according to the Agreement, charge the fees payable by the Borrower, has right to call back the loan in advance according to the Borrower’s capital recovery situation, and exercise other rights under the Agreement or under the law.
6.2 During the process of exercising the Agreement, the Lender checks the documents provided by the Borrower. If the Lender cannot complete the entrusted payment on time because the Borrower provided untrue, inaccurate or incomplete documents or the Borrower conducts the payment in violation of this Agreement, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
6.3 If the lending or the payment failed because of the frozen loan account or the payment account appointed by the Borrower or because of any other reasons, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
Article 7 The Rights and Obligations of the Borrower
7.1 The Borrower shall repay the loan and interest under the Agreement according to the timing, amount and currency agreed in this Agreement.
The Borrower shall allocate the sales revenue or planed repayment into the capital recovery account timely, and shall provide capital flow details of the capital recovery account according to the Agreement’s requirement.
7.2 The Borrower shall not divert the loan under the Agreement to other purposes, shall not use the loan to invest in fixed assets or equity, or areas and uses for production and operation forbidden by the country.
The Borrower shall pay the loan capital according to the Agreement, shall not avoid the lender entrusted payment by breaking the whole into the parts. The loan capital payment shall comply with the Agreement rules if the borrower direct payment is adopted.
7.3 The Borrower shall provide the record and materials regarding the loan amount usage to the Lender each / (week/month/quarter).
DD 7.4 The Borrower shall bear the expenses under the Agreement, including but not limited to the notary fee and the appraisal fee.
The Borrower shall bear the loan capital clearing fee (including the lender entrusted payment and the borrower direct payment), and shall pay in full the relevant fees on time according to the fee items, rates and timing required by the Lender. The payment may be processed through People’s Bank payment system or the clearing system in the same city.
DD 7.5 The Borrower shall follow the Lender’s business regulations and operation customs related to the loan business, including but not limited to cooperating with the Lender to manage the loan payment system and check the utilization of the loan and the Borrower’s operation, and timely providing the Lender financial reports, loan payment usage record and materials, information of affiliates and related party transactions, other documents and information, and guarantee that provided materials are all valid, true and complete.
DD 7.6 The Borrower shall notify the Lender for any of the following events at least 30 days in advance, and shall not act before paying off all of the loan principal and interest under this Agreement or providing the payment schedule and guaranty approved by the Lender:
(1) Address material assets or all or most of the materials assets by sale, gift, lease, lend, transfer, guarantee, pledge or other ways;
(2) There is or may be material change to the operation system or ownership organization form, including but not limited to contracting, renting, joint venture, corporation reform, share cooperation reform, enterprise sale, M&A, joint operation, split, setting subsidiary, ownership transfer, capital decrease;
(3) There is other situation of losing or has possibility of losing the ability to repay debt;
DD 7.7 The Borrower shall inform the Lender with a written notice at least 7 days in advance if any of the below situations happened or might happen:
(1) The Borrower or its affiliates modify its bylaws, change its industry and commerce registration matters such as articles of incorporation, enterprise name, legal representative, domicile, mailing address or business scope or makes decisions with material effect to finance or personnel;
(2) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor plans to file bankruptcy or may have been filed bankruptcy by the creditor;
(3) The Borrower or its affiliates involve in major lawsuits, arbitrations, administrative measures, or the main property or guaranty under this Agreement has been conducted property attachment or other enforcement measures, or, the safe and complete status of the main property or guaranty under this Agreement is or may have been impacted or the value decreased or it is possible to decrease;
(4) The Borrower or its affiliates provide guarantee for a third party so it causes major adverse implication to its economic status, financial status, or the ability of performing the obligations under this Agreement;
(5) The Borrower or its affiliates sign an agreement which has major implication to its operation and financial status;
(6) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, is repealed or is revoked business license;
(7) The Borrower or its affiliates, the major investor individual of the Borrower or its affiliates, the legal representative (responsible person), director or senior manager of the Borrower or its affiliates disappears, involves in violation of the laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules or appears abnormal changes;
(8) The Borrower or its affiliates have serious operational problems, its financial situation deteriorates, or any other events happened which have negative impact on the Borrower or its affiliates’ operation, financial condition, the ability of repayment or the economic status;
(9) Related party transaction happens, and the transaction amount reaches to or beyond 10% of the latest audited net asset;
(10) Before paying off the debts under the Agreement, the Borrower is or might become a shareholder of the guarantor or the “actual controller” defined by the Company Law;
(11) The Borrower or its affiliate breaks the laws and regulations, rules of supervision, national policy or industry standards and results in liability accident or is exposed by media;
(12) The relationship of controlling or being controlled between the Borrower and its affiliates changes;
(13) Any material negative events that will impact the ability of loan repayment of the Borrower or its affiliates.
DD 7.8 When the guaranty under the Agreement changes and disadvantages the right of the Lender as a creditor, the Borrower should timely provide other guaranty approved by the Lender according to the Lender’s requirement.
“Change” under this article includes but not limited to: the guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, business license is repealed or is revoked, file or is filed for bankruptcy; material change happens to the guarantor’s operational or financial condition; the guarantor involves in significant lawsuit, arbitration, administrative measures, attachment or other compulsory measures are conducted to its major asset; the value of collateral decreases or may decrease or is conducted attachment or other compulsory measures; the sound condition of the collateral is affected or might be affected; the guarantor or its legal representative (responsible person) or the major manager of the guarantor is involved in violation laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules; the guarantor disappears or dies (or declaring death) if the guarantor is an individual; the guarantor violates the Guaranty Agreement; the Guarantor and the Borrower have disputes; the Guarantor requires to dissolve the Guaranty Agreement; the Guaranty Agreement is not effective, invalid or cancelled; the guaranty right is unset or invalid; other events impact the safety of the Lender’s creditor’s right.
7.9 Open a loan capital recovery account according to the Article 3.9 of this Agreement.
DD Article 8 Call Back the Loan in advance
If any of the situations at bellow happens, the Lender has the right to stop paying the loan unused by the Borrower, unilaterally declare that the issued loan principal under the Agreement is expired in advance, and require the Borrower to pay back all the loan principal and interest immediately, and has the right to deduct capital directly from the Borrower’s any account. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law specially so it shall not to be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the deducted account.
(1) | The Borrower does not pay the interest on time; |
(2) | The Borrower provides untrue financial reports and materials; |
(3) | The Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(4) | Any of the events in the Articles 7.6, 7.7 happened, and the Lender believes it will endanger the loan safety; |
(5) | The Borrower’s financial index is out of range of the Article 5.6; |
(6) | The Lender believes that the Borrower should prepay the loan according to the the situation of the Borrower’s capital recovery; |
(7) | The issuance of the loan under this Agreement by the Lender causes or may cause law violation because of the changed supervision regulation; |
(8) | When the Borrower is performing other contracts with the Lender or with a third party, it has violation or the debt may expire in advance or has been declared expired in advance; |
(9) | Other situations that might endanger the loan capital safety. |
DD Article 9 Defaults and Dispositions
9.1 If any following matters happen to the Borrower, it is considered as default:
(1) | Fails to repay the loan principal and interest on time in accordance with the Agreement; |
(2) | Violates the representations and warranties of the Article 5 in the Agreement; |
(3) | Violates the obligations of the Borrower under the Article 7 in the Agreement; |
(4) | Fails to use the loan amount in the agreed way, or avoid Lender entrusted payment in a way by breaking up the whole into pieces; |
(5) | Fails to open the loan capital recovery account pursuant to the Agreement; |
(6) | Material cross-default happens; |
(7) | Violates other articles of this Agreement. |
9.2 After default, the Lender has the right to adopt one or more of measures as below:
(1) | Corrects default with deadline; |
(2) | Adjusts the amount threshold of the loan capital entrusted payment or the payment way of the loan capital; |
(3) | Stops withdrawal by the Borrower; |
(4) | Dissolves the loan agreement, and requires the Borrower to pay off expired or unexpired loan principal, interest and other dues; |
(5) | Requires the Borrower to pay overdue default interest if the loan is overdue; |
(6) | Requires the Borrower to pay misappropriation default interest if the Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(7) | Deducts owed loan principal and interest from any account that the Borrower has at Evergrowing Bank; |
(8) | Pursues the loan principal and interest by the legal ways, and all fees paid to claim the credit (including but not limited to collecting fees, litigation fees, arbitration fees, property attachment fees, enforcement fees, attorney’s fees, case fees, declaration fees, appraisal fees, audit fees and so on) shall be borne by the Borrower. |
9.3 If the guarantor (i.e. warrantor, mortgagor, pledgor) has any following situation, the Lender has the right to adopt the measures according to Article 9.2:
(1) | The warrantor violates the Warrant Agreement, its credit status deteriorates, or other event happens which decreases its warrant ability; |
(2) | The mortgagor violates the Mortgage Agreement, or breaks the mortgage, or the value of the mortgage may decrease or has decreased substantially, or other event happens which harm the mortgage right of the Lender happen; |
(3) | The pledgor violates the Pledge Agreement, or the value of the pledge has decreased or may have decreased, or the pledge right has to be realized before the loan is paid off, or other event happens which harms the pledge right of the Lender. |
DD Article 10 Deduction Arrangement
10.1 The Borrower authorizes that, if there is any due and payable loan principal, interest, default interest or other fess, the Lender has the right to deduct the capital from the Borrower’s any account in Evergrowing Bank to pay it off. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law and it shall not be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the related account.
10.2 After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower about the related account, the contract number of the Loan Agreement, the document number of the Loan Certificate, the deducted amount and the remaining debt balance.
10.3 If the deducted amount is not enough to pay off all the debts of the Borrower, it shall be used to compensate for the due fees first. If the principal and interest is overdue for less than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the interest or default interest due and then be used to pay the principal due. If the principal and interest are overdue for more than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the principal due, and then be used to pay the interest or default interest due.
10.4 If the currency of deducted amount is different from the currency of the due amount, it shall be converted to the currency of due amount according to foreign exchange rate on that day.
DD Article 11 Notice
11.1 All of the contact information that the Borrower fills out in this Agreement (including contact address, telephone number and fax number) is real and effective. If any contact information is changed, the Borrower shall give written notice of the changed information to the contact address that the Lender provides in this Agreement. Only after the Lender has actually received the notice of changed information and has updated relevant records, can this information change comes into effect.
11.2 Until this Agreement provides otherwise, any notice that Lender gives to the Borrower can be given by the following ways. The Lender has the right to choose the approach of notice which it deems proper, and under any circumstance, the Lender does not bear responsibilities for any transmission errors, omissions, or deferral happened in mails, faxes, telephones or any other contact systems. If the Lender chooses several contact ways at the same time, the one that reaches the Borrower more quickly shall prevail.
(1) Announcement: the service date is the day when the Lender announces on its websites, online bank, telephone bank or sales departments.
(2) Personal service: the service date is the day when the Borrower signs the notice.
(3) Mail delivery (including EMS, ordinary mail and registered mail) to the Borrower’s contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the third day after the mailing date (in the same city) or the fifth day after the mailing date (different city) (even the mail may be returned).
(4) Faxes or other electronic contact methods to the Borrower’s fax number or electronic contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the sending day.
DD Article 12 Information Disclosure and Confidentiality
12.1 The Lender shall take the responsibility of keeping confidential for the Borrower’s trade secrets and other information and materials which are marked as confidential, except following situations:
(1) Information is required to disclose according to laws and regulations or listing rules;
(2) Information that is required to disclose by judicial departments or government departments;
(3) Information that shall be disclosed to the external professional advisers of the Lender;
(4) Information that the Borrower agrees or authorizes the Lender to disclose.
12.2 Under the following circumstances, the Borrower agrees that Evergrowing Bank can use or disclose all the information and materials related to the Borrower, including but not limited to the basic information, credit transaction information and other relevant information and materials. The Borrower is willing to take responsibility for any results caused by it.
(1) For the following purposes, disclose to or permit usage of such information and materials by outsourcing agencies, the third party service providers, other financial agencies and other agencies or persons which Evergrowing Bank considers necessary, including but not limited to, other branches of Evergrowing Bank or subsidiary companies owned or partially owned by Evergrowing Bank: ¨ to conduct the loan transactions or is related to loan transactions, such as promoting Evergrowing Bank’s loan, collecting dues of the Borrower, and transfer of the creditor’s right; ¨ to let the Lender offer or may offer new products, new services or further services for the Borrower; ¨ to better maintain, manage and improve client relationships.
(2) Provide such information and materials to the China Credit Information Center and other credit information agencies or Credit Information Database established with the approval of The People's Bank of China.
(3) Use or permit a third party to use such information and materials on the basis of confidentiality for the purpose of business operation, management, statistics, analyses, and risk control.
Article 13 Law Application and Dispute Resolution
The Agreement applies to PRC laws. The disputes of the Agreement shall be submitted to the local court at the Lender’s residence. During the period of the dispute, the provisions without disputes shall continue to be fulfilled by both parties.
Article 14 Other Provisions
DD 14.1 The Borrower agrees that the Lender can enquiry and keep the Borrower’s credit information for loan application and post-loan management.
DD 14.2 The Lender doesn’t bear any responsibility for the failure to issue loans on schedule or handle payment if the failure is caused by force majeure , communication failure, network failure, or the malfunction of Lender’s system. However, the Lender shall inform the Borrower in time.
14.3 Phrases referred to in the Agreement including affiliate, related-party transaction and main investor individual have the same meaning with those in Accounting Standards for Business Enterprises No. 36— Affiliate Disclosure (Finance and Accounting Department [2006] No. 3) and its later revised edition.
14.4 The Agreement’s Loan Certificate, Loan Withdrawal Application Form, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney and relevant documents and materials confirmed by both two parties are indispensable parts of the Agreement.
14.5 If the Borrower avoids monitor of the Lender, defaults on principal and interest of the loan, maliciously evades repayment obligations for loans and so on, the Lender has the right to report its behaviors to relevant departments and publicize them on news media.
14.6 The Agreement comes into effect after the Borrower’s legal representative (person in charge) or authorized representative signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal, and Lender’s person in charge or authorized representative also signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal.
DD 14.7 When signing the Agreement, the Lender and the Borrower have clearly read and understood all the provisions of the Agreement. Both parties have no doubt about all the provisions and interpretations of the Agreement and correctly understand the rights and duties clauses, and the legal meaning of the limitation and waiver of liability clauses.
14.8 The Agreement is made out in two copies. The Borrower holds one copy/copies. The Lender holds one copy/copies. ___ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies.
Article 15 Other Matters
The appointed warning line for the pledge rate of this loan is 85%, and the disposal line for the pledge rate is 95%. When the loan pledge rate reaches the warning line, the Borrower shall be required to pay the loan or increase the relevant amount of gold and cash deposit before the risk coverage reaches to the loan disposal line. The collateral addition shall ensure the pledge rate to reach 80%. Once the loan pledge rate reaches the disposal line, the processing bank has right to begin the process to dispose the collateral without informing the client.
(There is no text below in this page)
The Borrower has read all the provisions above. The Lender has made corresponding explanations as required by the Borrower. The Borrower has no dissent on all clauses. |
Exhibit 10.11
No. 2016 280003040031
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Evergrowing Bank
Signing Location: Yantai , China
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Important Notice to Borrower Please read the whole Agreement carefully, especially the provisions marked as DD . If you have any questions, please ask the Lender timely to explain. |
Borrower (The Borrower): _ Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd
Legal Representative/ Principal: Zhihong Jia
Address: Te #15 Huangpu Technology Park, Jiang An District, Wuhan Postcode: 430023
Telephone: __ 027-65660346 _____ Fax: 027-65660703
Lender (The Lender): Evergrowing Bank Co., Ltd. _ Yantai Huanshan Road Branch
Legal Representative/Principal: __ Shuyun Zhang
Address: _ No. 116 Huanshan Road, Zhifu District, Yantai City Postcode: 264000
Telephone: _ 0535-6621197 _____________ Fax: 0535-6621197
Since the Borrower applies for loan from the Lender, to specify the rights and obligations of both parties, the Borrower and the Lender reach consensus through consultation and agree with following agreement.
Article 1 Loan
1.1 Currency: RMB .
1.2 The amount of loan under the Agreement is: _ ONE HUNDRED MILLION.
1.3 This loan should be used for Purchasing Gold only.
1.4 The life of loan under the Agreement is from 3/4/2016 to 3/1/2018 .
The life of loan is from the date of issuing the first loan under this Agreement to the date when Borrower pays back the principal and interest under the Agreement.
Article 2 Interest Rate of Loan and Interest Settlement
2.1 The interest rate of loan under the Agreement uses the way in _2.1.1__ as follows:
2.1.1 Fixed rate, i.e. __7_%. (Year) During the life of loan, it is unchangeable and will not adjust basing on national interest.
2.1.2 Floating interest rate, i.e. ___/__ (choose “rising” or “lowering”) _/__% based on the benchmark interest rate of value date. If the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate during the loan term, following / is used as the interest rate adjustment date:
(1) | The adjustment is made monthly, once per month. |
(2) | The adjustment is made quarterly, once per quarter. |
(3) | The adjustment is made every half year, once per half year. |
(4) | The adjustment is made every year, once per year. |
If the People’s Bank of China changes the benchmark interest rate into floating interest or calls the benchmark interest rate, the parties should adjust the loan interest under mutual discussion, but the interest after the adjustment should be not lower than the interest before; if after ___/__ month from the date when the People’s Bank of China adjusts the interest, the two parties have not reached a consensus regarding the adjusted interest rate, the Lender has right to declare the acceleration of maturity regarding the loan under this Agreement.
2.1.3 / (foreign currency) interest / ;
2.1.4 / .
2.2 Interest settlement
2.2.1 Daily interest = monthly interest rate / 30, monthly interest rate = annual interest rate/12.
2.2.2 Normal interest = agreed rate of interest under this agreement × loan amount × usage days been used. The usage days should start from the lending day to the date of expiry.
2.2.3 The interest settlement of loan under the Agreement is based on the following __SECOND__ way. When the loan expires, the principal and interest should be repaid. The interest settlement date is the interest payment date.
(1) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of last month of every season; |
(2) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of every month. |
2.3 Default interest
2.3.1 If the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, or the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline and has not reached agreement on extension with the Lender (so it is overdue loan), the Lender has the right to get the default interest for the misappropriated loan or overdue loan according to the default interest rate under this Agreement.
2.3.2 If the loan currency is RMB, when the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline, the default interest rate will increase by 50% regarding the overdue loan; when the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, the loan interest rate will increase by 100% regarding the misappropriated loan. If the People’s Bank of China adjusted the benchmark interest rate, the floating interest loan is overdue or misappropriated, the Lender has the right to adjust the default interest rate, and applies the new default interest since the interest adjustment date of the People’s Bank of China. If the loan currency is foreign currency, the default interest rate is: increase / basing on the agreed interest rate.
2.4 If the Borrower repays or the Lender calls in loan in advance, the relevant interest will not be adjusted and the agreed interest rate still applies.
Article 3 Issuance, Payment and Repayment of Loan
3.1 The Borrower can draw the loan amount by several allocations, but the sum of all allocations does not exceed the amount provided by Article 1. The drawing shall comply with following allocation plan:
Drawing Date | Drawing Amount |
3/4/2016 | ONE HUNDRED MILLION |
\ | \ |
DD 3.2 The Lender is only obliged to loan when the following conditions are met constantly:
(1) | The Borrower has completed all the relevant legal procedures including the government license, approval, registration and other legal procedures required by the Borrower, and such legal procedures are continuously effective; |
(2) | The guarantee agreement (if any) under this Agreement has taken effect and will be continuously effective; if the guarantee agreement is pledge agreement and/or mortgage agreement, the guarantee right has been set and will be continuously effective; |
(3) | The Borrower’s operation and financial status does not have any substantial adverse changes; |
(4) | The Borrower does not violate this Agreement; |
(5) | The way of this loan payment is consistent with the Agreement; if the lender entrusted payment is the payment way, the Lender agrees to pay; |
(6) | If the loan is issued in foreign currency, the Borrower has already opened the relevant account according to the management requirement of foreign exchange and provided the documents showing that the loan conforms the relevant foreign exchange policy, including but not limited to, effective foreign exchange purpose documentary evidence, registration or approval documents. |
(7) | The Borrower has already opened the capital recovery account according to Article 3.9; |
(8) | _______/___________________________________________________________. |
3.3 The Borrower appointed the account below as the loan account:
Account Name : Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd.
Account No.: 853528010122803329
Bank Name : Evergrowing Bank.
3.4 The actual date of lending and the amount is subject to the Loan Certificate.
3.5 The Borrower shall go through the drawing procedure at least three bank business days in advance, send the application to the Lender to meet the capital payment need for the future / days, and clarify the way of payment (entrusted payment by the Lender or the direct payment by the Borrower).
3.6 Entrusted payment by the Lender is that after the loan is issued pursuant to this Agreement, the Lender pays the loan to the counterparty of the Borrower who conforms to the agreed purposes of the Agreement, according to the entrusted payment power of attorney of the Borrower.
The lender entrusted payment is used if any of the conditions below is met:
(1) The amount of one payment is more than / (this amount is the limit of entrusted payment).
(2) / .
If the entrusted payment of the Lender is the way of capital payment, the Borrower should send Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney. The Lender reviews the Credit Usage Application, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney, Loan Certificate and relevant payment transaction documents (including but not limited commercial contract, invoices and goods receipts). If the application conforms with this Agreement and the relevant payment transaction documents, the Lender will pay the loan capital to the counterparty of the Borrower according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement. If the planned payment of the Borrower is not in compliance with the this Agreement, the corresponding commerce agreement, proof materials or has any other default, the Lender has the right to refuse to pay and return the payment power of attorney submitted by the Borrower.
If the Lender agrees to pay, but since the information provided by the Borrower is wrong so it can’t be paid, or the payment is refunded, the Borrower shall resubmit relevant certificate and documents with correct information before the deadline provided by the Lender. The Lender does not bear the loss of the Borrower caused by the payment failure.
If the Lender pays to the wrong party because the information provided by the Borrower is wrong, the Lender does not bear any responsibility to the Borrower. The Borrower still needs to repay the principal and the interest for the part of wrong payment.
3.7 Direct payment by the Borrower means, after the Lender pays the loan to the account of the Borrower according to this Agreement, the Borrower directly pays to its counterparty according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement.
For loan amount payment not exceeding / Yuan, and the Borrower and the Lender do not agree to adopt entrusted payment, the direct payment by the Borrower will be used.
If direct payment is used, the Lender has the right to examine if the loan payment conforms to the agreed purposes by ways such as account analysis, certificate review, and on-site investigation. The Borrower shall cooperate with the Lender about the examination.
3.8 The Borrower shall pay back according to the deadline in Article 1.4 and following plan. If the Loan Certificate states a deadline different with this Agreement, the Loan Certificate prevails.
Repayment Deadline | Repayment Amount | |
3/1/2018 | ONE HUNDRED MILLION |
3.9 Loan capital recovery account.
The Borrower shall open specialized loan capital recovery account from the Lender ( Account Name: / Account No.: /, Bank Name: /) , so the Lender can recover the loan capital. The capital recovery account is used to receive the relevant sales revenue or planned repayment capital. If the relevant sales revenue are calculated in non-cash way, the Borrower shall insure that the capital is allocated to the recovery account on time after receipt. In the meanwhile, the Borrower shall provide the loan capital recovery account details to the Lender / (week/ month/ quarter).
DD 3.10 If the Lender receives loans in advance according to Article 8 of this Agreement, it deems that the loan deadline advances accordingly.
DD 3.11 If the Borrower prepays the loan, the Borrower shall send the application in writing 30 days in advance for consent by the Lender. When the Borrower prepays the loan, the Lender has the right to charge the loan interest according to the Agreement in the actual loan period, and charges the repayment procedure fee which is __/_ % of the prepaid capital.
DD 3.12 The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes that when any of the situations under Article 8 or 9 happens, the Lender can withdraw principal and interest from any account of the Borrower. The Borrower agrees to give up any right of defense.
DD Article 4 Warrant
The guaranty contracts are as follow:
1) 2016 Chattel Pledge No. 280003040031, Chattel Pledge Agreement , the way of warrant: Pledge , warrantor: Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd .
2) 2016 Guaranty No. 280003040031, Guaranty Agreement , the way of warrant: Guaranty , warrantor: Zhihong Jia.
Article 5 Representations and Warranties of the Borrower
5.1 The Borrower is an independent civil subject set in accordance with the law, has all the necessary civil rights capability and civil action capability; and has the ability to fulfill the obligations of the Agreement and take civil responsibility.
5.2 Signing and fulfilling the Agreement is the Borrower’s true intention, and has gone through all the necessary approvals and authorization, and there is no legal flaw.
5.3 The operation and business of the Borrower is legal and in compliance. The Borrower has the ability of continuing operation, it has legal repayment source, and it does not have material bad credit record. The management team of the Borrower has no bad record.
5.4 The circulating fund loan matters are in compliance with the law.
5.5 The Borrower shall provide complete, true and accurate, effective documents, statements, materials and information on time according to the Lender’s requirement. The Borrower never hides any information that will give bad influence to its financial condition and ability of repayment. There is no material adverse change to the Borrower’s financial condition since the date of the latest financial statement.
5.6 When signing the Agreement, the Borrower is not a shareholder or “actual controller” under the Company Law of the guarantor, and has no plan to be a shareholder or actual controller of the guarantor, or the guarantor has provided its shareholder resolution about agreeing to provide guaranty to the Borrower.
DD 5.7 Before paying off all debt under the Agreement, the Borrower’s financial target should be controlled in :
(1) Asset-liability ratio should not be higher than _/__%;
(2) Liquidity ratio should not be lower than _/_%;
(3) Quick ratio should not be lower than _/__%;
(4) The balance of external guarantee should not be higher than _/_% of net assets;
(5) __/_______________________________________
5.8 The Borrower promises that it will cooperate with the Lender regarding loan payment management, the post-loan management and relevant examination.
5.9 Before external investment, material increase of debt financing, merge, split, equity transfer and other material matters, the Borrower should get permission from the Lender first.
5.10 The Lender has the right to call back the loan in advance according to the capital recovery situation of the Borrower.
5.11 The Borrower should inform the Lender timely if any material disadvantage issues happened that would affect the ability of taking back the loan of the Lender.
Article 6 The Rights and Obligations of the Lender
6.1 The Lender has right to call back the loan capital, interest (including default interest for expiration and misuse) according to the Agreement, charge the fees payable by the Borrower, has right to call back the loan in advance according to the Borrower’s capital recovery situation, and exercise other rights under the Agreement or under the law.
6.2 During the process of exercising the Agreement, the Lender checks the documents provided by the Borrower. If the Lender cannot complete the entrusted payment on time because the Borrower provided untrue, inaccurate or incomplete documents or the Borrower conducts the payment in violation of this Agreement, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
6.3 If the lending or the payment failed because of the frozen loan account or the payment account appointed by the Borrower or because of any other reasons, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
Article 7 The Rights and Obligations of the Borrower
7.1 The Borrower shall repay the loan and interest under the Agreement according to the timing, amount and currency agreed in this Agreement.
The Borrower shall allocate the sales revenue or planed repayment into the capital recovery account timely, and shall provide capital flow details of the capital recovery account according to the Agreement’s requirement.
7.2 The Borrower shall not divert the loan under the Agreement to other purposes, shall not use the loan to invest in fixed assets or equity, or areas and uses for production and operation forbidden by the country.
The Borrower shall pay the loan capital according to the Agreement, shall not avoid the lender entrusted payment by breaking the whole into the parts. The loan capital payment shall comply with the Agreement rules if the borrower direct payment is adopted.
7.3 The Borrower shall provide the record and materials regarding the loan amount usage to the Lender each / (week/month/quarter).
DD 7.4 The Borrower shall bear the expenses under the Agreement, including but not limited to the notary fee and the appraisal fee.
The Borrower shall bear the loan capital clearing fee (including the lender entrusted payment and the borrower direct payment), and shall pay in full the relevant fees on time according to the fee items, rates and timing required by the Lender. The payment may be processed through People’s Bank payment system or the clearing system in the same city.
DD 7.5 The Borrower shall follow the Lender’s business regulations and operation customs related to the loan business, including but not limited to cooperating with the Lender to manage the loan payment system and check the utilization of the loan and the Borrower’s operation, and timely providing the Lender financial reports, loan payment usage record and materials, information of affiliates and related party transactions, other documents and information, and guarantee that provided materials are all valid, true and complete.
DD 7.6 The Borrower shall notify the Lender for any of the following events at least 30 days in advance, and shall not act before paying off all of the loan principal and interest under this Agreement or providing the payment schedule and guaranty approved by the Lender:
(1) Address material assets or all or most of the materials assets by sale, gift, lease, lend, transfer, guarantee, pledge or other ways;
(2) There is or may be material change to the operation system or ownership organization form, including but not limited to contracting, renting, joint venture, corporation reform, share cooperation reform, enterprise sale, M&A, joint operation, split, setting subsidiary, ownership transfer, capital decrease;
(3) There is other situation of losing or has possibility of losing the ability to repay debt;
DD 7.7 The Borrower shall inform the Lender with a written notice at least 7 days in advance if any of the below situations happened or might happen:
(1) The Borrower or its affiliates modify its bylaws, change its industry and commerce registration matters such as articles of incorporation, enterprise name, legal representative, domicile, mailing address or business scope or makes decisions with material effect to finance or personnel;
(2) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor plans to file bankruptcy or may have been filed bankruptcy by the creditor;
(3) The Borrower or its affiliates involve in major lawsuits, arbitrations, administrative measures, or the main property or guaranty under this Agreement has been conducted property attachment or other enforcement measures, or, the safe and complete status of the main property or guaranty under this Agreement is or may have been impacted or the value decreased or it is possible to decrease;
(4) The Borrower or its affiliates provide guarantee for a third party so it causes major adverse implication to its economic status, financial status, or the ability of performing the obligations under this Agreement;
(5) The Borrower or its affiliates sign an agreement which has major implication to its operation and financial status;
(6) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, is repealed or is revoked business license;
(7) The Borrower or its affiliates, the major investor individual of the Borrower or its affiliates, the legal representative (responsible person), director or senior manager of the Borrower or its affiliates disappears, involves in violation of the laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules or appears abnormal changes;
(8) The Borrower or its affiliates have serious operational problems, its financial situation deteriorates, or any other events happened which have negative impact on the Borrower or its affiliates’ operation, financial condition, the ability of repayment or the economic status;
(9) Related party transaction happens, and the transaction amount reaches to or beyond 10% of the latest audited net asset;
(10) Before paying off the debts under the Agreement, the Borrower is or might become a shareholder of the guarantor or the “actual controller” defined by the Company Law;
(11) The Borrower or its affiliate breaks the laws and regulations, rules of supervision, national policy or industry standards and results in liability accident or is exposed by media;
(12) The relationship of controlling or being controlled between the Borrower and its affiliates changes;
(13) Any material negative events that will impact the ability of loan repayment of the Borrower or its affiliates.
DD 7.8 When the guaranty under the Agreement changes and disadvantages the right of the Lender as a creditor, the Borrower should timely provide other guaranty approved by the Lender according to the Lender’s requirement.
“Change” under this article includes but not limited to: the guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, business license is repealed or is revoked, file or is filed for bankruptcy; material change happens to the guarantor’s operational or financial condition; the guarantor involves in significant lawsuit, arbitration, administrative measures, attachment or other compulsory measures are conducted to its major asset; the value of collateral decreases or may decrease or is conducted attachment or other compulsory measures; the sound condition of the collateral is affected or might be affected; the guarantor or its legal representative (responsible person) or the major manager of the guarantor is involved in violation laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules; the guarantor disappears or dies (or declaring death) if the guarantor is an individual; the guarantor violates the Guaranty Agreement; the Guarantor and the Borrower have disputes; the Guarantor requires to dissolve the Guaranty Agreement; the Guaranty Agreement is not effective, invalid or cancelled; the guaranty right is unset or invalid; other events impact the safety of the Lender’s creditor’s right.
7.9 Open a loan capital recovery account according to the Article 3.9 of this Agreement.
DD Article 8 Call Back the Loan in advance
If any of the situations at bellow happens, the Lender has the right to stop paying the loan unused by the Borrower, unilaterally declare that the issued loan principal under the Agreement is expired in advance, and require the Borrower to pay back all the loan principal and interest immediately, and has the right to deduct capital directly from the Borrower’s any account. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law specially so it shall not to be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the deducted account.
(1) | The Borrower does not pay the interest on time; |
(2) | The Borrower provides untrue financial reports and materials; |
(3) | The Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(4) | Any of the events in the Articles 7.6, 7.7 happened, and the Lender believes it will endanger the loan safety; |
(5) | The Borrower’s financial index is out of range of the Article 5.6; |
(6) | The Lender believes that the Borrower should prepay the loan according to the the situation of the Borrower’s capital recovery; |
(7) | The issuance of the loan under this Agreement by the Lender causes or may cause law violation because of the changed supervision regulation; |
(8) | When the Borrower is performing other contracts with the Lender or with a third party, it has violation or the debt may expire in advance or has been declared expired in advance; |
(9) | Other situations that might endanger the loan capital safety. |
DD Article 9 Defaults and Dispositions
9.1 If any following matters happen to the Borrower, it is considered as default:
(1) | Fails to repay the loan principal and interest on time in accordance with the Agreement; |
(2) | Violates the representations and warranties of the Article 5 in the Agreement; |
(3) | Violates the obligations of the Borrower under the Article 7 in the Agreement; |
(4) | Fails to use the loan amount in the agreed way, or avoid Lender entrusted payment in a way by breaking up the whole into pieces; |
(5) | Fails to open the loan capital recovery account pursuant to the Agreement; |
(6) | Material cross-default happens; |
(7) | Violates other articles of this Agreement. |
9.2 After default, the Lender has the right to adopt one or more of measures as below:
(1) | Corrects default with deadline; |
(2) | Adjusts the amount threshold of the loan capital entrusted payment or the payment way of the loan capital; |
(3) | Stops withdrawal by the Borrower; |
(4) | Dissolves the loan agreement, and requires the Borrower to pay off expired or unexpired loan principal, interest and other dues; |
(5) | Requires the Borrower to pay overdue default interest if the loan is overdue; |
(6) | Requires the Borrower to pay misappropriation default interest if the Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(7) | Deducts owed loan principal and interest from any account that the Borrower has at Evergrowing Bank; |
(8) | Pursues the loan principal and interest by the legal ways, and all fees paid to claim the credit (including but not limited to collecting fees, litigation fees, arbitration fees, property attachment fees, enforcement fees, attorney’s fees, case fees, declaration fees, appraisal fees, audit fees and so on) shall be borne by the Borrower. |
9.3 If the guarantor (i.e. warrantor, mortgagor, pledgor) has any following situation, the Lender has the right to adopt the measures according to Article 9.2:
(1) | The warrantor violates the Warrant Agreement, its credit status deteriorates, or other event happens which decreases its warrant ability; |
(2) | The mortgagor violates the Mortgage Agreement, or breaks the mortgage, or the value of the mortgage may decrease or has decreased substantially, or other event happens which harm the mortgage right of the Lender happen; |
(3) | The pledgor violates the Pledge Agreement, or the value of the pledge has decreased or may have decreased, or the pledge right has to be realized before the loan is paid off, or other event happens which harms the pledge right of the Lender. |
DD Article 10 Deduction Arrangement
10.1 The Borrower authorizes that, if there is any due and payable loan principal, interest, default interest or other fess, the Lender has the right to deduct the capital from the Borrower’s any account in Evergrowing Bank to pay it off. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law and it shall not be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the related account.
10.2 After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower about the related account, the contract number of the Loan Agreement, the document number of the Loan Certificate, the deducted amount and the remaining debt balance.
10.3 If the deducted amount is not enough to pay off all the debts of the Borrower, it shall be used to compensate for the due fees first. If the principal and interest is overdue for less than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the interest or default interest due and then be used to pay the principal due. If the principal and interest are overdue for more than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the principal due, and then be used to pay the interest or default interest due.
10.4 If the currency of deducted amount is different from the currency of the due amount, it shall be converted to the currency of due amount according to foreign exchange rate on that day.
DD Article 11 Notice
11.1 All of the contact information that the Borrower fills out in this Agreement (including contact address, telephone number and fax number) is real and effective. If any contact information is changed, the Borrower shall give written notice of the changed information to the contact address that the Lender provides in this Agreement. Only after the Lender has actually received the notice of changed information and has updated relevant records, can this information change comes into effect.
11.2 Until this Agreement provides otherwise, any notice that Lender gives to the Borrower can be given by the following ways. The Lender has the right to choose the approach of notice which it deems proper, and under any circumstance, the Lender does not bear responsibilities for any transmission errors, omissions, or deferral happened in mails, faxes, telephones or any other contact systems. If the Lender chooses several contact ways at the same time, the one that reaches the Borrower more quickly shall prevail.
(1) Announcement: the service date is the day when the Lender announces on its websites, online bank, telephone bank or sales departments.
(2) Personal service: the service date is the day when the Borrower signs the notice.
(3) Mail delivery (including EMS, ordinary mail and registered mail) to the Borrower’s contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the third day after the mailing date (in the same city) or the fifth day after the mailing date (different city) (even the mail may be returned).
(4) Faxes or other electronic contact methods to the Borrower’s fax number or electronic contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the sending day.
DD Article 12 Information Disclosure and Confidentiality
12.1 The Lender shall take the responsibility of keeping confidential for the Borrower’s trade secrets and other information and materials which are marked as confidential, except following situations:
(1) Information is required to disclose according to laws and regulations or listing rules;
(2) Information that is required to disclose by judicial departments or government departments;
(3) Information that shall be disclosed to the external professional advisers of the Lender;
(4) Information that the Borrower agrees or authorizes the Lender to disclose.
12.2 Under the following circumstances, the Borrower agrees that Evergrowing Bank can use or disclose all the information and materials related to the Borrower, including but not limited to the basic information, credit transaction information and other relevant information and materials. The Borrower is willing to take responsibility for any results caused by it.
(1) For the following purposes, disclose to or permit usage of such information and materials by outsourcing agencies, the third party service providers, other financial agencies and other agencies or persons which Evergrowing Bank considers necessary, including but not limited to, other branches of Evergrowing Bank or subsidiary companies owned or partially owned by Evergrowing Bank: ¨ to conduct the loan transactions or is related to loan transactions, such as promoting Evergrowing Bank’s loan, collecting dues of the Borrower, and transfer of the creditor’s right; ¨ to let the Lender offer or may offer new products, new services or further services for the Borrower; ¨ to better maintain, manage and improve client relationships.
(2) Provide such information and materials to the China Credit Information Center and other credit information agencies or Credit Information Database established with the approval of The People's Bank of China.
(3) Use or permit a third party to use such information and materials on the basis of confidentiality for the purpose of business operation, management, statistics, analyses, and risk control.
Article 13 Law Application and Dispute Resolution
The Agreement applies to PRC laws. The disputes of the Agreement shall be submitted to the local court at the Lender’s residence. During the period of the dispute, the provisions without disputes shall continue to be fulfilled by both parties.
Article 14 Other Provisions
DD 14.1 The Borrower agrees that the Lender can enquiry and keep the Borrower’s credit information for loan application and post-loan management.
DD 14.2 The Lender doesn’t bear any responsibility for the failure to issue loans on schedule or handle payment if the failure is caused by force majeure, communication failure, network failure, or the malfunction of Lender’s system. However, the Lender shall inform the Borrower in time.
14.3 Phrases referred to in the Agreement including affiliate, related-party transaction and main investor individual have the same meaning with those in Accounting Standards for Business Enterprises No. 36— Affiliate Disclosure (Finance and Accounting Department [2006] No. 3) and its later revised edition.
14.4 The Agreement’s Loan Certificate, Loan Withdrawal Application Form, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney and relevant documents and materials confirmed by both two parties are indispensable parts of the Agreement.
14.5 If the Borrower avoids monitor of the Lender, defaults on principal and interest of the loan, maliciously evades repayment obligations for loans and so on, the Lender has the right to report its behaviors to relevant departments and publicize them on news media.
14.6 The Agreement comes into effect after the Borrower’s legal representative (person in charge) or authorized representative signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal, and Lender’s person in charge or authorized representative also signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal.
DD 14.7 When signing the Agreement, the Lender and the Borrower have clearly read and understood all the provisions of the Agreement. Both parties have no doubt about all the provisions and interpretations of the Agreement and correctly understand the rights and duties clauses, and the legal meaning of the limitation and waiver of liability clauses.
14.8 The Agreement is made out in two copies. The Borrower holds one copy/copies. The Lender holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies.
Article 15 Other Matters
The appointed warning line for the pledge rate of this loan is 85%, and the disposal line for the pledge rate is 95%. When the loan pledge rate reaches the warning line, the Borrower shall be required to pay the loan or increase the relevant amount of gold and cash deposit before the risk coverage reaches to the loan disposal line. The collateral addition shall ensure the pledge rate to reach 80%. Once the loan pledge rate reaches the disposal line, the processing bank has right to begin the process to dispose the collateral without informing the client.
(There is no text below in this page)
The Borrower has read all the provisions above. The Lender has made corresponding explanations as required by the Borrower. The Borrower has no dissent on all clauses. |
Exhibit 10.13
No. 2016 280003100021
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Evergrowing Bank
Signing Location: Yantai , China
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Important Notice to Borrower Please read the whole Agreement carefully, especially the provisions marked as DD . If you have any questions, please ask the Lender timely to explain. |
Borrower (The Borrower): _ Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd
Legal Representative/ Principal: Zhihong Jia
Address: Te #15 Huangpu Technology Park, Jiang An District, Wuhan Postcode: 430023
Telephone: __ 027-65660346 _____ Fax: 027-65660703
Lender (The Lender): Evergrowing Bank Co., Ltd. _ Yantai Huanshan Road Branch
Legal Representative/Principal: __ Shuyun Zhang
Address: _ No. 116 Huanshan Road, Zhifu District, Yantai City Postcode: 264000
Telephone: _ 0535-6621197 _____________ Fax: 0535-6621197
Since the Borrower applies for loan from the Lender, to specify the rights and obligations of both parties, the Borrower and the Lender reach consensus through consultation and agree with following agreement.
Article 1 Loan
1.1 Currency: RMB .
1.2 The amount of loan under the Agreement is: _ ONE HUNDRED MILLION.
1.3 This loan should be used for Purchasing Gold only.
1.4 The life of loan under the Agreement is from 3/10/2016 to 3/9/2018 .
The life of loan is from the date of issuing the first loan under this Agreement to the date when Borrower pays back the principal and interest under the Agreement.
Article 2 Interest Rate of Loan and Interest Settlement
2.1 The interest rate of loan under the Agreement uses the way in _2.1.1__ as follows:
2.1.1 Fixed rate, i.e. __7_%. (Year) During the life of loan, it is unchangeable and will not adjust basing on national interest.
2.1.2 Floating interest rate, i.e. ___/__ (choose “rising” or “lowering”) __/__% based on the benchmark interest rate of value date. If the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate during the loan term, following / is used as the interest rate adjustment date:
(1) | The adjustment is made monthly, once per month. |
(2) | The adjustment is made quarterly, once per quarter. |
(3) | The adjustment is made every half year, once per half year. |
(4) | The adjustment is made every year, once per year. |
If the People’s Bank of China changes the benchmark interest rate into floating interest or calls the benchmark interest rate, the parties should adjust the loan interest under mutual discussion, but the interest after the adjustment should be not lower than the interest before; if after ___/__ month from the date when the People’s Bank of China adjusts the interest, the two parties have not reached a consensus regarding the adjusted interest rate, the Lender has right to declare the acceleration of maturity regarding the loan under this Agreement.
2.1.3 / (foreign currency) interest / ;
2.1.4 / .
2.2 Interest settlement
2.2.1 Daily interest = monthly interest rate / 30, monthly interest rate = annual interest rate/12.
2.2.2 Normal interest = agreed rate of interest under this agreement × loan amount × usage days been used. The usage days should start from the lending day to the date of expiry.
2.2.3 The interest settlement of loan under the Agreement is based on the following __SECOND__ way. When the loan expires, the principal and interest should be repaid. The interest settlement date is the interest payment date.
(1) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of last month of every season; |
(2) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of every month. |
2.3 Default interest
2.3.1 If the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, or the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline and has not reached agreement on extension with the Lender (so it is overdue loan), the Lender has the right to get the default interest for the misappropriated loan or overdue loan according to the default interest rate under this Agreement.
2.3.2 If the loan currency is RMB, when the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline, the default interest rate will increase by 50% regarding the overdue loan; when the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, the loan interest rate will increase by 100% regarding the misappropriated loan. If the People’s Bank of China adjusted the benchmark interest rate, the floating interest loan is overdue or misappropriated, the Lender has the right to adjust the default interest rate, and applies the new default interest since the interest adjustment date of the People’s Bank of China. If the loan currency is foreign currency, the default interest rate is: increase / basing on the agreed interest rate.
2.4 If the Borrower repays or the Lender calls in loan in advance, the relevant interest will not be adjusted and the agreed interest rate still applies.
Article 3 Issuance, Payment and Repayment of Loan
3.1 The Borrower can draw the loan amount by several allocations, but the sum of all allocations does not exceed the amount provided by Article 1. The drawing shall comply with following allocation plan:
Drawing Date | Drawing Amount |
3/10/2016 | ONE HUNDRED MILLION |
\ | \ |
DD 3.2 The Lender is only obliged to loan when the following conditions are met constantly:
(1) | The Borrower has completed all the relevant legal procedures including the government license, approval, registration and other legal procedures required by the Borrower, and such legal procedures are continuously effective; |
(2) | The guarantee agreement (if any) under this Agreement has taken effect and will be continuously effective; if the guarantee agreement is pledge agreement and/or mortgage agreement, the guarantee right has been set and will be continuously effective; |
(3) | The Borrower’s operation and financial status does not have any substantial adverse changes; |
(4) | The Borrower does not violate this Agreement; |
(5) | The way of this loan payment is consistent with the Agreement; if the lender entrusted payment is the payment way, the Lender agrees to pay; |
(6) | If the loan is issued in foreign currency, the Borrower has already opened the relevant account according to the management requirement of foreign exchange and provided the documents showing that the loan conforms the relevant foreign exchange policy, including but not limited to, effective foreign exchange purpose documentary evidence, registration or approval documents. |
(7) | The Borrower has already opened the capital recovery account according to Article 3.9; |
(8) | _______/___________________________________________________________. |
3.3 The Borrower appointed the account below as the loan account:
Account Name : Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd.
Account No.: 853528010122803329
Bank Name : Evergrowing Bank.
3.4 The actual date of lending and the amount is subject to the Loan Certificate.
3.5 The Borrower shall go through the drawing procedure at least three bank business days in advance, send the application to the Lender to meet the capital payment need for the future / days, and clarify the way of payment (entrusted payment by the Lender or the direct payment by the Borrower).
3.6 Entrusted payment by the Lender is that after the loan is issued pursuant to this Agreement, the Lender pays the loan to the counterparty of the Borrower who conforms to the agreed purposes of the Agreement, according to the entrusted payment power of attorney of the Borrower.
The lender entrusted payment is used if any of the conditions below is met:
(1) The amount of one payment is more than / (this amount is the limit of entrusted payment).
(2) / .
If the entrusted payment of the Lender is the way of capital payment, the Borrower should send Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney. The Lender reviews the Credit Usage Application, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney, Loan Certificate and relevant payment transaction documents (including but not limited commercial contract, invoices and goods receipts). If the application conforms with this Agreement and the relevant payment transaction documents, the Lender will pay the loan capital to the counterparty of the Borrower according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement. If the planned payment of the Borrower is not in compliance with the this Agreement, the corresponding commerce agreement, proof materials or has any other default, the Lender has the right to refuse to pay and return the payment power of attorney submitted by the Borrower.
If the Lender agrees to pay, but since the information provided by the Borrower is wrong so it can’t be paid, or the payment is refunded, the Borrower shall resubmit relevant certificate and documents with correct information before the deadline provided by the Lender. The Lender does not bear the loss of the Borrower caused by the payment failure.
If the Lender pays to the wrong party because the information provided by the Borrower is wrong, the Lender does not bear any responsibility to the Borrower. The Borrower still needs to repay the principal and the interest for the part of wrong payment.
3.7 Direct payment by the Borrower means, after the Lender pays the loan to the account of the Borrower according to this Agreement, the Borrower directly pays to its counterparty according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement.
For loan amount payment not exceeding / Yuan, and the Borrower and the Lender do not agree to adopt entrusted payment, the direct payment by the Borrower will be used.
If direct payment is used, the Lender has the right to examine if the loan payment conforms to the agreed purposes by ways such as account analysis, certificate review, and on-site investigation. The Borrower shall cooperate with the Lender about the examination.
3.8 The Borrower shall pay back according to the deadline in Article 1.4 and following plan. If the Loan Certificate states a deadline different with this Agreement, the Loan Certificate prevails.
Repayment Deadline | Repayment Amount | |
3/9/2018 | ONE HUNDRED MILLION |
3.9 Loan capital recovery account.
The Borrower shall open specialized loan capital recovery account from the Lender ( Account Name: / Account No.: /, Bank Name: /) , so the Lender can recover the loan capital. The capital recovery account is used to receive the relevant sales revenue or planned repayment capital. If the relevant sales revenue are calculated in non-cash way, the Borrower shall insure that the capital is allocated to the recovery account on time after receipt. In the meanwhile, the Borrower shall provide the loan capital recovery account details to the Lender / (week/ month/ quarter).
DD 3.10 If the Lender receives loans in advance according to Article 8 of this Agreement, it deems that the loan deadline advances accordingly.
DD 3.11 If the Borrower prepays the loan, the Borrower shall send the application in writing 30 days in advance for consent by the Lender. When the Borrower prepays the loan, the Lender has the right to charge the loan interest according to the Agreement in the actual loan period, and charges the repayment procedure fee which is __/_ % of the prepaid capital.
DD 3.12 The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes that when any of the situations under Article 8 or 9 happens, the Lender can withdraw principal and interest from any account of the Borrower. The Borrower agrees to give up any right of defense.
DD Article 4 Warrant
The guaranty contracts are as follow:
1) 2016 Chattel Pledge No. 280003100021, Chattel Pledge Agreement , the way of warrant: Pledge , warrantor: Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd .
2) 2016 Guaranty No. 280003100021, Guaranty Agreement , the way of warrant: Guaranty , warrantor: Zhihong Jia.
Article 5 Representations and Warranties of the Borrower
5.1 The Borrower is an independent civil subject set in accordance with the law, has all the necessary civil rights capability and civil action capability; and has the ability to fulfill the obligations of the Agreement and take civil responsibility.
5.2 Signing and fulfilling the Agreement is the Borrower’s true intention, and has gone through all the necessary approvals and authorization, and there is no legal flaw.
5.3 The operation and business of the Borrower is legal and in compliance. The Borrower has the ability of continuing operation, it has legal repayment source, and it does not have material bad credit record. The management team of the Borrower has no bad record.
5.4 The circulating fund loan matters are in compliance with the law.
5.5 The Borrower shall provide complete, true and accurate, effective documents, statements, materials and information on time according to the Lender’s requirement. The Borrower never hides any information that will give bad influence to its financial condition and ability of repayment. There is no material adverse change to the Borrower’s financial condition since the date of the latest financial statement.
5.6 When signing the Agreement, the Borrower is not a shareholder or “actual controller” under the Company Law of the guarantor, and has no plan to be a shareholder or actual controller of the guarantor, or the guarantor has provided its shareholder resolution about agreeing to provide guaranty to the Borrower.
DD 5.7 Before paying off all debt under the Agreement, the Borrower’s financial target should be controlled in :
(1) Asset-liability ratio should not be higher than _/__%;
(2) Liquidity ratio should not be lower than _/_%;
(3) Quick ratio should not be lower than _/__%;
(4) The balance of external guarantee should not be higher than _/_% of net assets;
(5) __/_______________________________________
5.8 The Borrower promises that it will cooperate with the Lender regarding loan payment management, the post-loan management and relevant examination.
5.9 Before external investment, material increase of debt financing, merge, split, equity transfer and other material matters, the Borrower should get permission from the Lender first.
5.10 The Lender has the right to call back the loan in advance according to the capital recovery situation of the Borrower.
5.11 The Borrower should inform the Lender timely if any material disadvantage issues happened that would affect the ability of taking back the loan of the Lender.
Article 6 The Rights and Obligations of the Lender
6.1 The Lender has right to call back the loan capital, interest (including default interest for expiration and misuse) according to the Agreement, charge the fees payable by the Borrower, has right to call back the loan in advance according to the Borrower’s capital recovery situation, and exercise other rights under the Agreement or under the law.
6.2 During the process of exercising the Agreement, the Lender checks the documents provided by the Borrower. If the Lender cannot complete the entrusted payment on time because the Borrower provided untrue, inaccurate or incomplete documents or the Borrower conducts the payment in violation of this Agreement, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
6.3 If the lending or the payment failed because of the frozen loan account or the payment account appointed by the Borrower or because of any other reasons, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
Article 7 The Rights and Obligations of the Borrower
7.1 The Borrower shall repay the loan and interest under the Agreement according to the timing, amount and currency agreed in this Agreement.
The Borrower shall allocate the sales revenue or planed repayment into the capital recovery account timely, and shall provide capital flow details of the capital recovery account according to the Agreement’s requirement.
7.2 The Borrower shall not divert the loan under the Agreement to other purposes, shall not use the loan to invest in fixed assets or equity, or areas and uses for production and operation forbidden by the country.
The Borrower shall pay the loan capital according to the Agreement, shall not avoid the lender entrusted payment by breaking the whole into the parts. The loan capital payment shall comply with the Agreement rules if the borrower direct payment is adopted.
7.3 The Borrower shall provide the record and materials regarding the loan amount usage to the Lender each / (week/month/quarter).
DD 7.4 The Borrower shall bear the expenses under the Agreement, including but not limited to the notary fee and the appraisal fee.
The Borrower shall bear the loan capital clearing fee (including the lender entrusted payment and the borrower direct payment), and shall pay in full the relevant fees on time according to the fee items, rates and timing required by the Lender. The payment may be processed through People’s Bank payment system or the clearing system in the same city.
DD 7.5 The Borrower shall follow the Lender’s business regulations and operation customs related to the loan business, including but not limited to cooperating with the Lender to manage the loan payment system and check the utilization of the loan and the Borrower’s operation, and timely providing the Lender financial reports, loan payment usage record and materials, information of affiliates and related party transactions, other documents and information, and guarantee that provided materials are all valid, true and complete.
DD 7.6 The Borrower shall notify the Lender for any of the following events at least 30 days in advance, and shall not act before paying off all of the loan principal and interest under this Agreement or providing the payment schedule and guaranty approved by the Lender:
(1) Address material assets or all or most of the materials assets by sale, gift, lease, lend, transfer, guarantee, pledge or other ways;
(2) There is or may be material change to the operation system or ownership organization form, including but not limited to contracting, renting, joint venture, corporation reform, share cooperation reform, enterprise sale, M&A, joint operation, split, setting subsidiary, ownership transfer, capital decrease;
(3) There is other situation of losing or has possibility of losing the ability to repay debt;
DD 7.7 The Borrower shall inform the Lender with a written notice at least 7 days in advance if any of the below situations happened or might happen:
(1) The Borrower or its affiliates modify its bylaws, change its industry and commerce registration matters such as articles of incorporation, enterprise name, legal representative, domicile, mailing address or business scope or makes decisions with material effect to finance or personnel;
(2) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor plans to file bankruptcy or may have been filed bankruptcy by the creditor;
(3) The Borrower or its affiliates involve in major lawsuits, arbitrations, administrative measures, or the main property or guaranty under this Agreement has been conducted property attachment or other enforcement measures, or, the safe and complete status of the main property or guaranty under this Agreement is or may have been impacted or the value decreased or it is possible to decrease;
(4) The Borrower or its affiliates provide guarantee for a third party so it causes major adverse implication to its economic status, financial status, or the ability of performing the obligations under this Agreement;
(5) The Borrower or its affiliates sign an agreement which has major implication to its operation and financial status;
(6) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, is repealed or is revoked business license;
(7) The Borrower or its affiliates, the major investor individual of the Borrower or its affiliates, the legal representative (responsible person), director or senior manager of the Borrower or its affiliates disappears, involves in violation of the laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules or appears abnormal changes;
(8) The Borrower or its affiliates have serious operational problems, its financial situation deteriorates, or any other events happened which have negative impact on the Borrower or its affiliates’ operation, financial condition, the ability of repayment or the economic status;
(9) Related party transaction happens, and the transaction amount reaches to or beyond 10% of the latest audited net asset;
(10) Before paying off the debts under the Agreement, the Borrower is or might become a shareholder of the guarantor or the “actual controller” defined by the Company Law;
(11) The Borrower or its affiliate breaks the laws and regulations, rules of supervision, national policy or industry standards and results in liability accident or is exposed by media;
(12) The relationship of controlling or being controlled between the Borrower and its affiliates changes;
(13) Any material negative events that will impact the ability of loan repayment of the Borrower or its affiliates.
DD 7.8 When the guaranty under the Agreement changes and disadvantages the right of the Lender as a creditor, the Borrower should timely provide other guaranty approved by the Lender according to the Lender’s requirement.
“Change” under this article includes but not limited to: the guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, business license is repealed or is revoked, file or is filed for bankruptcy; material change happens to the guarantor’s operational or financial condition; the guarantor involves in significant lawsuit, arbitration, administrative measures, attachment or other compulsory measures are conducted to its major asset; the value of collateral decreases or may decrease or is conducted attachment or other compulsory measures; the sound condition of the collateral is affected or might be affected; the guarantor or its legal representative (responsible person) or the major manager of the guarantor is involved in violation laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules; the guarantor disappears or dies (or declaring death) if the guarantor is an individual; the guarantor violates the Guaranty Agreement; the Guarantor and the Borrower have disputes; the Guarantor requires to dissolve the Guaranty Agreement; the Guaranty Agreement is not effective, invalid or cancelled; the guaranty right is unset or invalid; other events impact the safety of the Lender’s creditor’s right.
7.9 Open a loan capital recovery account according to the Article 3.9 of this Agreement.
DD Article 8 Call Back the Loan in advance
If any of the situations at bellow happens, the Lender has the right to stop paying the loan unused by the Borrower, unilaterally declare that the issued loan principal under the Agreement is expired in advance, and require the Borrower to pay back all the loan principal and interest immediately, and has the right to deduct capital directly from the Borrower’s any account. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law specially so it shall not to be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the deducted account.
(1) | The Borrower does not pay the interest on time; |
(2) | The Borrower provides untrue financial reports and materials; |
(3) | The Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(4) | Any of the events in the Articles 7.6, 7.7 happened, and the Lender believes it will endanger the loan safety; |
(5) | The Borrower’s financial index is out of range of the Article 5.6; |
(6) | The Lender believes that the Borrower should prepay the loan according to the the situation of the Borrower’s capital recovery; |
(7) | The issuance of the loan under this Agreement by the Lender causes or may cause law violation because of the changed supervision regulation; |
(8) | When the Borrower is performing other contracts with the Lender or with a third party, it has violation or the debt may expire in advance or has been declared expired in advance; |
(9) | Other situations that might endanger the loan capital safety. |
DD Article 9 Defaults and Dispositions
9.1 If any following matters happen to the Borrower, it is considered as default:
(1) | Fails to repay the loan principal and interest on time in accordance with the Agreement; |
(2) | Violates the representations and warranties of the Article 5 in the Agreement; |
(3) | Violates the obligations of the Borrower under the Article 7 in the Agreement; |
(4) | Fails to use the loan amount in the agreed way, or avoid Lender entrusted payment in a way by breaking up the whole into pieces; |
(5) | Fails to open the loan capital recovery account pursuant to the Agreement; |
(6) | Material cross-default happens; |
(7) | Violates other articles of this Agreement. |
9.2 After default, the Lender has the right to adopt one or more of measures as below:
(1) | Corrects default with deadline; |
(2) | Adjusts the amount threshold of the loan capital entrusted payment or the payment way of the loan capital; |
(3) | Stops withdrawal by the Borrower; |
(4) | Dissolves the loan agreement, and requires the Borrower to pay off expired or unexpired loan principal, interest and other dues; |
(5) | Requires the Borrower to pay overdue default interest if the loan is overdue; |
(6) | Requires the Borrower to pay misappropriation default interest if the Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(7) | Deducts owed loan principal and interest from any account that the Borrower has at Evergrowing Bank; |
(8) | Pursues the loan principal and interest by the legal ways, and all fees paid to claim the credit (including but not limited to collecting fees, litigation fees, arbitration fees, property attachment fees, enforcement fees, attorney’s fees, case fees, declaration fees, appraisal fees, audit fees and so on) shall be borne by the Borrower. |
9.3 If the guarantor (i.e. warrantor, mortgagor, pledgor) has any following situation, the Lender has the right to adopt the measures according to Article 9.2:
(1) | The warrantor violates the Warrant Agreement, its credit status deteriorates, or other event happens which decreases its warrant ability; |
(2) | The mortgagor violates the Mortgage Agreement, or breaks the mortgage, or the value of the mortgage may decrease or has decreased substantially, or other event happens which harm the mortgage right of the Lender happen; |
(3) | The pledgor violates the Pledge Agreement, or the value of the pledge has decreased or may have decreased, or the pledge right has to be realized before the loan is paid off, or other event happens which harms the pledge right of the Lender. |
DD Article 10 Deduction Arrangement
10.1 The Borrower authorizes that, if there is any due and payable loan principal, interest, default interest or other fess, the Lender has the right to deduct the capital from the Borrower’s any account in Evergrowing Bank to pay it off. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law and it shall not be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the related account.
10.2 After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower about the related account, the contract number of the Loan Agreement, the document number of the Loan Certificate, the deducted amount and the remaining debt balance.
10.3 If the deducted amount is not enough to pay off all the debts of the Borrower, it shall be used to compensate for the due fees first. If the principal and interest is overdue for less than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the interest or default interest due and then be used to pay the principal due. If the principal and interest are overdue for more than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the principal due, and then be used to pay the interest or default interest due.
10.4 If the currency of deducted amount is different from the currency of the due amount, it shall be converted to the currency of due amount according to foreign exchange rate on that day.
DD Article 11 Notice
11.1 All of the contact information that the Borrower fills out in this Agreement (including contact address, telephone number and fax number) is real and effective. If any contact information is changed, the Borrower shall give written notice of the changed information to the contact address that the Lender provides in this Agreement. Only after the Lender has actually received the notice of changed information and has updated relevant records, can this information change comes into effect.
11.2 Until this Agreement provides otherwise, any notice that Lender gives to the Borrower can be given by the following ways. The Lender has the right to choose the approach of notice which it deems proper, and under any circumstance, the Lender does not bear responsibilities for any transmission errors, omissions, or deferral happened in mails, faxes, telephones or any other contact systems. If the Lender chooses several contact ways at the same time, the one that reaches the Borrower more quickly shall prevail.
(1) Announcement: the service date is the day when the Lender announces on its websites, online bank, telephone bank or sales departments.
(2) Personal service: the service date is the day when the Borrower signs the notice.
(3) Mail delivery (including EMS, ordinary mail and registered mail) to the Borrower’s contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the third day after the mailing date (in the same city) or the fifth day after the mailing date (different city) (even the mail may be returned).
(4) Faxes or other electronic contact methods to the Borrower’s fax number or electronic contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the sending day.
DD Article 12 Information Disclosure and Confidentiality
12.1 The Lender shall take the responsibility of keeping confidential for the Borrower’s trade secrets and other information and materials which are marked as confidential, except following situations:
(1) Information is required to disclose according to laws and regulations or listing rules;
(2) Information that is required to disclose by judicial departments or government departments;
(3) Information that shall be disclosed to the external professional advisers of the Lender;
(4) Information that the Borrower agrees or authorizes the Lender to disclose.
12.2 Under the following circumstances, the Borrower agrees that Evergrowing Bank can use or disclose all the information and materials related to the Borrower, including but not limited to the basic information, credit transaction information and other relevant information and materials. The Borrower is willing to take responsibility for any results caused by it.
(1) For the following purposes, disclose to or permit usage of such information and materials by outsourcing agencies, the third party service providers, other financial agencies and other agencies or persons which Evergrowing Bank considers necessary, including but not limited to, other branches of Evergrowing Bank or subsidiary companies owned or partially owned by Evergrowing Bank: ¨ to conduct the loan transactions or is related to loan transactions, such as promoting Evergrowing Bank’s loan, collecting dues of the Borrower, and transfer of the creditor’s right; ¨ to let the Lender offer or may offer new products, new services or further services for the Borrower; ¨ to better maintain, manage and improve client relationships.
(2) Provide such information and materials to the China Credit Information Center and other credit information agencies or Credit Information Database established with the approval of The People's Bank of China.
(3) Use or permit a third party to use such information and materials on the basis of confidentiality for the purpose of business operation, management, statistics, analyses, and risk control.
Article 13 Law Application and Dispute Resolution
The Agreement applies to PRC laws. The disputes of the Agreement shall be submitted to the local court at the Lender’s residence. During the period of the dispute, the provisions without disputes shall continue to be fulfilled by both parties.
Article 14 Other Provisions
DD 14.1 The Borrower agrees that the Lender can enquiry and keep the Borrower’s credit information for loan application and post-loan management.
DD 14.2 The Lender doesn’t bear any responsibility for the failure to issue loans on schedule or handle payment if the failure is caused by force majeure , communication failure, network failure, or the malfunction of Lender’s system. However, the Lender shall inform the Borrower in time.
14.3 Phrases referred to in the Agreement including affiliate, related-party transaction and main investor individual have the same meaning with those in Accounting Standards for Business Enterprises No. 36— Affiliate Disclosure (Finance and Accounting Department [2006] No. 3) and its later revised edition.
14.4 The Agreement’s Loan Certificate, Loan Withdrawal Application Form, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney and relevant documents and materials confirmed by both two parties are indispensable parts of the Agreement.
14.5 If the Borrower avoids monitor of the Lender, defaults on principal and interest of the loan, maliciously evades repayment obligations for loans and so on, the Lender has the right to report its behaviors to relevant departments and publicize them on news media.
14.6 The Agreement comes into effect after the Borrower’s legal representative (person in charge) or authorized representative signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal, and Lender’s person in charge or authorized representative also signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal.
DD 14.7 When signing the Agreement, the Lender and the Borrower have clearly read and understood all the provisions of the Agreement. Both parties have no doubt about all the provisions and interpretations of the Agreement and correctly understand the rights and duties clauses, and the legal meaning of the limitation and waiver of liability clauses.
14.8 The Agreement is made out in two copies. The Borrower holds one copy/copies. The Lender holds one copy/copies. ___ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies.
Article 15 Other Matters
The appointed warning line for the pledge rate of this loan is 85%, and the disposal line for the pledge rate is 95%. When the loan pledge rate reaches the warning line, the Borrower shall be required to pay the loan or increase the relevant amount of gold and cash deposit before the risk coverage reaches to the loan disposal line. The collateral addition shall ensure the pledge rate to reach 80%. Once the loan pledge rate reaches the disposal line, the processing bank has right to begin the process to dispose the collateral without informing the client.
(There is no text below in this page)
The Borrower has read all the provisions above. The Lender has made corresponding explanations as required by the Borrower. The Borrower has no dissent on all clauses. |
Exhibit 10.14
No. 2016 280003100031
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Evergrowing Bank
Signing Location: Yantai , China
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Important Notice to Borrower Please read the whole Agreement carefully, especially the provisions marked as DD . If you have any questions, please ask the Lender timely to explain. |
Borrower (The Borrower): _ Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd
Legal Representative/ Principal: Zhihong Jia
Address: Te #15 Huangpu Technology Park, Jiang An District, Wuhan Postcode: 430023
Telephone: __ 027-65660346 _____ Fax: 027-65660703
Lender (The Lender): Evergrowing Bank Co., Ltd. _ Yantai Huanshan Road Branch
Legal Representative/Principal: __ Shuyun Zhang
Address: _ No. 116 Huanshan Road, Zhifu District, Yantai City Postcode: 264000
Telephone: _ 0535-6621197 _____________ Fax: 0535-6621197
Since the Borrower applies for loan from the Lender, to specify the rights and obligations of both parties, the Borrower and the Lender reach consensus through consultation and agree with following agreement.
Article 1 Loan
1.1 Currency: RMB .
1.2 The amount of loan under the Agreement is: _ ONE HUNDRED MILLION.
1.3 This loan should be used for Purchasing Gold only.
1.4 The life of loan under the Agreement is from 3/10/2016 to 3/9/2018 .
The life of loan is from the date of issuing the first loan under this Agreement to the date when Borrower pays back the principal and interest under the Agreement.
Article 2 Interest Rate of Loan and Interest Settlement
2.1 The interest rate of loan under the Agreement uses the way in _2.1.1__ as follows:
2.1.1 Fixed rate, i.e. __7_%. (Year) During the life of loan, it is unchangeable and will not adjust basing on national interest.
2.1.2 Floating interest rate, i.e. ___/__ (choose “rising” or “lowering”) __/__% based on the benchmark interest rate of value date. If the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate during the loan term, following / is used as the interest rate adjustment date:
(1) | The adjustment is made monthly, once per month. |
(2) | The adjustment is made quarterly, once per quarter. |
(3) | The adjustment is made every half year, once per half year. |
(4) | The adjustment is made every year, once per year. |
If the People’s Bank of China changes the benchmark interest rate into floating interest or calls the benchmark interest rate, the parties should adjust the loan interest under mutual discussion, but the interest after the adjustment should be not lower than the interest before; if after ___/__ month from the date when the People’s Bank of China adjusts the interest, the two parties have not reached a consensus regarding the adjusted interest rate, the Lender has right to declare the acceleration of maturity regarding the loan under this Agreement.
2.1.3 / (foreign currency) interest / ;
2.1.4 / .
2.2 Interest settlement
2.2.1 Daily interest = monthly interest rate / 30, monthly interest rate = annual interest rate/12.
2.2.2 Normal interest = agreed rate of interest under this agreement × loan amount × usage days been used. The usage days should start from the lending day to the date of expiry.
2.2.3 The interest settlement of loan under the Agreement is based on the following __SECOND__ way. When the loan expires, the principal and interest should be repaid. The interest settlement date is the interest payment date.
(1) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of last month of every season; |
(2) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of every month. |
2.3 Default interest
2.3.1 If the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, or the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline and has not reached agreement on extension with the Lender (so it is overdue loan), the Lender has the right to get the default interest for the misappropriated loan or overdue loan according to the default interest rate under this Agreement.
2.3.2 If the loan currency is RMB, when the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline, the default interest rate will increase by 50% regarding the overdue loan; when the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, the loan interest rate will increase by 100% regarding the misappropriated loan. If the People’s Bank of China adjusted the benchmark interest rate, the floating interest loan is overdue or misappropriated, the Lender has the right to adjust the default interest rate, and applies the new default interest since the interest adjustment date of the People’s Bank of China. If the loan currency is foreign currency, the default interest rate is: increase / basing on the agreed interest rate.
2.4 If the Borrower repays or the Lender calls in loan in advance, the relevant interest will not be adjusted and the agreed interest rate still applies.
Article 3 Issuance, Payment and Repayment of Loan
3.1 The Borrower can draw the loan amount by several allocations, but the sum of all allocations does not exceed the amount provided by Article 1. The drawing shall comply with following allocation plan:
Drawing Date | Drawing Amount |
3/10/2016 | ONE HUNDRED MILLION |
\ | \ |
DD 3.2 The Lender is only obliged to loan when the following conditions are met constantly:
(1) | The Borrower has completed all the relevant legal procedures including the government license, approval, registration and other legal procedures required by the Borrower, and such legal procedures are continuously effective; |
(2) | The guarantee agreement (if any) under this Agreement has taken effect and will be continuously effective; if the guarantee agreement is pledge agreement and/or mortgage agreement, the guarantee right has been set and will be continuously effective; |
(3) | The Borrower’s operation and financial status does not have any substantial adverse changes; |
(4) | The Borrower does not violate this Agreement; |
(5) | The way of this loan payment is consistent with the Agreement; if the lender entrusted payment is the payment way, the Lender agrees to pay; |
(6) | If the loan is issued in foreign currency, the Borrower has already opened the relevant account according to the management requirement of foreign exchange and provided the documents showing that the loan conforms the relevant foreign exchange policy, including but not limited to, effective foreign exchange purpose documentary evidence, registration or approval documents. |
(7) | The Borrower has already opened the capital recovery account according to Article 3.9; |
(8) | _______/___________________________________________________________. |
3.3 The Borrower appointed the account below as the loan account:
Account Name : Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd.
Account No.: 853528010122803329
Bank Name : Evergrowing Bank.
3.4 The actual date of lending and the amount is subject to the Loan Certificate.
3.5 The Borrower shall go through the drawing procedure at least three bank business days in advance, send the application to the Lender to meet the capital payment need for the future / days, and clarify the way of payment (entrusted payment by the Lender or the direct payment by the Borrower).
3.6 Entrusted payment by the Lender is that after the loan is issued pursuant to this Agreement, the Lender pays the loan to the counterparty of the Borrower who conforms to the agreed purposes of the Agreement, according to the entrusted payment power of attorney of the Borrower.
The lender entrusted payment is used if any of the conditions below is met:
(1) The amount of one payment is more than / (this amount is the limit of entrusted payment).
(2) / .
If the entrusted payment of the Lender is the way of capital payment, the Borrower should send Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney. The Lender reviews the Credit Usage Application, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney, Loan Certificate and relevant payment transaction documents (including but not limited commercial contract, invoices and goods receipts). If the application conforms with this Agreement and the relevant payment transaction documents, the Lender will pay the loan capital to the counterparty of the Borrower according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement. If the planned payment of the Borrower is not in compliance with the this Agreement, the corresponding commerce agreement, proof materials or has any other default, the Lender has the right to refuse to pay and return the payment power of attorney submitted by the Borrower.
If the Lender agrees to pay, but since the information provided by the Borrower is wrong so it can’t be paid, or the payment is refunded, the Borrower shall resubmit relevant certificate and documents with correct information before the deadline provided by the Lender. The Lender does not bear the loss of the Borrower caused by the payment failure.
If the Lender pays to the wrong party because the information provided by the Borrower is wrong, the Lender does not bear any responsibility to the Borrower. The Borrower still needs to repay the principal and the interest for the part of wrong payment.
3.7 Direct payment by the Borrower means, after the Lender pays the loan to the account of the Borrower according to this Agreement, the Borrower directly pays to its counterparty according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement.
For loan amount payment not exceeding / Yuan, and the Borrower and the Lender do not agree to adopt entrusted payment, the direct payment by the Borrower will be used.
If direct payment is used, the Lender has the right to examine if the loan payment conforms to the agreed purposes by ways such as account analysis, certificate review, and on-site investigation. The Borrower shall cooperate with the Lender about the examination.
3.8 The Borrower shall pay back according to the deadline in Article 1.4 and following plan. If the Loan Certificate states a deadline different with this Agreement, the Loan Certificate prevails.
Repayment Deadline | Repayment Amount | |
3/9/2018 | ONE HUNDRED MILLION |
3.9 Loan capital recovery account.
The Borrower shall open specialized loan capital recovery account from the Lender ( Account Name: / Account No.: /, Bank Name: /) , so the Lender can recover the loan capital. The capital recovery account is used to receive the relevant sales revenue or planned repayment capital. If the relevant sales revenue are calculated in non-cash way, the Borrower shall insure that the capital is allocated to the recovery account on time after receipt. In the meanwhile, the Borrower shall provide the loan capital recovery account details to the Lender / (week/ month/ quarter).
DD 3.10 If the Lender receives loans in advance according to Article 8 of this Agreement, it deems that the loan deadline advances accordingly.
DD 3.11 If the Borrower prepays the loan, the Borrower shall send the application in writing 30 days in advance for consent by the Lender. When the Borrower prepays the loan, the Lender has the right to charge the loan interest according to the Agreement in the actual loan period, and charges the repayment procedure fee which is __/_ % of the prepaid capital.
DD 3.12 The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes that when any of the situations under Article 8 or 9 happens, the Lender can withdraw principal and interest from any account of the Borrower. The Borrower agrees to give up any right of defense.
DD Article 4 Warrant
The guaranty contracts are as follow:
1) 2016 Chattel Pledge No. 280003100031, Chattel Pledge Agreement , the way of warrant: Pledge , warrantor: Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd .
2) 2016 Guaranty No. 280003100031, Guaranty Agreement , the way of warrant: Guaranty , warrantor: Zhihong Jia.
Article 5 Representations and Warranties of the Borrower
5.1 The Borrower is an independent civil subject set in accordance with the law, has all the necessary civil rights capability and civil action capability; and has the ability to fulfill the obligations of the Agreement and take civil responsibility.
5.2 Signing and fulfilling the Agreement is the Borrower’s true intention, and has gone through all the necessary approvals and authorization, and there is no legal flaw.
5.3 The operation and business of the Borrower is legal and in compliance. The Borrower has the ability of continuing operation, it has legal repayment source, and it does not have material bad credit record. The management team of the Borrower has no bad record.
5.4 The circulating fund loan matters are in compliance with the law.
5.5 The Borrower shall provide complete, true and accurate, effective documents, statements, materials and information on time according to the Lender’s requirement. The Borrower never hides any information that will give bad influence to its financial condition and ability of repayment. There is no material adverse change to the Borrower’s financial condition since the date of the latest financial statement.
5.6 When signing the Agreement, the Borrower is not a shareholder or “actual controller” under the Company Law of the guarantor, and has no plan to be a shareholder or actual controller of the guarantor, or the guarantor has provided its shareholder resolution about agreeing to provide guaranty to the Borrower.
DD 5.7 Before paying off all debt under the Agreement, the Borrower’s financial target should be controlled in :
(1) Asset-liability ratio should not be higher than _/__%;
(2) Liquidity ratio should not be lower than _/_%;
(3) Quick ratio should not be lower than _/__%;
(4) The balance of external guarantee should not be higher than _/_% of net assets;
(5) __/_______________________________________
5.8 The Borrower promises that it will cooperate with the Lender regarding loan payment management, the post-loan management and relevant examination.
5.9 Before external investment, material increase of debt financing, merge, split, equity transfer and other material matters, the Borrower should get permission from the Lender first.
5.10 The Lender has the right to call back the loan in advance according to the capital recovery situation of the Borrower.
5.11 The Borrower should inform the Lender timely if any material disadvantage issues happened that would affect the ability of taking back the loan of the Lender.
Article 6 The Rights and Obligations of the Lender
6.1 The Lender has right to call back the loan capital, interest (including default interest for expiration and misuse) according to the Agreement, charge the fees payable by the Borrower, has right to call back the loan in advance according to the Borrower’s capital recovery situation, and exercise other rights under the Agreement or under the law.
6.2 During the process of exercising the Agreement, the Lender checks the documents provided by the Borrower. If the Lender cannot complete the entrusted payment on time because the Borrower provided untrue, inaccurate or incomplete documents or the Borrower conducts the payment in violation of this Agreement, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
6.3 If the lending or the payment failed because of the frozen loan account or the payment account appointed by the Borrower or because of any other reasons, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
Article 7 The Rights and Obligations of the Borrower
7.1 The Borrower shall repay the loan and interest under the Agreement according to the timing, amount and currency agreed in this Agreement.
The Borrower shall allocate the sales revenue or planed repayment into the capital recovery account timely, and shall provide capital flow details of the capital recovery account according to the Agreement’s requirement.
7.2 The Borrower shall not divert the loan under the Agreement to other purposes, shall not use the loan to invest in fixed assets or equity, or areas and uses for production and operation forbidden by the country.
The Borrower shall pay the loan capital according to the Agreement, shall not avoid the lender entrusted payment by breaking the whole into the parts. The loan capital payment shall comply with the Agreement rules if the borrower direct payment is adopted.
7.3 The Borrower shall provide the record and materials regarding the loan amount usage to the Lender each / (week/month/quarter).
DD 7.4 The Borrower shall bear the expenses under the Agreement, including but not limited to the notary fee and the appraisal fee.
The Borrower shall bear the loan capital clearing fee (including the lender entrusted payment and the borrower direct payment), and shall pay in full the relevant fees on time according to the fee items, rates and timing required by the Lender. The payment may be processed through People’s Bank payment system or the clearing system in the same city.
DD 7.5 The Borrower shall follow the Lender’s business regulations and operation customs related to the loan business, including but not limited to cooperating with the Lender to manage the loan payment system and check the utilization of the loan and the Borrower’s operation, and timely providing the Lender financial reports, loan payment usage record and materials, information of affiliates and related party transactions, other documents and information, and guarantee that provided materials are all valid, true and complete.
DD 7.6 The Borrower shall notify the Lender for any of the following events at least 30 days in advance, and shall not act before paying off all of the loan principal and interest under this Agreement or providing the payment schedule and guaranty approved by the Lender:
(1) Address material assets or all or most of the materials assets by sale, gift, lease, lend, transfer, guarantee, pledge or other ways;
(2) There is or may be material change to the operation system or ownership organization form, including but not limited to contracting, renting, joint venture, corporation reform, share cooperation reform, enterprise sale, M&A, joint operation, split, setting subsidiary, ownership transfer, capital decrease;
(3) There is other situation of losing or has possibility of losing the ability to repay debt;
DD 7.7 The Borrower shall inform the Lender with a written notice at least 7 days in advance if any of the below situations happened or might happen:
(1) The Borrower or its affiliates modify its bylaws, change its industry and commerce registration matters such as articles of incorporation, enterprise name, legal representative, domicile, mailing address or business scope or makes decisions with material effect to finance or personnel;
(2) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor plans to file bankruptcy or may have been filed bankruptcy by the creditor;
(3) The Borrower or its affiliates involve in major lawsuits, arbitrations, administrative measures, or the main property or guaranty under this Agreement has been conducted property attachment or other enforcement measures, or, the safe and complete status of the main property or guaranty under this Agreement is or may have been impacted or the value decreased or it is possible to decrease;
(4) The Borrower or its affiliates provide guarantee for a third party so it causes major adverse implication to its economic status, financial status, or the ability of performing the obligations under this Agreement;
(5) The Borrower or its affiliates sign an agreement which has major implication to its operation and financial status;
(6) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, is repealed or is revoked business license;
(7) The Borrower or its affiliates, the major investor individual of the Borrower or its affiliates, the legal representative (responsible person), director or senior manager of the Borrower or its affiliates disappears, involves in violation of the laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules or appears abnormal changes;
(8) The Borrower or its affiliates have serious operational problems, its financial situation deteriorates, or any other events happened which have negative impact on the Borrower or its affiliates’ operation, financial condition, the ability of repayment or the economic status;
(9) Related party transaction happens, and the transaction amount reaches to or beyond 10% of the latest audited net asset;
(10) Before paying off the debts under the Agreement, the Borrower is or might become a shareholder of the guarantor or the “actual controller” defined by the Company Law;
(11) The Borrower or its affiliate breaks the laws and regulations, rules of supervision, national policy or industry standards and results in liability accident or is exposed by media;
(12) The relationship of controlling or being controlled between the Borrower and its affiliates changes;
(13) Any material negative events that will impact the ability of loan repayment of the Borrower or its affiliates.
DD 7.8 When the guaranty under the Agreement changes and disadvantages the right of the Lender as a creditor, the Borrower should timely provide other guaranty approved by the Lender according to the Lender’s requirement.
“Change” under this article includes but not limited to: the guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, business license is repealed or is revoked, file or is filed for bankruptcy; material change happens to the guarantor’s operational or financial condition; the guarantor involves in significant lawsuit, arbitration, administrative measures, attachment or other compulsory measures are conducted to its major asset; the value of collateral decreases or may decrease or is conducted attachment or other compulsory measures; the sound condition of the collateral is affected or might be affected; the guarantor or its legal representative (responsible person) or the major manager of the guarantor is involved in violation laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules; the guarantor disappears or dies (or declaring death) if the guarantor is an individual; the guarantor violates the Guaranty Agreement; the Guarantor and the Borrower have disputes; the Guarantor requires to dissolve the Guaranty Agreement; the Guaranty Agreement is not effective, invalid or cancelled; the guaranty right is unset or invalid; other events impact the safety of the Lender’s creditor’s right.
7.9 Open a loan capital recovery account according to the Article 3.9 of this Agreement.
DD Article 8 Call Back the Loan in advance
If any of the situations at bellow happens, the Lender has the right to stop paying the loan unused by the Borrower, unilaterally declare that the issued loan principal under the Agreement is expired in advance, and require the Borrower to pay back all the loan principal and interest immediately, and has the right to deduct capital directly from the Borrower’s any account. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law specially so it shall not to be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the deducted account.
(1) | The Borrower does not pay the interest on time; |
(2) | The Borrower provides untrue financial reports and materials; |
(3) | The Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(4) | Any of the events in the Articles 7.6, 7.7 happened, and the Lender believes it will endanger the loan safety; |
(5) | The Borrower’s financial index is out of range of the Article 5.6; |
(6) | The Lender believes that the Borrower should prepay the loan according to the the situation of the Borrower’s capital recovery; |
(7) | The issuance of the loan under this Agreement by the Lender causes or may cause law violation because of the changed supervision regulation; |
(8) | When the Borrower is performing other contracts with the Lender or with a third party, it has violation or the debt may expire in advance or has been declared expired in advance; |
(9) | Other situations that might endanger the loan capital safety. |
DD Article 9 Defaults and Dispositions
9.1 If any following matters happen to the Borrower, it is considered as default:
(1) | Fails to repay the loan principal and interest on time in accordance with the Agreement; |
(2) | Violates the representations and warranties of the Article 5 in the Agreement; |
(3) | Violates the obligations of the Borrower under the Article 7 in the Agreement; |
(4) | Fails to use the loan amount in the agreed way, or avoid Lender entrusted payment in a way by breaking up the whole into pieces; |
(5) | Fails to open the loan capital recovery account pursuant to the Agreement; |
(6) | Material cross-default happens; |
(7) | Violates other articles of this Agreement. |
9.2 After default, the Lender has the right to adopt one or more of measures as below:
(1) | Corrects default with deadline; |
(2) | Adjusts the amount threshold of the loan capital entrusted payment or the payment way of the loan capital; |
(3) | Stops withdrawal by the Borrower; |
(4) | Dissolves the loan agreement, and requires the Borrower to pay off expired or unexpired loan principal, interest and other dues; |
(5) | Requires the Borrower to pay overdue default interest if the loan is overdue; |
(6) | Requires the Borrower to pay misappropriation default interest if the Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(7) | Deducts owed loan principal and interest from any account that the Borrower has at Evergrowing Bank; |
(8) | Pursues the loan principal and interest by the legal ways, and all fees paid to claim the credit (including but not limited to collecting fees, litigation fees, arbitration fees, property attachment fees, enforcement fees, attorney’s fees, case fees, declaration fees, appraisal fees, audit fees and so on) shall be borne by the Borrower. |
9.3 If the guarantor (i.e. warrantor, mortgagor, pledgor) has any following situation, the Lender has the right to adopt the measures according to Article 9.2:
(1) | The warrantor violates the Warrant Agreement, its credit status deteriorates, or other event happens which decreases its warrant ability; |
(2) | The mortgagor violates the Mortgage Agreement, or breaks the mortgage, or the value of the mortgage may decrease or has decreased substantially, or other event happens which harm the mortgage right of the Lender happen; |
(3) | The pledgor violates the Pledge Agreement, or the value of the pledge has decreased or may have decreased, or the pledge right has to be realized before the loan is paid off, or other event happens which harms the pledge right of the Lender. |
DD Article 10 Deduction Arrangement
10.1 The Borrower authorizes that, if there is any due and payable loan principal, interest, default interest or other fess, the Lender has the right to deduct the capital from the Borrower’s any account in Evergrowing Bank to pay it off. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law and it shall not be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the related account.
10.2 After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower about the related account, the contract number of the Loan Agreement, the document number of the Loan Certificate, the deducted amount and the remaining debt balance.
10.3 If the deducted amount is not enough to pay off all the debts of the Borrower, it shall be used to compensate for the due fees first. If the principal and interest is overdue for less than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the interest or default interest due and then be used to pay the principal due. If the principal and interest are overdue for more than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the principal due, and then be used to pay the interest or default interest due.
10.4 If the currency of deducted amount is different from the currency of the due amount, it shall be converted to the currency of due amount according to foreign exchange rate on that day.
DD Article 11 Notice
11.1 All of the contact information that the Borrower fills out in this Agreement (including contact address, telephone number and fax number) is real and effective. If any contact information is changed, the Borrower shall give written notice of the changed information to the contact address that the Lender provides in this Agreement. Only after the Lender has actually received the notice of changed information and has updated relevant records, can this information change comes into effect.
11.2 Until this Agreement provides otherwise, any notice that Lender gives to the Borrower can be given by the following ways. The Lender has the right to choose the approach of notice which it deems proper, and under any circumstance, the Lender does not bear responsibilities for any transmission errors, omissions, or deferral happened in mails, faxes, telephones or any other contact systems. If the Lender chooses several contact ways at the same time, the one that reaches the Borrower more quickly shall prevail.
(1) Announcement: the service date is the day when the Lender announces on its websites, online bank, telephone bank or sales departments.
(2) Personal service: the service date is the day when the Borrower signs the notice.
(3) Mail delivery (including EMS, ordinary mail and registered mail) to the Borrower’s contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the third day after the mailing date (in the same city) or the fifth day after the mailing date (different city) (even the mail may be returned).
(4) Faxes or other electronic contact methods to the Borrower’s fax number or electronic contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the sending day.
DD Article 12 Information Disclosure and Confidentiality
12.1 The Lender shall take the responsibility of keeping confidential for the Borrower’s trade secrets and other information and materials which are marked as confidential, except following situations:
(1) Information is required to disclose according to laws and regulations or listing rules;
(2) Information that is required to disclose by judicial departments or government departments;
(3) Information that shall be disclosed to the external professional advisers of the Lender;
(4) Information that the Borrower agrees or authorizes the Lender to disclose.
12.2 Under the following circumstances, the Borrower agrees that Evergrowing Bank can use or disclose all the information and materials related to the Borrower, including but not limited to the basic information, credit transaction information and other relevant information and materials. The Borrower is willing to take responsibility for any results caused by it.
(1) For the following purposes, disclose to or permit usage of such information and materials by outsourcing agencies, the third party service providers, other financial agencies and other agencies or persons which Evergrowing Bank considers necessary, including but not limited to, other branches of Evergrowing Bank or subsidiary companies owned or partially owned by Evergrowing Bank: ¨ to conduct the loan transactions or is related to loan transactions, such as promoting Evergrowing Bank’s loan, collecting dues of the Borrower, and transfer of the creditor’s right; ¨ to let the Lender offer or may offer new products, new services or further services for the Borrower; ¨ to better maintain, manage and improve client relationships.
(2) Provide such information and materials to the China Credit Information Center and other credit information agencies or Credit Information Database established with the approval of The People's Bank of China.
(3) Use or permit a third party to use such information and materials on the basis of confidentiality for the purpose of business operation, management, statistics, analyses, and risk control.
Article 13 Law Application and Dispute Resolution
The Agreement applies to PRC laws. The disputes of the Agreement shall be submitted to the local court at the Lender’s residence. During the period of the dispute, the provisions without disputes shall continue to be fulfilled by both parties.
Article 14 Other Provisions
DD 14.1 The Borrower agrees that the Lender can enquiry and keep the Borrower’s credit information for loan application and post-loan management.
DD 14.2 The Lender doesn’t bear any responsibility for the failure to issue loans on schedule or handle payment if the failure is caused by force majeure , communication failure, network failure, or the malfunction of Lender’s system. However, the Lender shall inform the Borrower in time.
14.3 Phrases referred to in the Agreement including affiliate, related-party transaction and main investor individual have the same meaning with those in Accounting Standards for Business Enterprises No. 36— Affiliate Disclosure (Finance and Accounting Department [2006] No. 3) and its later revised edition.
14.4 The Agreement’s Loan Certificate, Loan Withdrawal Application Form, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney and relevant documents and materials confirmed by both two parties are indispensable parts of the Agreement.
14.5 If the Borrower avoids monitor of the Lender, defaults on principal and interest of the loan, maliciously evades repayment obligations for loans and so on, the Lender has the right to report its behaviors to relevant departments and publicize them on news media.
14.6 The Agreement comes into effect after the Borrower’s legal representative (person in charge) or authorized representative signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal, and Lender’s person in charge or authorized representative also signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal.
DD 14.7 When signing the Agreement, the Lender and the Borrower have clearly read and understood all the provisions of the Agreement. Both parties have no doubt about all the provisions and interpretations of the Agreement and correctly understand the rights and duties clauses, and the legal meaning of the limitation and waiver of liability clauses.
14.8 The Agreement is made out in two copies. The Borrower holds one copy/copies. The Lender holds one copy/copies. ___ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies.
Article 15 Other Matters
The appointed warning line for the pledge rate of this loan is 85%, and the disposal line for the pledge rate is 95%. When the loan pledge rate reaches the warning line, the Borrower shall be required to pay the loan or increase the relevant amount of gold and cash deposit before the risk coverage reaches to the loan disposal line. The collateral addition shall ensure the pledge rate to reach 80%. Once the loan pledge rate reaches the disposal line, the processing bank has right to begin the process to dispose the collateral without informing the client.
(There is no text below in this page)
The Borrower has read all the provisions above. The Lender has made corresponding explanations as required by the Borrower. The Borrower has no dissent on all clauses. |
Exhibit 10.15
English translation for convenience purposes only
CHANG’AN INTERNATIONAL TRUST CO., LTD
Chang’an Trust—No. 2 Loan Assembled Fund Trust Plan of Kingold Jewelry
Trust Loan Contract
March 2016
Chang’an Trust—No. 2 Loan Assembled Fund Trust Plan of Kingold Jewelry
Trust Loan Contract
Trust Loan Contract of Chang’an Trust—No. 2 Loan Assembled Fund Trust Plan of Kingold Jewelry (hereinafter referred to as “the Contract”) is signed in [Xi’an] on [November 29, 2013] by:
Borrower: Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Kingold Jewelry” or “Borrower”)
Legal representative: Jia Zhihong
Residence: Te 15, Huangpu Science & Technology Garden, Jiangan District
Lender: Chang’an International Trust Co., Ltd (hereinafter referred to as “Chang’an Trust” or “The Lender”)
Legal representative: Gao Chengcheng
Residence: 23/F, 24/F, High-Tech International Business Center, No. 33, Keji Road, Gaoxin District, Xi’an City
The Borrower and the Lender are hereinafter called as “party” personally and “both parties” jointly.
Whereas:
1. Owing to demand for supplementing working capital, the Borrower applies for trust loan to The Lender.
2. The Lender agrees to issue trust loan to the Borrower with the trust capital under the Chang’an Trust—No. 2 Loan Assembled Fund Trust Plan of Kingold Jewelry.
The contract is made in line with the Contract Law and other relevant laws and regulations to specify the rights and obligations of both parties after reaching consensus through consultation.
Definitions and Interpretation
1. In the Contract, save where the context or text otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings:
The Borrower : refer to Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd. and its legal inheritor.
The Lender : refer to Chang’an Trust and its legal inheritor.
Trust Loan : refer to the loan issued to the Borrower with the trust capital under the Chang’an Trust—No. 2 Loan Assembled Fund Trust Plan of Kingold Jewelry , including various loans issued one time or many times. Save it otherwise requires, “loan” in the Contract has the same meaning with trust loan.
Repayment : refer to the loan capital payment prescribed in the Contract.
Date of Repayment : refer to the date of loan principal payment under the Contract.
Retention Agreement : refer to “the retention agreement of capital trust for Chang’an Trust—No. 2 Loan Assembled Fund Trust Plan of Kingold Jewelry.”, with the number: Trust Assembled Kingold Loan (2) 15240818, signed by the Lender, the Borrower, and with China CITIC Bank, and any valid modification and supplementation.
Warrantor : refers to Jia Zhihong and his spouse and the legal inheritor of aforementioned warrantor.
Guarantor: refers to the joint name of pleador and warrantor.
Contract of Pledge : refers to the Contract of Gold Pledge of Chang’an Trust—No. 2 Loan Assembled Fund Trust Plan of Kingold Jewelry, with the number: Trust Assembled Kingold Pledge (2) 15240818, signed by The Lender and Pledgor, and any valid modification and supplementation.
Contract of Guaranty : refers to “the Contract of Guaranty of Chang’an Trust— No. 2 Loan Assembled Fund Trust Plan of Kingold Jewelry, with the number: Trust Assembled Kingold Guaranty (2) 15240818, signed by The Lender and Pledgor, and any valid modification and supplementation.
Safe Lease : refers to the safe lease signed by the Lender and Wuhan Yanjiang Avenue branch of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Ltd.
Transaction document : refers to the general term of the Contract, Financial Regulatory Agreement, and Regulatory Agreement of Pledge of Movables, Contract of Pledge and Contract of Guaranty and legal documents which prescribe the obligation or responsibility of the Borrower for performing the agreement.
Trust Contract : refers to the Trust Contract of Chang’an Trust—No. 2 Loan Assembled Fund Trust Plan of Kingold Jewelry signed by bailee and bailor under the trust scheme, and any valid modification and supplementation.
Specification of Trust Plan : refers to Specification of Trust Plan of Chang’an Trust—No. 2 Loan Assembled Fund Trust Plan of Kingold Jewelry and any valid modification and supplementation.
Letter of Statement of Subscription Risk : refer to Letter of Statement of Subscription Risk of Trust Plan of Chang’an Trust—No. 2 Loan Assembled Fund Trust Plan of Kingold Jewelry and any valid modification and supplementation.
Trust Document: refers to the general terms of Trust Contract, Specification of Trust Plan and Letter of Statement of Subscription Risk.
Trust Plan/Trust : refers to Chang’an Trust—No. 2 Loan Assembled Fund Trust Plan of Kingold Jewelry
Date of Loan: refers to the date of establishment of the trust plan or the starting date of each allocation specified on the certificate of indebtedness of loan when making allocation for several times.
Expiration Date : refers to the date since the date of each loan with 24 months at the expiration, and the date for the confirmation of notification that the Lender announces the advanced expiration of loan.
Prepayment : the Borrower prepays all or part of loan capitals before the repayment date prescribed in the Contract.
Date of prepayment : refers to the date when the Borrower prepays all or part of loan capitals before the repayment date prescribed in the Contract.
Expiration : means that the expiring date prescribed in the Contract is due or the Lender pronounces that the loan is due in advance.
RMB Loan Account : refers to the bank account appointed by the Borrower, used for accepting the loan issued by The Lender.
Workday : refers to any day except national holiday and public holiday.
CBRC : refers to China Banking Regulatory Commission and its agencies.
Year : refers to every calendar year.
Quarter : refers to the natural quarter of calendar year, namely 1-3 as the first quarter, 4-6 as the second quarter, and 7-9 as the third quarter and 10-12 as the fourth quarter.
Month : refers to every calendar month.
RMB : lawful money of the People’s Republic of China.
Yuan : refers to monetary unit of RMB.
2. Words or abbreviation not defined in the Contract have the same definitions with relevant words or abbreviation in Trust Contract or other trust documents.
3. Titles of terms and attachment in the Contract are set solely used for the convenience of reference and are not deemed to be as the interpretation of the term or attachment.
Article 1 Loan Type
The loan under the Contract is loan of working capital.
Article 2 Currency of Loan
The currency of loan under the Contract is RMB.
Article 3 Purpose of Loan
The Borrower shall use the loan to supplement working capital. The Borrower is not allowed to change the purpose of loan without the written permission of The Lender, including but not limited to, that the Borrower is not allowed to use the loan for investment of stock, futures, financial derivative instrument, etc. or projects prohibited by any law, regulation, regulatory provision and national policy or projects without approval granted and prohibit the project and purpose of loan investment.
Article 4 Amount of Loan
The amount of loan under the Contract is Three Hundred Million Yuan (Capital), RMB 300, 000, 000.00 Yuan (small). The specific amount of loan shall follow the amount specified on “the certificate of indebtedness of loan”. In case trust plan is issued or the allocation is made partially, the amount of loan under the Contract shall follow the total amount of loan specified on “the certificate of indebtedness of loan”.
Article 5 Life of Loan
5.1 The life of loan under the Contract is 24 months, calculated since the date of loan.
5.2 Based on conditions prescribed in the Contract, in case that the Borrower pronounces that the loan is due in advance, the date of confirmation of notification which pronounces that the loan is due in advance is the expiring date of life of loan.
5.3 Where there any inconsistency between the starting dates of life of loan under the Contract with “the certificate of indebtedness of loan”, the latter shall prevail.
Article 6 Interest Rate and Interest of Loan
6.1 The annual interest rate of loan under the Contract is 13%.
6.2 The loan interest is calculated since the date of loan.
6.3 The interest on loan under the Contract is paid for two parts.
(1) The first part of interest on loan is paid to the Lender within 5 workdays since the date of loan. The amount of the first part of loan interest = loan amount *1.1%*365/360.
If the loan expires in advance, the first part of interest loan received by the Lender will not be returned.
(2) The second part of interest on loan is paid to the Lender within 5 workdays since 12 months after the expiring date of each loan and current loan. The amount of the second part of loan interest = loan amount *1.1%*365/360.
If the loan expires in advance, the second part of interest loan received by the Lender will not be returned.
(3) The third part of interest on loan is calculated by day and settled by quarter, since the date of loan. The amount of the third part of loan interest = loan amount *11.9%*actual days/360. “Actual days” mean the days between the date of loan (including this day) and the expiration date of this loan (not including this day).
Since the date of loan, the 20 th of the last month of every natural quarter is the day of interest settlement. The Borrower shall pay The Lender the interest on loan payable in current quarter within 1 workday after the day of interest settlement. Interest of current quarter: the amount of the second part of loan interest = loan amount *11.9%*actual days of current quarter/360.
“Actual days of current quarter” mean the days between the last date of loan (including this day) and the next date of loan (not including this day). The first “actual days of current quarter” mean the days between the date of loan (including this day) and the first interest settlement day (not including this day). The last “actual days of current quarter” mean the days between the interest settlement day before the loan expiry day (including this day) and the loan expiry day (not including this day).
The last interest settlement day is the expiring date of loan. In case the Borrower repays part or all capitals of loan in advance, date of prepayment is the last interest settlement day. The rest interest should be paid on the last interest settlement day and the interest is cleared with the principal.
6.4 During the life of loan, in case People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate of loan for the corresponding period, it shall execute by [1] as follows.
(1) Continue to execute interest rate prescribed in the Contract.
(2) Adjust the scope based on the benchmark interest rate of loan of People’s Bank of China for the corresponding period and adjust the interest rate prescribed in the Contract with the same scope.
(3) In case People’s Bank of China improves the benchmark interest rate of loan for the corresponding period, improve the interest rate prescribed in the Contract with the same scope. In case People’s Bank of China lowers the benchmark interest rate of loan for the corresponding period, the interest rate prescribed in the Contract remains unchanged.
6.5 In case the loan under the Contract is issued partially, the interest of each loan shall be charged in the abovementioned manner.
Article 7 Issue of Loan
7.1 Unless The Lender gives up all or part of conditions, only after satisfying the following prerequisites for issuing a loan, The Lender is in duty bound to issue a loan to the Borrower.
(1) The Contract has been signed.
(2) The Borrower has submitted the completed “Certificate of Indebtedness of Loan” according to the requirement of The Lender.
(3) Trust plan has been established.
(4) Contract of Guaranty has been signed.
(5) Contract of Pledge has been signed and the gold pledge procedure has been taken.
(6) Notarial acts for compulsory execution of the Contract and the abovementioned contracts have been transacted.
(7) Safe Lease has been signed and taken effect.
(8) Retention Agreement has been signed and taken effect.
(9) Property insurance for the pledge has been obtained.
7.2 Arrangement for Issue of Loan
After satisfying the conditions for issuing a loan prescribed in the Contract, The Lender should transfer the capital of loan into the following RMB loan account opened by the Borrower:
Account name: Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd
Account number: 738131018260003815
Opening Bank: Wangjiadun Branch of Wuhan CITIC Bank
7.3 Once the loan under the Contract is transferred from the account of The Lender, it is deemed to that The Lender has fulfilled the obligation of issuing the loan.
Article 8 Repayment of Principal with Interest
8.1 Payment of Interest
The Borrower shall pay the interest according to the agreement of Article 6 in the Contract.
8.2 As for repayment of principal, the Borrower shall repay principal and interest on the loan expiration day together.
8.3 The Borrower shall transfer the payment payable to the following account appointed by The Lender on the interest payment date and repayment date:
Account name: Chang’an International Trust Co., Ltd
Account number: 8111501412000147566
Opening bank: Wuhan CITIC Bank
8.4 The Lender is entitled to firstly use the payment of the Borrower to pay off all expenses which should be undertaken by the Borrower but are paid by The Lender for the Borrower prescribed in the Contract and expenses for The Lender achieving creditor’s right. The payment of the Borrower is insufficient to pay off the payable amount of The Lender (including but not limited to loan principal, interest, liquidated damages, compensation for damage, expense for achieving the creditor’s right and other expenses payable) under the Contract. The Lender is entitled to decide which payment is preferentially applied to the sequence of refunding principal, interest and other expenses.
8.5 Without written consent of the Lender, the Borrower should not repay in advance.
8.6 According to conditions agreed in the Contract, in case The Lender pronounces that the loan is due in advance, the Borrower shall repay all payable but unpaid principal, interest and expenses on the date when the notification about acceleration of maturity is established.
Article 9 Measures of Guarantee and Credit Promotion
9.1 All debts under the Contract, including but not limited to all principals, interest (including compound interest and default interest), liquidated damages, compensation and other payment that the Borrower shall pay to The Lender are guaranteed by guarantor in the following manners.
(1) In accordance with Contract of Pledge of Trust Assembled Kingold Pledge (2) 15240818, Pledgor provides pledge guarantee with the pledge it legally owns.
(2) In accordance with Contract of Guaranty of Trust Assembled Kingold Guaranty (2) 15240818, Guarantor provides guarantee warranty with joint liability.
Article 10 Rights and Obligations of Borrower
10.1 Rights of Borrower
(1) Entitled to require The Lender to issue loan according to stipulations of the Contract;
(2) Entitled to use the loan for the purpose agreed in the Contract;
(3) Entitled to require The Lender to keep the relevant financial information and commercial secrets about production and management in confidentiality, save where laws and regulations otherwise require.
10.2 Obligations of Borrower
(1) During the term of loan, it must provide balance sheet, profit and loss statement, cash flow statement and other required relevant data to The Lender, within 15 days in the end of each financial year and take responsibility of the authenticity, completeness and validity of the foregoing provided documents and data.
(2) Use the loan for the purpose agreed in the Contract and cannot forcibly occupy and misappropriate it.
(3) Actively cooperate and consciously accept the investigation and supervision of The Lender on its production and management, financial activity and loan utilization under the Contract.
(4) Pay off principal and interest of loan on schedule in accordance with stipulations of the Contract.
(5) The Borrower and its investor are not allowed to secretly withdraw funds or transfer assets or evade debts to The Lender by connected transaction.
(6) In case the Borrower makes new investment and financing, or provides warranty for others’ debt before paying off principal and interest of loan, the Borrower shall notice the Lender in written form and secure the written consent of the Lender.
(7) During the period of validity of the Contract, in case that the Borrower and Guarantor alter name, address and legal representative, they should notice the Lender in writing within seven working days days since the date of alteration. Otherwise, relevant documents sent by the Lender based on the original name, address and legal representative are deemed as delivered.
(8) In case the Guarantor under the Contract suffers production halts, discontinuation of business, cancellation of registration, cancellation of business license, bankruptcy, revocation and operating losses and partly or all loses the guarantee ability corresponding to the loan or the value of mortgage and pledge as the guarantee of loan under the Contract reduces, damaged or lost or the guarantee is not established validly, or the Guarantor is unauthorized to cancel the registration of pledge and transfer the pledge and takes other acts of disposition which impact the performance of right of pledge, the Borrower shall promptly provide the Lender other recognized guarantee. In case the Borrower fails to keep the commitment according to requirement of the Lender, the Lender is entitled to proclaim that the loan is due in advance and the Borrower shall prepay all principal and interest of the loan based on requirements of the Lender and provide indemnity to the Lender for the caused loss.
(9) During the duration of contract, in case the Borrower or its related party, dominant stockholder and guarantor has consolidation, separation, alternation of stock rights, increase and decrease of capital, joint stock, consortium, production halts, discontinuation of business, cancellation of registration, cancellation of business license, revocation and forced application for bankruptcy, foreclosure and litigation, arbitration, great dispute, serious difficulty in production and management, deterioration of financial condition, involvement in illegal fund-raising, and the legal representative or person chiefly in charge and actual controller takes illegal actions, the change of marital status, administrative penalty or criminal punishment, unfavorable change of financial condition, litigation, arbitration and great dispute and the Lender considers what may bring adverse influence on the obligation of the Borrower of repayment under the Contract, the Lender is entitled to request the Borrower to implement the settlement of debt, guarantee or other remedial measures under the Contract and the Borrower shall prepay all principal and interest of the loan based on requirements of the Lender and provide indemnity to the Lender for the caused loss. In case of the said circumstances, the Borrower shall notice the Lender in writing within two days since the date of occurrence. Otherwise, the Lender is entitled to ask the Borrower to hold responsible for breach of contract.
(10) The Borrower shall bear expenses of evaluation, registration, notarization and lawyer service related to guarantee under the Contract.
Article 11 Rights and Obligations of the Lender
11. 1 Rights of the Lender
(1) The Lender is entitled to request the Borrower to repay the principal, interest and expenses of the loan on schedule, exercise other rights agreed in the Contract and perform other obligations under the Contract.
(2) Collect loan principal, interest, overdue interest, default interest, compound interest, liquidated damages and other payable expenses in accordance with law or provisions of the Contract.
(3) The Lender is entitled to understand the production and management, financial activity, construction of project for the loan and its operation of the Borrower and request the Borrower to provide relevant information.
(4) The Lender is entitled to investigate and supervise the usage of loan.
11.2 Obligations of the Lender
(1) Issue the loan on schedule based on the Contract, save the delay due to reason of the Borrower or other reasons not concerned about the Lender.
(2) Keep the financial information provided by the Borrower and the commercial secret about production and management in confidentiality, save the laws and regulations otherwise requires.
Article 12 Management after Loan
12.1 Within period of loan, the Borrower has the obligation to coordinate with the Lender to make investigation on the usage of loan capital under the Contract, including but not limited to that the Borrower shall provide the Lender relevant contract, agreement, payment document and certificate of ownership.
12.2 The Lender is entitled to investigate the performance, credit standing and business condition of the Borrower. The Borrower has the obligation to submit relevant data based on requirements of the Lender.
Article 13 Items of Notarization
13.1 The Lender and the Borrower shall transact notarization of document of obligation which endows the Contract with compulsory execution effect after signature. The Borrower shall bear the expense arising from notarization.
13.2 The Lender and the Borrower hereby confirm that the debtor-creditor relationship in the Contract is definite, without doubts on all agreed rights and obligations for both parties. In case the Borrower fails to fulfill or inappropriately fulfills any obligation agreed in the Contract, the Borrower is willing to receive compulsory execution, without any judicial proceeding. The Lender can directly apply for compulsory execution to people’s court with right of jurisdiction in line with provisions of Civil Procedure. Meanwhile, the Borrowers waives right of defense.
13.3 The agreement on notarization of compulsory execution in the Article is prior to execution of Article, “dispute resolution” in the Contract.
Article 14 Statement and Guarantee
14.1 Statement and guarantee of the Borrower are as follows:
(1) The Borrower is a legally registered and validly existing business entity and is entitled to dispose property under its management, operate the business related to purpose of loan under the Contract and sign and fulfill the Contract.
(2) The signing of the Borrower on the Contract has achieved the approval or authorization of board of shareholders of Company or other competent authorities and external competent authorities (if necessary); all responsibilities caused by the Borrower for having no right to sign the Contract shall be undertaken by the Borrower, including but not limited to proving compensation for loss to the Lender in full amount.
(3) There is no conflict for the signing and fulfillment of the Borrower for the Contract with provisions (such as articles of association) which are binding for the Borrower and assets and other agreement (including but not limited to investment and financing abroad, warranty provided to others and/or itself).
(4) All documents and information, including but not limited to transaction contract, agreement, relevantly financial statement, contract under the performance, signed with other financing institutions and contract providing warranty to others and/or itself shall be true, correct, legal, valid and complete.
(5) When signing the Contract, no litigation, arbitration or criminal and administrative punishment which causes seriously adverse consequences on the Borrower or main property of the Borrower take place and such litigation, arbitration or criminal and administrative punishment will not take place during the execution of the Contract. If happens, the Borrower shall immediately notice the Lender based on provision of the Contract.
(6) The Borrower possesses sustainable operation ability and legal source of repayment.
(7) In case the Borrower is in default on principal and interest of the loan or any other default, the Lender is entitled to notice related department or unit and make collection by announcement via news media.
(8) The Borrower shall operate legally, with sound credit standing, without poor credit record such as credit default and evasion and rejection of bank debts.
(9) The Lender has the right to provide the loan information of the Borrower to the national financial credit information basic data center according to the credit management rules.
14. 2 Statement and guarantee of the Lender are as follows:
(1) The Lender is a legal trust company approved by China Banking Regulatory Commission and approved business contains the fiduciary activities including events involved in the Contract. The Lender has full capacity for civil conduct as the non-bank financial institution in China.
(2) The Lender issues trust loan to the Borrower with the trust capital under the trust plan and Chang’an Trust has legal right of disposition of trust property.
Article 15 Responsibility of Default
15.1 Any party shall take the responsibility of default by law if not performing or incompletely performing the obligations agreed in the Contract.
15.2 In case the Borrower fails to pay interests under the Contract on schedule with full amount, the Lender is entitled to ask the Borrower to pay off in deadline and charge the Borrower for overdue interest by the interest rate 50% above the loan interest rate under the Contract as well as charge liquidated damages in the following way: amount of overdue interest *[0. 08] %/day*actual overdue days.
15.3 In case the Borrower fails to pay the principal under the Contract on schedule with full amount, the Lender is entitled to ask the Borrower to pay off in deadline and charge the Borrower for overdue interest by the interest rate 50% above the loan interest rate under the Contract as well as charge liquidated damages in the following way: amount of overdue interest *[0. 08] %/day*actual overdue days.
15.4 In case the Borrower fails to use the loan for the purpose agreed in the Contract, the Lender is entitled to pronounce the acceleration of maturity of loan and withdraw all loans in advance as well as request the Borrower to pay the liquidated damage by 100% of appropriated funds.
15.5 In case of the following behaviors, the Lender is entitled to announce the acceleration of maturity of loan, stop issuing the funds which have not been withdrew by the Borrower and withdraw all loans in advance. The Borrower shall pay all payable but unpaid principal, interest and expenses under the Contract by the date determined in notice of the acceleration of maturity. The Borrower shall amend and take remedial measures satisfied to the Lender within 5 days after receiving the notice of the Lender.
(1) Provide the Lender with false or subreptitious balance sheet, profit and loss statement and other financial information, contract and agreement related to the transaction, etc.
(2) Violate this Contract by not notifying the Lender under the circumstances that it should notify the Lender, or not adopting payment, guarantee or other remedial measures under this Contract;
(3) In case of the following situations that the Lender holds it may endanger the safety of creditor’s right under the Contract: the Borrower fails to fulfill other matured debts (including the matured debts to the Lender or the third party), assign property with low price and without reward, abate debts of the third party, negligent in exercising creditor’s rights or other rights or proving warranty for the third party;
(4) The important part of or all properties are occupied by other creditor or taken over by the assigned consignee, recipient or similar personnel or the properties are distrained or frozen, which may cause loss to the Lender;
(5) In case of alteration on matters of industrial and commercial registration such as corporate shareholder, residence, contact address, business scope and legal representative or significant investment abroad that may affect or threaten the achievement of creditor’s right of the Lender;
(6) Involved in significant economic dispute or deterioration of financial conditions which may affect or threaten the achievement of creditor’s right of the Lender;
(7) Warranty has not been established validly or cancelled arbitrarily, or the value of guarantees and pledge used for warranty has been or may be reduced, or warrantor may lose qualification or ability of warranty.
(8) During the life of loan set forth in the Contract, the Borrower defaults to any creditor;
(9) Any precondition for issuing a loan agreed in the Contract has not been satisfied continuously.
(10) Any behavior or situation which may threaten the achievement of creditor’s right of the Lender or cause loss.
15.6 In case the Borrower, guarantor or the opposite side of transaction document violates the agreement of transaction document, the Lender is entitled to pronounce the acceleration of maturity of the loan, stop issuing the funds which have not been withdrew by the Borrower and withdraw all loans in advance. The Borrower shall pay all payable but unpaid principal, interest and expenses under the Contract by the date determined in notice of the acceleration of maturity.
15.7 In case two and above matters of default take place simultaneously, the foregoing funds can be applied repeatedly.
Article 16 Validation, Alteration and Termination of Contract
16.1 The Contract shall take effect since the date when the legal representatives or authorized representatives of both the Lender and the Borrower sign or seal and stamp the official seal of unit or special seal for contract and terminate since the date when all loan principal, interest, compound interest, default interest, liquidated damages and all payable expenses are paid off.
16.2 The Lender can transfer all or part of creditor’s right of loan under the Contract to the third party after the validation of the Contract. But the Borrower is not allowed to transfer its rights and obligations under the Contract to the third party without permission of the Lender.
16.3 In case the trust plan is invalid, the Contract is terminated automatically. Parties shall not take the responsibility of default, save the invalid trust plan caused by the Borrower, in which case the Lender has the right to require the Borrower to pay damage. Damage = the loan amount agreed under this Contract *0.08% * day*N.
N: the actual existing days between the Contract signing day (including) and the day to pay for damage (not including).
Article 17 Ways of Dispute Resolution
17.1 Both parties shall solve disputes arising from the process of contract performance by friendly negotiation. In case no settlement can be reached through negotiation, the parties can prosecute to people’s court with right of jurisdiction in the domicile of the Lender or apply for compulsory execution to people’s court with right of jurisdiction.
17.2 During negotiation and litigation and the Borrower is applied to execute, for other terms without disputes under the Contract, the Lender and the Borrower shall still execute.
17.3 Any dispute arising from the signing and performance of the Contract and interpretation of terms under the Contract are subject to laws and regulations of People’s Republic of China (for the purpose of the Contract, not including laws and regulations of Hong Kong, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan) and interpreted by these.
Article 18 Notification and Delivery
18.1 All notifications of both parties are in written form and can be delivered by personal service, registered letter service and express mail service. The fax can be auxiliary mode of service but shall be made supplementary service in the foregoing stipulated manner.
18.2 Save the Contract otherwise requires, notification is deemed to be delivered to notified party on the following date.
(1) Personal service: date stated in the signature form of notified party received by notifying party.
(2) Registered letter service: the seventh day after the date when sending the receipt of registered letter at home possessed by notifying party
(3) Express mail service: the third day after postmark date after sending the delivery certificate possessed by notifying party
(4) Fax: the first workday after receiving the confirmation of successful delivery
18.3 Both parties agree that their contact and communication method follow the following relevant information:
Contact information of the Borrower is as follows:
Contract person: Qiao Hu
Contract address: Te 15, Huangpu Science & Technology Garden, Wuhan City
Postal code: 430023
Telephone: 13317109760
Fax: 027-65694977
Contract information of the Lender is as follows:
Contact person: Su Juxiong
Contact address: 23/F, 24/F, 35/F, 36/F, High-Tech International Business Center, No. 33, Keji Road, Gaoxin District, Xi’an City
Postal code: 710075
Telephone: 18164039168
Fax: 027-82713008
18.4 During the life of loan, in case the contact address or contact information of one party changes, it shall notice the other party within seven workdays since the date of change in writing. If failing to immediately notice the other party in case of any change, the notification sent by one party to the other is deemed to be delivered.
Article Confidentiality
19.1 Both parties take the confidentiality obligation for the Contract and events related to the Contract. One party is not allowed to disclose any event related to the Contract to the third party without the written permission of the other party, save the following situations.
(1) The Lender fulfills the obligation of information disclosure stipulated by laws and regulations or trust document and discloses to trustor and beneficiary.
(2) Disclose to staff such as auditor and lawyer entrusted in business, with the premise that the staff must take confidentiality obligation for information related to the Contract perceived from their work;
(3) Such information and document may be obtained through public approach or the disclosure of such information is the requirement of laws and regulations;
(4) Disclosure related to the Contract made to court or based on requirement of disclosure procedure or similar procedure before litigation or adopted legal procedure;
(5) Disclosure made by the Lender to the financial regulatory institution in accordance with the requirements of financial regulatory institution.
19.2 In any case, the confidentiality obligation stipulated in this section shall be permanently and continuously valid.
Article 20 Force Majeure
20.1 Force majeure in the Contract refers to any unforeseeable, unavoidable and insuperable objective circumstances, including but not limited to flood, earthquake and other natural disasters, war, epidemic situation, disturbance, strike and act of government, etc.
20.2 In case one party of the Contract fails to completely or partly fulfill the Contract due to force majeure, it shall notice the other party in writing within 5 days since the occurrence of force majeure and provide the detailed information of events and documentary evidence that relevant competent authority and functional department prove that the Contract cannot be fulfilled completely or partly within 15 days.
20.3 Any party shall not take responsibility of default in case it fails to completely or partly fulfill the Contract due to force majeure but it shall take all necessary and appropriate actions to minimize the losses caused to the other party.
20.4 In case of force majeure, both parties shall make negotiation and determine to alter or terminate the Contract based on the influence of force majeure on the fulfillment of the Contract.
Article 21 Term of Reservation of Right
Rights of the Lender under the Contract do not impact and exclude any right shared by laws and regulations and other contract. Any tolerance, moratorium, privilege implemented on any default or delay or delay in exercising any right under the Contract shall not deemed to be waive of rights and interest under the Contract or permission or approval for any breach of contract, not limiting, preventing and hindering the continuous exercise of the right or any other right, or leading the Lender to take the obligation and responsibility for the Borrower.
Article 22 Supplementary Provisions
22.1 For unaccomplished matters in the Contract, both parties shall reach a written agreement separately as the attachment of the Contract. Any attachment, modification or supplementation of the Contract is indivisible component of the Contract, with the equal legal effect with the Contract.
22.2 In case any term of the Contract is invalid for any reason, the invalid term does not impact the effect of other terms of the Contract and both parties shall continue to fulfill other terms, save the invalid term makes the purpose of the Contract unrealizable or causes practical influence on fulfillment of other terms.
22.3 As for the date when the Lender issues or receives funds under the Contract, in case of public holiday or legal holiday, postpone to next workday.
22.4 The Contract is made in duplicate, with each for both parties. Submit one copy to Notarization Department of Wuhan City for filing. It is stored by Chang’an Trust and each has equal legal effect.
22.5 The irrevocable Certificate of Indebtedness of Loan submitted by the Borrower to the Lender is the loan certificate of the Contract, with equal legal force with the Contract.
The Borrower has read all terms of the Contract. At the request of the Borrower, the Lender has made corresponding stipulation about the Contract. The Borrower has completely understood the meaning of contract terms and corresponding legal consequence. The Borrower is entitled to sign the Contract.
(There is no body in the following)
[This page is the signature page of the Trust Contract of Chang’an Trust—No. 2 Assembled Funds Trust Plan of Kingold Jewelry Loan, with the number: trust assembled Kingold loan 15240818, no body.]
The Borrower: Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd. (official seal or special seal for contract)
Legal representative or authorized representative (sign or seal)
The Lender: Chang’an International Trust Co., Ltd (official seal or special seal for contract)
Legal representative or authorized representative (sign or seal)
Date of signature: March 9, 2016
Address of signature: Xi’an City
Exhibit 10.16
No. 2016 280003240011
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Evergrowing Bank
Signing Location: Yantai , China
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Important Notice to Borrower Please read the whole Agreement carefully, especially the provisions marked as DD . If you have any questions, please ask the Lender timely to explain. |
Borrower (The Borrower): _ Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd
Legal Representative/ Principal: Zhihong Jia
Address: Te #15 Huangpu Technology Park, Jiang An District, Wuhan Postcode: 430023
Telephone: __ 027-65660346 _____ Fax: 027-65660703
Lender (The Lender): Evergrowing Bank Co., Ltd. _ Yantai Huanshan Road Branch
Legal Representative/Principal: __ Shuyun Zhang
Address: _ No. 116 Huanshan Road, Zhifu District, Yantai City Postcode: 264000
Telephone: _ 0535-6621197 _____________ Fax: 0535-6621197
Since the Borrower applies for loan from the Lender, to specify the rights and obligations of both parties, the Borrower and the Lender reach consensus through consultation and agree with following agreement.
Article 1 Loan
1.1 Currency: RMB .
1.2 The amount of loan under the Agreement is: _ ONE HUNDRED MILLION.
1.3 This loan should be used for Purchasing Gold only.
1.4 The life of loan under the Agreement is from 3/24/2016 to 3/21/2018 .
The life of loan is from the date of issuing the first loan under this Agreement to the date when Borrower pays back the principal and interest under the Agreement.
Article 2 Interest Rate of Loan and Interest Settlement
2.1 The interest rate of loan under the Agreement uses the way in _2.1.1__ as follows:
2.1.1 Fixed rate, i.e. __7_%. (Year) During the life of loan, it is unchangeable and will not adjust basing on national interest.
2.1.2 Floating interest rate, i.e. ___/__ (choose “rising” or “lowering”) __/__% based on the benchmark interest rate of value date. If the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate during the loan term, following / is used as the interest rate adjustment date:
(1) | The adjustment is made monthly, once per month. |
(2) | The adjustment is made quarterly, once per quarter. |
(3) | The adjustment is made every half year, once per half year. |
(4) | The adjustment is made every year, once per year. |
If the People’s Bank of China changes the benchmark interest rate into floating interest or calls the benchmark interest rate, the parties should adjust the loan interest under mutual discussion, but the interest after the adjustment should be not lower than the interest before; if after ___/__ month from the date when the People’s Bank of China adjusts the interest, the two parties have not reached a consensus regarding the adjusted interest rate, the Lender has right to declare the acceleration of maturity regarding the loan under this Agreement.
2.1.3 / (foreign currency) interest / ;
2.1.4 / .
2.2 Interest settlement
2.2.1 Daily interest = monthly interest rate / 30, monthly interest rate = annual interest rate/12.
2.2.2 Normal interest = agreed rate of interest under this agreement × loan amount × usage days been used. The usage days should start from the lending day to the date of expiry.
2.2.3 The interest settlement of loan under the Agreement is based on the following __SECOND__ way. When the loan expires, the principal and interest should be repaid. The interest settlement date is the interest payment date.
(1) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of last month of every season; |
(2) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of every month. |
2.3 Default interest
2.3.1 If the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, or the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline and has not reached agreement on extension with the Lender (so it is overdue loan), the Lender has the right to get the default interest for the misappropriated loan or overdue loan according to the default interest rate under this Agreement.
2.3.2 If the loan currency is RMB, when the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline, the default interest rate will increase by 50% regarding the overdue loan; when the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, the loan interest rate will increase by 100% regarding the misappropriated loan. If the People’s Bank of China adjusted the benchmark interest rate, the floating interest loan is overdue or misappropriated, the Lender has the right to adjust the default interest rate, and applies the new default interest since the interest adjustment date of the People’s Bank of China. If the loan currency is foreign currency, the default interest rate is: increase / basing on the agreed interest rate.
2.4 If the Borrower repays or the Lender calls in loan in advance, the relevant interest will not be adjusted and the agreed interest rate still applies.
Article 3 Issuance, Payment and Repayment of Loan
3.1 The Borrower can draw the loan amount by several allocations, but the sum of all allocations does not exceed the amount provided by Article 1. The drawing shall comply with following allocation plan:
Drawing Date | Drawing Amount |
3/24/2016 | ONE HUNDRED MILLION |
\ | \ |
DD 3.2 The Lender is only obliged to loan when the following conditions are met constantly:
(1) | The Borrower has completed all the relevant legal procedures including the government license, approval, registration and other legal procedures required by the Borrower, and such legal procedures are continuously effective; |
(2) | The guarantee agreement (if any) under this Agreement has taken effect and will be continuously effective; if the guarantee agreement is pledge agreement and/or mortgage agreement, the guarantee right has been set and will be continuously effective; |
(3) | The Borrower’s operation and financial status does not have any substantial adverse changes; |
(4) | The Borrower does not violate this Agreement; |
(5) | The way of this loan payment is consistent with the Agreement; if the lender entrusted payment is the payment way, the Lender agrees to pay; |
(6) | If the loan is issued in foreign currency, the Borrower has already opened the relevant account according to the management requirement of foreign exchange and provided the documents showing that the loan conforms the relevant foreign exchange policy, including but not limited to, effective foreign exchange purpose documentary evidence, registration or approval documents. |
(7) | The Borrower has already opened the capital recovery account according to Article 3.9; |
(8) | _______/___________________________________________________________. |
3.3 The Borrower appointed the account below as the loan account:
Account Name : Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd.
Account No.: 853528010122803329
Bank Name : Evergrowing Bank.
3.4 The actual date of lending and the amount is subject to the Loan Certificate.
3.5 The Borrower shall go through the drawing procedure at least three bank business days in advance, send the application to the Lender to meet the capital payment need for the future / days, and clarify the way of payment (entrusted payment by the Lender or the direct payment by the Borrower).
3.6 Entrusted payment by the Lender is that after the loan is issued pursuant to this Agreement, the Lender pays the loan to the counterparty of the Borrower who conforms to the agreed purposes of the Agreement, according to the entrusted payment power of attorney of the Borrower.
The lender entrusted payment is used if any of the conditions below is met:
(1) The amount of one payment is more than / (this amount is the limit of entrusted payment).
(2) / .
If the entrusted payment of the Lender is the way of capital payment, the Borrower should send Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney. The Lender reviews the Credit Usage Application, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney, Loan Certificate and relevant payment transaction documents (including but not limited commercial contract, invoices and goods receipts). If the application conforms with this Agreement and the relevant payment transaction documents, the Lender will pay the loan capital to the counterparty of the Borrower according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement. If the planned payment of the Borrower is not in compliance with the this Agreement, the corresponding commerce agreement, proof materials or has any other default, the Lender has the right to refuse to pay and return the payment power of attorney submitted by the Borrower.
If the Lender agrees to pay, but since the information provided by the Borrower is wrong so it can’t be paid, or the payment is refunded, the Borrower shall resubmit relevant certificate and documents with correct information before the deadline provided by the Lender. The Lender does not bear the loss of the Borrower caused by the payment failure.
If the Lender pays to the wrong party because the information provided by the Borrower is wrong, the Lender does not bear any responsibility to the Borrower. The Borrower still needs to repay the principal and the interest for the part of wrong payment.
3.7 Direct payment by the Borrower means, after the Lender pays the loan to the account of the Borrower according to this Agreement, the Borrower directly pays to its counterparty according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement.
For loan amount payment not exceeding / Yuan, and the Borrower and the Lender do not agree to adopt entrusted payment, the direct payment by the Borrower will be used.
If direct payment is used, the Lender has the right to examine if the loan payment conforms to the agreed purposes by ways such as account analysis, certificate review, and on-site investigation. The Borrower shall cooperate with the Lender about the examination.
3.8 The Borrower shall pay back according to the deadline in Article 1.4 and following plan. If the Loan Certificate states a deadline different with this Agreement, the Loan Certificate prevails.
Repayment Deadline | Repayment Amount | |
3/21/2018 | ONE HUNDRED MILLION |
3.9 Loan capital recovery account.
The Borrower shall open specialized loan capital recovery account from the Lender ( Account Name: / Account No.: /, Bank Name: /) , so the Lender can recover the loan capital. The capital recovery account is used to receive the relevant sales revenue or planned repayment capital. If the relevant sales revenue are calculated in non-cash way, the Borrower shall insure that the capital is allocated to the recovery account on time after receipt. In the meanwhile, the Borrower shall provide the loan capital recovery account details to the Lender / (week/ month/ quarter).
DD 3.10 If the Lender receives loans in advance according to Article 8 of this Agreement, it deems that the loan deadline advances accordingly.
DD 3.11 If the Borrower prepays the loan, the Borrower shall send the application in writing 30 days in advance for consent by the Lender. When the Borrower prepays the loan, the Lender has the right to charge the loan interest according to the Agreement in the actual loan period, and charges the repayment procedure fee which is __/_ % of the prepaid capital.
DD 3.12 The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes that when any of the situations under Article 8 or 9 happens, the Lender can withdraw principal and interest from any account of the Borrower. The Borrower agrees to give up any right of defense.
DD Article 4 Warrant
The guaranty contracts are as follow:
1) 2016 Chattel Pledge No. 280003240011, Chattel Pledge Agreement , the way of warrant: Pledge , warrantor: Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd .
2) 2016 Guaranty No. 280003240011, Guaranty Agreement , the way of warrant: Guaranty , warrantor: Zhihong Jia.
Article 5 Representations and Warranties of the Borrower
5.1 The Borrower is an independent civil subject set in accordance with the law, has all the necessary civil rights capability and civil action capability; and has the ability to fulfill the obligations of the Agreement and take civil responsibility.
5.2 Signing and fulfilling the Agreement is the Borrower’s true intention, and has gone through all the necessary approvals and authorization, and there is no legal flaw.
5.3 The operation and business of the Borrower is legal and in compliance. The Borrower has the ability of continuing operation, it has legal repayment source, and it does not have material bad credit record. The management team of the Borrower has no bad record.
5.4 The circulating fund loan matters are in compliance with the law.
5.5 The Borrower shall provide complete, true and accurate, effective documents, statements, materials and information on time according to the Lender’s requirement. The Borrower never hides any information that will give bad influence to its financial condition and ability of repayment. There is no material adverse change to the Borrower’s financial condition since the date of the latest financial statement.
5.6 When signing the Agreement, the Borrower is not a shareholder or “actual controller” under the Company Law of the guarantor, and has no plan to be a shareholder or actual controller of the guarantor, or the guarantor has provided its shareholder resolution about agreeing to provide guaranty to the Borrower.
DD 5.7 Before paying off all debt under the Agreement, the Borrower’s financial target should be controlled in :
(1) Asset-liability ratio should not be higher than _/__%;
(2) Liquidity ratio should not be lower than _/_%;
(3) Quick ratio should not be lower than _/__%;
(4) The balance of external guarantee should not be higher than _/_% of net assets;
(5) __/_______________________________________
5.8 The Borrower promises that it will cooperate with the Lender regarding loan payment management, the post-loan management and relevant examination.
5.9 Before external investment, material increase of debt financing, merge, split, equity transfer and other material matters, the Borrower should get permission from the Lender first.
5.10 The Lender has the right to call back the loan in advance according to the capital recovery situation of the Borrower.
5.11 The Borrower should inform the Lender timely if any material disadvantage issues happened that would affect the ability of taking back the loan of the Lender.
Article 6 The Rights and Obligations of the Lender
6.1 The Lender has right to call back the loan capital, interest (including default interest for expiration and misuse) according to the Agreement, charge the fees payable by the Borrower, has right to call back the loan in advance according to the Borrower’s capital recovery situation, and exercise other rights under the Agreement or under the law.
6.2 During the process of exercising the Agreement, the Lender checks the documents provided by the Borrower. If the Lender cannot complete the entrusted payment on time because the Borrower provided untrue, inaccurate or incomplete documents or the Borrower conducts the payment in violation of this Agreement, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
6.3 If the lending or the payment failed because of the frozen loan account or the payment account appointed by the Borrower or because of any other reasons, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
Article 7 The Rights and Obligations of the Borrower
7.1 The Borrower shall repay the loan and interest under the Agreement according to the timing, amount and currency agreed in this Agreement.
The Borrower shall allocate the sales revenue or planed repayment into the capital recovery account timely, and shall provide capital flow details of the capital recovery account according to the Agreement’s requirement.
7.2 The Borrower shall not divert the loan under the Agreement to other purposes, shall not use the loan to invest in fixed assets or equity, or areas and uses for production and operation forbidden by the country.
The Borrower shall pay the loan capital according to the Agreement, shall not avoid the lender entrusted payment by breaking the whole into the parts. The loan capital payment shall comply with the Agreement rules if the borrower direct payment is adopted.
7.3 The Borrower shall provide the record and materials regarding the loan amount usage to the Lender each / (week/month/quarter).
DD 7.4 The Borrower shall bear the expenses under the Agreement, including but not limited to the notary fee and the appraisal fee.
The Borrower shall bear the loan capital clearing fee (including the lender entrusted payment and the borrower direct payment), and shall pay in full the relevant fees on time according to the fee items, rates and timing required by the Lender. The payment may be processed through People’s Bank payment system or the clearing system in the same city.
DD 7.5 The Borrower shall follow the Lender’s business regulations and operation customs related to the loan business, including but not limited to cooperating with the Lender to manage the loan payment system and check the utilization of the loan and the Borrower’s operation, and timely providing the Lender financial reports, loan payment usage record and materials, information of affiliates and related party transactions, other documents and information, and guarantee that provided materials are all valid, true and complete.
DD 7.6 The Borrower shall notify the Lender for any of the following events at least 30 days in advance, and shall not act before paying off all of the loan principal and interest under this Agreement or providing the payment schedule and guaranty approved by the Lender:
(1) Address material assets or all or most of the materials assets by sale, gift, lease, lend, transfer, guarantee, pledge or other ways;
(2) There is or may be material change to the operation system or ownership organization form, including but not limited to contracting, renting, joint venture, corporation reform, share cooperation reform, enterprise sale, M&A, joint operation, split, setting subsidiary, ownership transfer, capital decrease;
(3) There is other situation of losing or has possibility of losing the ability to repay debt;
DD 7.7 The Borrower shall inform the Lender with a written notice at least 7 days in advance if any of the below situations happened or might happen:
(1) The Borrower or its affiliates modify its bylaws, change its industry and commerce registration matters such as articles of incorporation, enterprise name, legal representative, domicile, mailing address or business scope or makes decisions with material effect to finance or personnel;
(2) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor plans to file bankruptcy or may have been filed bankruptcy by the creditor;
(3) The Borrower or its affiliates involve in major lawsuits, arbitrations, administrative measures, or the main property or guaranty under this Agreement has been conducted property attachment or other enforcement measures, or, the safe and complete status of the main property or guaranty under this Agreement is or may have been impacted or the value decreased or it is possible to decrease;
(4) The Borrower or its affiliates provide guarantee for a third party so it causes major adverse implication to its economic status, financial status, or the ability of performing the obligations under this Agreement;
(5) The Borrower or its affiliates sign an agreement which has major implication to its operation and financial status;
(6) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, is repealed or is revoked business license;
(7) The Borrower or its affiliates, the major investor individual of the Borrower or its affiliates, the legal representative (responsible person), director or senior manager of the Borrower or its affiliates disappears, involves in violation of the laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules or appears abnormal changes;
(8) The Borrower or its affiliates have serious operational problems, its financial situation deteriorates, or any other events happened which have negative impact on the Borrower or its affiliates’ operation, financial condition, the ability of repayment or the economic status;
(9) Related party transaction happens, and the transaction amount reaches to or beyond 10% of the latest audited net asset;
(10) Before paying off the debts under the Agreement, the Borrower is or might become a shareholder of the guarantor or the “actual controller” defined by the Company Law;
(11) The Borrower or its affiliate breaks the laws and regulations, rules of supervision, national policy or industry standards and results in liability accident or is exposed by media;
(12) The relationship of controlling or being controlled between the Borrower and its affiliates changes;
(13) Any material negative events that will impact the ability of loan repayment of the Borrower or its affiliates.
DD 7.8 When the guaranty under the Agreement changes and disadvantages the right of the Lender as a creditor, the Borrower should timely provide other guaranty approved by the Lender according to the Lender’s requirement.
“Change” under this article includes but not limited to: the guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, business license is repealed or is revoked, file or is filed for bankruptcy; material change happens to the guarantor’s operational or financial condition; the guarantor involves in significant lawsuit, arbitration, administrative measures, attachment or other compulsory measures are conducted to its major asset; the value of collateral decreases or may decrease or is conducted attachment or other compulsory measures; the sound condition of the collateral is affected or might be affected; the guarantor or its legal representative (responsible person) or the major manager of the guarantor is involved in violation laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules; the guarantor disappears or dies (or declaring death) if the guarantor is an individual; the guarantor violates the Guaranty Agreement; the Guarantor and the Borrower have disputes; the Guarantor requires to dissolve the Guaranty Agreement; the Guaranty Agreement is not effective, invalid or cancelled; the guaranty right is unset or invalid; other events impact the safety of the Lender’s creditor’s right.
7.9 Open a loan capital recovery account according to the Article 3.9 of this Agreement.
DD Article 8 Call Back the Loan in advance
If any of the situations at bellow happens, the Lender has the right to stop paying the loan unused by the Borrower, unilaterally declare that the issued loan principal under the Agreement is expired in advance, and require the Borrower to pay back all the loan principal and interest immediately, and has the right to deduct capital directly from the Borrower’s any account. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law specially so it shall not to be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the deducted account.
(1) | The Borrower does not pay the interest on time; |
(2) | The Borrower provides untrue financial reports and materials; |
(3) | The Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(4) | Any of the events in the Articles 7.6, 7.7 happened, and the Lender believes it will endanger the loan safety; |
(5) | The Borrower’s financial index is out of range of the Article 5.6; |
(6) | The Lender believes that the Borrower should prepay the loan according to the the situation of the Borrower’s capital recovery; |
(7) | The issuance of the loan under this Agreement by the Lender causes or may cause law violation because of the changed supervision regulation; |
(8) | When the Borrower is performing other contracts with the Lender or with a third party, it has violation or the debt may expire in advance or has been declared expired in advance; |
(9) | Other situations that might endanger the loan capital safety. |
DD Article 9 Defaults and Dispositions
9.1 If any following matters happen to the Borrower, it is considered as default:
(1) | Fails to repay the loan principal and interest on time in accordance with the Agreement; |
(2) | Violates the representations and warranties of the Article 5 in the Agreement; |
(3) | Violates the obligations of the Borrower under the Article 7 in the Agreement; |
(4) | Fails to use the loan amount in the agreed way, or avoid Lender entrusted payment in a way by breaking up the whole into pieces; |
(5) | Fails to open the loan capital recovery account pursuant to the Agreement; |
(6) | Material cross-default happens; |
(7) | Violates other articles of this Agreement. |
9.2 After default, the Lender has the right to adopt one or more of measures as below:
(1) | Corrects default with deadline; |
(2) | Adjusts the amount threshold of the loan capital entrusted payment or the payment way of the loan capital; |
(3) | Stops withdrawal by the Borrower; |
(4) | Dissolves the loan agreement, and requires the Borrower to pay off expired or unexpired loan principal, interest and other dues; |
(5) | Requires the Borrower to pay overdue default interest if the loan is overdue; |
(6) | Requires the Borrower to pay misappropriation default interest if the Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(7) | Deducts owed loan principal and interest from any account that the Borrower has at Evergrowing Bank; |
(8) | Pursues the loan principal and interest by the legal ways, and all fees paid to claim the credit (including but not limited to collecting fees, litigation fees, arbitration fees, property attachment fees, enforcement fees, attorney’s fees, case fees, declaration fees, appraisal fees, audit fees and so on) shall be borne by the Borrower. |
9.3 If the guarantor (i.e. warrantor, mortgagor, pledgor) has any following situation, the Lender has the right to adopt the measures according to Article 9.2:
(1) | The warrantor violates the Warrant Agreement, its credit status deteriorates, or other event happens which decreases its warrant ability; |
(2) | The mortgagor violates the Mortgage Agreement, or breaks the mortgage, or the value of the mortgage may decrease or has decreased substantially, or other event happens which harm the mortgage right of the Lender happen; |
(3) | The pledgor violates the Pledge Agreement, or the value of the pledge has decreased or may have decreased, or the pledge right has to be realized before the loan is paid off, or other event happens which harms the pledge right of the Lender. |
DD Article 10 Deduction Arrangement
10.1 The Borrower authorizes that, if there is any due and payable loan principal, interest, default interest or other fess, the Lender has the right to deduct the capital from the Borrower’s any account in Evergrowing Bank to pay it off. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law and it shall not be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the related account.
10.2 After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower about the related account, the contract number of the Loan Agreement, the document number of the Loan Certificate, the deducted amount and the remaining debt balance.
10.3 If the deducted amount is not enough to pay off all the debts of the Borrower, it shall be used to compensate for the due fees first. If the principal and interest is overdue for less than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the interest or default interest due and then be used to pay the principal due. If the principal and interest are overdue for more than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the principal due, and then be used to pay the interest or default interest due.
10.4 If the currency of deducted amount is different from the currency of the due amount, it shall be converted to the currency of due amount according to foreign exchange rate on that day.
DD Article 11 Notice
11.1 All of the contact information that the Borrower fills out in this Agreement (including contact address, telephone number and fax number) is real and effective. If any contact information is changed, the Borrower shall give written notice of the changed information to the contact address that the Lender provides in this Agreement. Only after the Lender has actually received the notice of changed information and has updated relevant records, can this information change comes into effect.
11.2 Until this Agreement provides otherwise, any notice that Lender gives to the Borrower can be given by the following ways. The Lender has the right to choose the approach of notice which it deems proper, and under any circumstance, the Lender does not bear responsibilities for any transmission errors, omissions, or deferral happened in mails, faxes, telephones or any other contact systems. If the Lender chooses several contact ways at the same time, the one that reaches the Borrower more quickly shall prevail.
(1) Announcement: the service date is the day when the Lender announces on its websites, online bank, telephone bank or sales departments.
(2) Personal service: the service date is the day when the Borrower signs the notice.
(3) Mail delivery (including EMS, ordinary mail and registered mail) to the Borrower’s contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the third day after the mailing date (in the same city) or the fifth day after the mailing date (different city) (even the mail may be returned).
(4) Faxes or other electronic contact methods to the Borrower’s fax number or electronic contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the sending day.
DD Article 12 Information Disclosure and Confidentiality
12.1 The Lender shall take the responsibility of keeping confidential for the Borrower’s trade secrets and other information and materials which are marked as confidential, except following situations:
(1) Information is required to disclose according to laws and regulations or listing rules;
(2) Information that is required to disclose by judicial departments or government departments;
(3) Information that shall be disclosed to the external professional advisers of the Lender;
(4) Information that the Borrower agrees or authorizes the Lender to disclose.
12.2 Under the following circumstances, the Borrower agrees that Evergrowing Bank can use or disclose all the information and materials related to the Borrower, including but not limited to the basic information, credit transaction information and other relevant information and materials. The Borrower is willing to take responsibility for any results caused by it.
(1) For the following purposes, disclose to or permit usage of such information and materials by outsourcing agencies, the third party service providers, other financial agencies and other agencies or persons which Evergrowing Bank considers necessary, including but not limited to, other branches of Evergrowing Bank or subsidiary companies owned or partially owned by Evergrowing Bank: ¨ to conduct the loan transactions or is related to loan transactions, such as promoting Evergrowing Bank’s loan, collecting dues of the Borrower, and transfer of the creditor’s right; ¨ to let the Lender offer or may offer new products, new services or further services for the Borrower; ¨ to better maintain, manage and improve client relationships.
(2) Provide such information and materials to the China Credit Information Center and other credit information agencies or Credit Information Database established with the approval of The People's Bank of China.
(3) Use or permit a third party to use such information and materials on the basis of confidentiality for the purpose of business operation, management, statistics, analyses, and risk control.
Article 13 Law Application and Dispute Resolution
The Agreement applies to PRC laws. The disputes of the Agreement shall be submitted to the local court at the Lender’s residence. During the period of the dispute, the provisions without disputes shall continue to be fulfilled by both parties.
Article 14 Other Provisions
DD 14.1 The Borrower agrees that the Lender can enquiry and keep the Borrower’s credit information for loan application and post-loan management.
DD 14.2 The Lender doesn’t bear any responsibility for the failure to issue loans on schedule or handle payment if the failure is caused by force majeure , communication failure, network failure, or the malfunction of Lender’s system. However, the Lender shall inform the Borrower in time.
14.3 Phrases referred to in the Agreement including affiliate, related-party transaction and main investor individual have the same meaning with those in Accounting Standards for Business Enterprises No. 36— Affiliate Disclosure (Finance and Accounting Department [2006] No. 3) and its later revised edition.
14.4 The Agreement’s Loan Certificate, Loan Withdrawal Application Form, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney and relevant documents and materials confirmed by both two parties are indispensable parts of the Agreement.
14.5 If the Borrower avoids monitor of the Lender, defaults on principal and interest of the loan, maliciously evades repayment obligations for loans and so on, the Lender has the right to report its behaviors to relevant departments and publicize them on news media.
14.6 The Agreement comes into effect after the Borrower’s legal representative (person in charge) or authorized representative signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal, and Lender’s person in charge or authorized representative also signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal.
DD 14.7 When signing the Agreement, the Lender and the Borrower have clearly read and understood all the provisions of the Agreement. Both parties have no doubt about all the provisions and interpretations of the Agreement and correctly understand the rights and duties clauses, and the legal meaning of the limitation and waiver of liability clauses.
14.8 The Agreement is made out in two copies. The Borrower holds one copy/copies. The Lender holds one copy/copies. ___ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies.
Article 15 Other Matters
The appointed warning line for the pledge rate of this loan is 85%, and the disposal line for the pledge rate is 95%. When the loan pledge rate reaches the warning line, the Borrower shall be required to pay the loan or increase the relevant amount of gold and cash deposit before the risk coverage reaches to the loan disposal line. The collateral addition shall ensure the pledge rate to reach 80%. Once the loan pledge rate reaches the disposal line, the processing bank has right to begin the process to dispose the collateral without informing the client.
(There is no text below in this page)
The Borrower has read all the provisions above. The Lender has made corresponding explanations as required by the Borrower. The Borrower has no dissent on all clauses. |
Exhibit 10.17
No. 2016 280003240021
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Evergrowing Bank
Signing Location: Yantai , China
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Important Notice to Borrower Please read the whole Agreement carefully, especially the provisions marked as DD . If you have any questions, please ask the Lender timely to explain. |
Borrower (The Borrower): _ Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd
Legal Representative/ Principal: Zhihong Jia
Address: Te #15 Huangpu Technology Park, Jiang An District, Wuhan Postcode: 430023
Telephone: __ 027-65660346 _____ Fax: 027-65660703
Lender (The Lender): Evergrowing Bank Co., Ltd. _ Yantai Huanshan Road Branch
Legal Representative/Principal: __ Shuyun Zhang
Address: _ No. 116 Huanshan Road, Zhifu District, Yantai City Postcode: 264000
Telephone: _ 0535-6621197 _____________ Fax: 0535-6621197
Since the Borrower applies for loan from the Lender, to specify the rights and obligations of both parties, the Borrower and the Lender reach consensus through consultation and agree with following agreement.
Article 1 Loan
1.1 Currency: RMB .
1.2 The amount of loan under the Agreement is: _ ONE HUNDRED MILLION.
1.3 This loan should be used for Purchasing Gold only.
1.4 The life of loan under the Agreement is from 3/24/2016 to 3/21/2018 .
The life of loan is from the date of issuing the first loan under this Agreement to the date when Borrower pays back the principal and interest under the Agreement.
Article 2 Interest Rate of Loan and Interest Settlement
2.1 The interest rate of loan under the Agreement uses the way in _2.1.1__ as follows:
2.1.1 Fixed rate, i.e. __7_%. (Year) During the life of loan, it is unchangeable and will not adjust basing on national interest.
2.1.2 Floating interest rate, i.e. ___/__ (choose “rising” or “lowering”) __/__% based on the benchmark interest rate of value date. If the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate during the loan term, following / is used as the interest rate adjustment date:
(1) | The adjustment is made monthly, once per month. |
(2) | The adjustment is made quarterly, once per quarter. |
(3) | The adjustment is made every half year, once per half year. |
(4) | The adjustment is made every year, once per year. |
If the People’s Bank of China changes the benchmark interest rate into floating interest or calls the benchmark interest rate, the parties should adjust the loan interest under mutual discussion, but the interest after the adjustment should be not lower than the interest before; if after ___/__ month from the date when the People’s Bank of China adjusts the interest, the two parties have not reached a consensus regarding the adjusted interest rate, the Lender has right to declare the acceleration of maturity regarding the loan under this Agreement.
2.1.3 / (foreign currency) interest / ;
2.1.4 / .
2.2 Interest settlement
2.2.1 Daily interest = monthly interest rate / 30, monthly interest rate = annual interest rate/12.
2.2.2 Normal interest = agreed rate of interest under this agreement × loan amount × usage days been used. The usage days should start from the lending day to the date of expiry.
2.2.3 The interest settlement of loan under the Agreement is based on the following __SECOND__ way. When the loan expires, the principal and interest should be repaid. The interest settlement date is the interest payment date.
(1) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of last month of every season; |
(2) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of every month. |
2.3 Default interest
2.3.1 If the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, or the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline and has not reached agreement on extension with the Lender (so it is overdue loan), the Lender has the right to get the default interest for the misappropriated loan or overdue loan according to the default interest rate under this Agreement.
2.3.2 If the loan currency is RMB, when the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline, the default interest rate will increase by 50% regarding the overdue loan; when the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, the loan interest rate will increase by 100% regarding the misappropriated loan. If the People’s Bank of China adjusted the benchmark interest rate, the floating interest loan is overdue or misappropriated, the Lender has the right to adjust the default interest rate, and applies the new default interest since the interest adjustment date of the People’s Bank of China. If the loan currency is foreign currency, the default interest rate is: increase / basing on the agreed interest rate.
2.4 If the Borrower repays or the Lender calls in loan in advance, the relevant interest will not be adjusted and the agreed interest rate still applies.
Article 3 Issuance, Payment and Repayment of Loan
3.1 The Borrower can draw the loan amount by several allocations, but the sum of all allocations does not exceed the amount provided by Article 1. The drawing shall comply with following allocation plan:
Drawing Date | Drawing Amount |
3/24/2016 | ONE HUNDRED MILLION |
\ | \ |
DD 3.2 The Lender is only obliged to loan when the following conditions are met constantly:
(1) | The Borrower has completed all the relevant legal procedures including the government license, approval, registration and other legal procedures required by the Borrower, and such legal procedures are continuously effective; |
(2) | The guarantee agreement (if any) under this Agreement has taken effect and will be continuously effective; if the guarantee agreement is pledge agreement and/or mortgage agreement, the guarantee right has been set and will be continuously effective; |
(3) | The Borrower’s operation and financial status does not have any substantial adverse changes; |
(4) | The Borrower does not violate this Agreement; |
(5) | The way of this loan payment is consistent with the Agreement; if the lender entrusted payment is the payment way, the Lender agrees to pay; |
(6) | If the loan is issued in foreign currency, the Borrower has already opened the relevant account according to the management requirement of foreign exchange and provided the documents showing that the loan conforms the relevant foreign exchange policy, including but not limited to, effective foreign exchange purpose documentary evidence, registration or approval documents. |
(7) | The Borrower has already opened the capital recovery account according to Article 3.9; |
(8) | _______/___________________________________________________________. |
3.3 The Borrower appointed the account below as the loan account:
Account Name : Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd.
Account No.: 853528010122803329
Bank Name : Evergrowing Bank.
3.4 The actual date of lending and the amount is subject to the Loan Certificate.
3.5 The Borrower shall go through the drawing procedure at least three bank business days in advance, send the application to the Lender to meet the capital payment need for the future / days, and clarify the way of payment (entrusted payment by the Lender or the direct payment by the Borrower).
3.6 Entrusted payment by the Lender is that after the loan is issued pursuant to this Agreement, the Lender pays the loan to the counterparty of the Borrower who conforms to the agreed purposes of the Agreement, according to the entrusted payment power of attorney of the Borrower.
The lender entrusted payment is used if any of the conditions below is met:
(1) The amount of one payment is more than / (this amount is the limit of entrusted payment).
(2) / .
If the entrusted payment of the Lender is the way of capital payment, the Borrower should send Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney. The Lender reviews the Credit Usage Application, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney, Loan Certificate and relevant payment transaction documents (including but not limited commercial contract, invoices and goods receipts). If the application conforms with this Agreement and the relevant payment transaction documents, the Lender will pay the loan capital to the counterparty of the Borrower according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement. If the planned payment of the Borrower is not in compliance with the this Agreement, the corresponding commerce agreement, proof materials or has any other default, the Lender has the right to refuse to pay and return the payment power of attorney submitted by the Borrower.
If the Lender agrees to pay, but since the information provided by the Borrower is wrong so it can’t be paid, or the payment is refunded, the Borrower shall resubmit relevant certificate and documents with correct information before the deadline provided by the Lender. The Lender does not bear the loss of the Borrower caused by the payment failure.
If the Lender pays to the wrong party because the information provided by the Borrower is wrong, the Lender does not bear any responsibility to the Borrower. The Borrower still needs to repay the principal and the interest for the part of wrong payment.
3.7 Direct payment by the Borrower means, after the Lender pays the loan to the account of the Borrower according to this Agreement, the Borrower directly pays to its counterparty according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement.
For loan amount payment not exceeding / Yuan, and the Borrower and the Lender do not agree to adopt entrusted payment, the direct payment by the Borrower will be used.
If direct payment is used, the Lender has the right to examine if the loan payment conforms to the agreed purposes by ways such as account analysis, certificate review, and on-site investigation. The Borrower shall cooperate with the Lender about the examination.
3.8 The Borrower shall pay back according to the deadline in Article 1.4 and following plan. If the Loan Certificate states a deadline different with this Agreement, the Loan Certificate prevails.
Repayment Deadline | Repayment Amount | |
3/21/2018 | ONE HUNDRED MILLION |
3.9 Loan capital recovery account.
The Borrower shall open specialized loan capital recovery account from the Lender ( Account Name: / Account No.: /, Bank Name: /) , so the Lender can recover the loan capital. The capital recovery account is used to receive the relevant sales revenue or planned repayment capital. If the relevant sales revenue are calculated in non-cash way, the Borrower shall insure that the capital is allocated to the recovery account on time after receipt. In the meanwhile, the Borrower shall provide the loan capital recovery account details to the Lender / (week/ month/ quarter).
DD 3.10 If the Lender receives loans in advance according to Article 8 of this Agreement, it deems that the loan deadline advances accordingly.
DD 3.11 If the Borrower prepays the loan, the Borrower shall send the application in writing 30 days in advance for consent by the Lender. When the Borrower prepays the loan, the Lender has the right to charge the loan interest according to the Agreement in the actual loan period, and charges the repayment procedure fee which is __/_ % of the prepaid capital.
DD 3.12 The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes that when any of the situations under Article 8 or 9 happens, the Lender can withdraw principal and interest from any account of the Borrower. The Borrower agrees to give up any right of defense.
DD Article 4 Warrant
The guaranty contracts are as follow:
1) 2016 Chattel Pledge No. 280003240021, Chattel Pledge Agreement , the way of warrant: Pledge , warrantor: Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd .
2) 2016 Guaranty No. 280003240021, Guaranty Agreement , the way of warrant: Guaranty , warrantor: Zhihong Jia.
Article 5 Representations and Warranties of the Borrower
5.1 The Borrower is an independent civil subject set in accordance with the law, has all the necessary civil rights capability and civil action capability; and has the ability to fulfill the obligations of the Agreement and take civil responsibility.
5.2 Signing and fulfilling the Agreement is the Borrower’s true intention, and has gone through all the necessary approvals and authorization, and there is no legal flaw.
5.3 The operation and business of the Borrower is legal and in compliance. The Borrower has the ability of continuing operation, it has legal repayment source, and it does not have material bad credit record. The management team of the Borrower has no bad record.
5.4 The circulating fund loan matters are in compliance with the law.
5.5 The Borrower shall provide complete, true and accurate, effective documents, statements, materials and information on time according to the Lender’s requirement. The Borrower never hides any information that will give bad influence to its financial condition and ability of repayment. There is no material adverse change to the Borrower’s financial condition since the date of the latest financial statement.
5.6 When signing the Agreement, the Borrower is not a shareholder or “actual controller” under the Company Law of the guarantor, and has no plan to be a shareholder or actual controller of the guarantor, or the guarantor has provided its shareholder resolution about agreeing to provide guaranty to the Borrower.
DD 5.7 Before paying off all debt under the Agreement, the Borrower’s financial target should be controlled in :
(1) Asset-liability ratio should not be higher than _/__%;
(2) Liquidity ratio should not be lower than _/_%;
(3) Quick ratio should not be lower than _/__%;
(4) The balance of external guarantee should not be higher than _/_% of net assets;
(5) __/_______________________________________
5.8 The Borrower promises that it will cooperate with the Lender regarding loan payment management, the post-loan management and relevant examination.
5.9 Before external investment, material increase of debt financing, merge, split, equity transfer and other material matters, the Borrower should get permission from the Lender first.
5.10 The Lender has the right to call back the loan in advance according to the capital recovery situation of the Borrower.
5.11 The Borrower should inform the Lender timely if any material disadvantage issues happened that would affect the ability of taking back the loan of the Lender.
Article 6 The Rights and Obligations of the Lender
6.1 The Lender has right to call back the loan capital, interest (including default interest for expiration and misuse) according to the Agreement, charge the fees payable by the Borrower, has right to call back the loan in advance according to the Borrower’s capital recovery situation, and exercise other rights under the Agreement or under the law.
6.2 During the process of exercising the Agreement, the Lender checks the documents provided by the Borrower. If the Lender cannot complete the entrusted payment on time because the Borrower provided untrue, inaccurate or incomplete documents or the Borrower conducts the payment in violation of this Agreement, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
6.3 If the lending or the payment failed because of the frozen loan account or the payment account appointed by the Borrower or because of any other reasons, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
Article 7 The Rights and Obligations of the Borrower
7.1 The Borrower shall repay the loan and interest under the Agreement according to the timing, amount and currency agreed in this Agreement.
The Borrower shall allocate the sales revenue or planed repayment into the capital recovery account timely, and shall provide capital flow details of the capital recovery account according to the Agreement’s requirement.
7.2 The Borrower shall not divert the loan under the Agreement to other purposes, shall not use the loan to invest in fixed assets or equity, or areas and uses for production and operation forbidden by the country.
The Borrower shall pay the loan capital according to the Agreement, shall not avoid the lender entrusted payment by breaking the whole into the parts. The loan capital payment shall comply with the Agreement rules if the borrower direct payment is adopted.
7.3 The Borrower shall provide the record and materials regarding the loan amount usage to the Lender each / (week/month/quarter).
DD 7.4 The Borrower shall bear the expenses under the Agreement, including but not limited to the notary fee and the appraisal fee.
The Borrower shall bear the loan capital clearing fee (including the lender entrusted payment and the borrower direct payment), and shall pay in full the relevant fees on time according to the fee items, rates and timing required by the Lender. The payment may be processed through People’s Bank payment system or the clearing system in the same city.
DD 7.5 The Borrower shall follow the Lender’s business regulations and operation customs related to the loan business, including but not limited to cooperating with the Lender to manage the loan payment system and check the utilization of the loan and the Borrower’s operation, and timely providing the Lender financial reports, loan payment usage record and materials, information of affiliates and related party transactions, other documents and information, and guarantee that provided materials are all valid, true and complete.
DD 7.6 The Borrower shall notify the Lender for any of the following events at least 30 days in advance, and shall not act before paying off all of the loan principal and interest under this Agreement or providing the payment schedule and guaranty approved by the Lender:
(1) Address material assets or all or most of the materials assets by sale, gift, lease, lend, transfer, guarantee, pledge or other ways;
(2) There is or may be material change to the operation system or ownership organization form, including but not limited to contracting, renting, joint venture, corporation reform, share cooperation reform, enterprise sale, M&A, joint operation, split, setting subsidiary, ownership transfer, capital decrease;
(3) There is other situation of losing or has possibility of losing the ability to repay debt;
DD 7.7 The Borrower shall inform the Lender with a written notice at least 7 days in advance if any of the below situations happened or might happen:
(1) The Borrower or its affiliates modify its bylaws, change its industry and commerce registration matters such as articles of incorporation, enterprise name, legal representative, domicile, mailing address or business scope or makes decisions with material effect to finance or personnel;
(2) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor plans to file bankruptcy or may have been filed bankruptcy by the creditor;
(3) The Borrower or its affiliates involve in major lawsuits, arbitrations, administrative measures, or the main property or guaranty under this Agreement has been conducted property attachment or other enforcement measures, or, the safe and complete status of the main property or guaranty under this Agreement is or may have been impacted or the value decreased or it is possible to decrease;
(4) The Borrower or its affiliates provide guarantee for a third party so it causes major adverse implication to its economic status, financial status, or the ability of performing the obligations under this Agreement;
(5) The Borrower or its affiliates sign an agreement which has major implication to its operation and financial status;
(6) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, is repealed or is revoked business license;
(7) The Borrower or its affiliates, the major investor individual of the Borrower or its affiliates, the legal representative (responsible person), director or senior manager of the Borrower or its affiliates disappears, involves in violation of the laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules or appears abnormal changes;
(8) The Borrower or its affiliates have serious operational problems, its financial situation deteriorates, or any other events happened which have negative impact on the Borrower or its affiliates’ operation, financial condition, the ability of repayment or the economic status;
(9) Related party transaction happens, and the transaction amount reaches to or beyond 10% of the latest audited net asset;
(10) Before paying off the debts under the Agreement, the Borrower is or might become a shareholder of the guarantor or the “actual controller” defined by the Company Law;
(11) The Borrower or its affiliate breaks the laws and regulations, rules of supervision, national policy or industry standards and results in liability accident or is exposed by media;
(12) The relationship of controlling or being controlled between the Borrower and its affiliates changes;
(13) Any material negative events that will impact the ability of loan repayment of the Borrower or its affiliates.
DD 7.8 When the guaranty under the Agreement changes and disadvantages the right of the Lender as a creditor, the Borrower should timely provide other guaranty approved by the Lender according to the Lender’s requirement.
“Change” under this article includes but not limited to: the guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, business license is repealed or is revoked, file or is filed for bankruptcy; material change happens to the guarantor’s operational or financial condition; the guarantor involves in significant lawsuit, arbitration, administrative measures, attachment or other compulsory measures are conducted to its major asset; the value of collateral decreases or may decrease or is conducted attachment or other compulsory measures; the sound condition of the collateral is affected or might be affected; the guarantor or its legal representative (responsible person) or the major manager of the guarantor is involved in violation laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules; the guarantor disappears or dies (or declaring death) if the guarantor is an individual; the guarantor violates the Guaranty Agreement; the Guarantor and the Borrower have disputes; the Guarantor requires to dissolve the Guaranty Agreement; the Guaranty Agreement is not effective, invalid or cancelled; the guaranty right is unset or invalid; other events impact the safety of the Lender’s creditor’s right.
7.9 Open a loan capital recovery account according to the Article 3.9 of this Agreement.
DD Article 8 Call Back the Loan in advance
If any of the situations at bellow happens, the Lender has the right to stop paying the loan unused by the Borrower, unilaterally declare that the issued loan principal under the Agreement is expired in advance, and require the Borrower to pay back all the loan principal and interest immediately, and has the right to deduct capital directly from the Borrower’s any account. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law specially so it shall not to be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the deducted account.
(1) | The Borrower does not pay the interest on time; |
(2) | The Borrower provides untrue financial reports and materials; |
(3) | The Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(4) | Any of the events in the Articles 7.6, 7.7 happened, and the Lender believes it will endanger the loan safety; |
(5) | The Borrower’s financial index is out of range of the Article 5.6; |
(6) | The Lender believes that the Borrower should prepay the loan according to the the situation of the Borrower’s capital recovery; |
(7) | The issuance of the loan under this Agreement by the Lender causes or may cause law violation because of the changed supervision regulation; |
(8) | When the Borrower is performing other contracts with the Lender or with a third party, it has violation or the debt may expire in advance or has been declared expired in advance; |
(9) | Other situations that might endanger the loan capital safety. |
DD Article 9 Defaults and Dispositions
9.1 If any following matters happen to the Borrower, it is considered as default:
(1) | Fails to repay the loan principal and interest on time in accordance with the Agreement; |
(2) | Violates the representations and warranties of the Article 5 in the Agreement; |
(3) | Violates the obligations of the Borrower under the Article 7 in the Agreement; |
(4) | Fails to use the loan amount in the agreed way, or avoid Lender entrusted payment in a way by breaking up the whole into pieces; |
(5) | Fails to open the loan capital recovery account pursuant to the Agreement; |
(6) | Material cross-default happens; |
(7) | Violates other articles of this Agreement. |
9.2 After default, the Lender has the right to adopt one or more of measures as below:
(1) | Corrects default with deadline; |
(2) | Adjusts the amount threshold of the loan capital entrusted payment or the payment way of the loan capital; |
(3) | Stops withdrawal by the Borrower; |
(4) | Dissolves the loan agreement, and requires the Borrower to pay off expired or unexpired loan principal, interest and other dues; |
(5) | Requires the Borrower to pay overdue default interest if the loan is overdue; |
(6) | Requires the Borrower to pay misappropriation default interest if the Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(7) | Deducts owed loan principal and interest from any account that the Borrower has at Evergrowing Bank; |
(8) | Pursues the loan principal and interest by the legal ways, and all fees paid to claim the credit (including but not limited to collecting fees, litigation fees, arbitration fees, property attachment fees, enforcement fees, attorney’s fees, case fees, declaration fees, appraisal fees, audit fees and so on) shall be borne by the Borrower. |
9.3 If the guarantor (i.e. warrantor, mortgagor, pledgor) has any following situation, the Lender has the right to adopt the measures according to Article 9.2:
(1) | The warrantor violates the Warrant Agreement, its credit status deteriorates, or other event happens which decreases its warrant ability; |
(2) | The mortgagor violates the Mortgage Agreement, or breaks the mortgage, or the value of the mortgage may decrease or has decreased substantially, or other event happens which harm the mortgage right of the Lender happen; |
(3) | The pledgor violates the Pledge Agreement, or the value of the pledge has decreased or may have decreased, or the pledge right has to be realized before the loan is paid off, or other event happens which harms the pledge right of the Lender. |
DD Article 10 Deduction Arrangement
10.1 The Borrower authorizes that, if there is any due and payable loan principal, interest, default interest or other fess, the Lender has the right to deduct the capital from the Borrower’s any account in Evergrowing Bank to pay it off. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law and it shall not be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the related account.
10.2 After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower about the related account, the contract number of the Loan Agreement, the document number of the Loan Certificate, the deducted amount and the remaining debt balance.
10.3 If the deducted amount is not enough to pay off all the debts of the Borrower, it shall be used to compensate for the due fees first. If the principal and interest is overdue for less than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the interest or default interest due and then be used to pay the principal due. If the principal and interest are overdue for more than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the principal due, and then be used to pay the interest or default interest due.
10.4 If the currency of deducted amount is different from the currency of the due amount, it shall be converted to the currency of due amount according to foreign exchange rate on that day.
DD Article 11 Notice
11.1 All of the contact information that the Borrower fills out in this Agreement (including contact address, telephone number and fax number) is real and effective. If any contact information is changed, the Borrower shall give written notice of the changed information to the contact address that the Lender provides in this Agreement. Only after the Lender has actually received the notice of changed information and has updated relevant records, can this information change comes into effect.
11.2 Until this Agreement provides otherwise, any notice that Lender gives to the Borrower can be given by the following ways. The Lender has the right to choose the approach of notice which it deems proper, and under any circumstance, the Lender does not bear responsibilities for any transmission errors, omissions, or deferral happened in mails, faxes, telephones or any other contact systems. If the Lender chooses several contact ways at the same time, the one that reaches the Borrower more quickly shall prevail.
(1) Announcement: the service date is the day when the Lender announces on its websites, online bank, telephone bank or sales departments.
(2) Personal service: the service date is the day when the Borrower signs the notice.
(3) Mail delivery (including EMS, ordinary mail and registered mail) to the Borrower’s contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the third day after the mailing date (in the same city) or the fifth day after the mailing date (different city) (even the mail may be returned).
(4) Faxes or other electronic contact methods to the Borrower’s fax number or electronic contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the sending day.
DD Article 12 Information Disclosure and Confidentiality
12.1 The Lender shall take the responsibility of keeping confidential for the Borrower’s trade secrets and other information and materials which are marked as confidential, except following situations:
(1) Information is required to disclose according to laws and regulations or listing rules;
(2) Information that is required to disclose by judicial departments or government departments;
(3) Information that shall be disclosed to the external professional advisers of the Lender;
(4) Information that the Borrower agrees or authorizes the Lender to disclose.
12.2 Under the following circumstances, the Borrower agrees that Evergrowing Bank can use or disclose all the information and materials related to the Borrower, including but not limited to the basic information, credit transaction information and other relevant information and materials. The Borrower is willing to take responsibility for any results caused by it.
(1) For the following purposes, disclose to or permit usage of such information and materials by outsourcing agencies, the third party service providers, other financial agencies and other agencies or persons which Evergrowing Bank considers necessary, including but not limited to, other branches of Evergrowing Bank or subsidiary companies owned or partially owned by Evergrowing Bank: ¨ to conduct the loan transactions or is related to loan transactions, such as promoting Evergrowing Bank’s loan, collecting dues of the Borrower, and transfer of the creditor’s right; ¨ to let the Lender offer or may offer new products, new services or further services for the Borrower; ¨ to better maintain, manage and improve client relationships.
(2) Provide such information and materials to the China Credit Information Center and other credit information agencies or Credit Information Database established with the approval of The People's Bank of China.
(3) Use or permit a third party to use such information and materials on the basis of confidentiality for the purpose of business operation, management, statistics, analyses, and risk control.
Article 13 Law Application and Dispute Resolution
The Agreement applies to PRC laws. The disputes of the Agreement shall be submitted to the local court at the Lender’s residence. During the period of the dispute, the provisions without disputes shall continue to be fulfilled by both parties.
Article 14 Other Provisions
DD 14.1 The Borrower agrees that the Lender can enquiry and keep the Borrower’s credit information for loan application and post-loan management.
DD 14.2 The Lender doesn’t bear any responsibility for the failure to issue loans on schedule or handle payment if the failure is caused by force majeure , communication failure, network failure, or the malfunction of Lender’s system. However, the Lender shall inform the Borrower in time.
14.3 Phrases referred to in the Agreement including affiliate, related-party transaction and main investor individual have the same meaning with those in Accounting Standards for Business Enterprises No. 36— Affiliate Disclosure (Finance and Accounting Department [2006] No. 3) and its later revised edition.
14.4 The Agreement’s Loan Certificate, Loan Withdrawal Application Form, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney and relevant documents and materials confirmed by both two parties are indispensable parts of the Agreement.
14.5 If the Borrower avoids monitor of the Lender, defaults on principal and interest of the loan, maliciously evades repayment obligations for loans and so on, the Lender has the right to report its behaviors to relevant departments and publicize them on news media.
14.6 The Agreement comes into effect after the Borrower’s legal representative (person in charge) or authorized representative signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal, and Lender’s person in charge or authorized representative also signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal.
DD 14.7 When signing the Agreement, the Lender and the Borrower have clearly read and understood all the provisions of the Agreement. Both parties have no doubt about all the provisions and interpretations of the Agreement and correctly understand the rights and duties clauses, and the legal meaning of the limitation and waiver of liability clauses.
14.8 The Agreement is made out in two copies. The Borrower holds one copy/copies. The Lender holds one copy/copies. ___ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies.
Article 15 Other Matters
The appointed warning line for the pledge rate of this loan is 85%, and the disposal line for the pledge rate is 95%. When the loan pledge rate reaches the warning line, the Borrower shall be required to pay the loan or increase the relevant amount of gold and cash deposit before the risk coverage reaches to the loan disposal line. The collateral addition shall ensure the pledge rate to reach 80%. Once the loan pledge rate reaches the disposal line, the processing bank has right to begin the process to dispose the collateral without informing the client.
(There is no text below in this page)
The Borrower has read all the provisions above. The Lender has made corresponding explanations as required by the Borrower. The Borrower has no dissent on all clauses. |
Exhibit 10.18
No. 2016 280003240031
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Evergrowing Bank
Signing Location: Yantai , China
Loan Agreement of Circulating Funds
Important Notice to Borrower Please read the whole Agreement carefully, especially the provisions marked as DD . If you have any questions, please ask the Lender timely to explain. |
Borrower (The Borrower): _ Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd
Legal Representative/ Principal: Zhihong Jia
Address: Te #15 Huangpu Technology Park, Jiang An District, Wuhan Postcode: 430023
Telephone: __ 027-65660346 _____ Fax: 027-65660703
Lender (The Lender): Evergrowing Bank Co., Ltd. _ Yantai Huanshan Road Branch
Legal Representative/Principal: __ Shuyun Zhang
Address: _ No. 116 Huanshan Road, Zhifu District, Yantai City Postcode: 264000
Telephone: _ 0535-6621197 _____________ Fax: 0535-6621197
Since the Borrower applies for loan from the Lender, to specify the rights and obligations of both parties, the Borrower and the Lender reach consensus through consultation and agree with following agreement.
Article 1 Loan
1.1 Currency: RMB .
1.2 The amount of loan under the Agreement is: _ ONE HUNDRED MILLION.
1.3 This loan should be used for Purchasing Gold only.
1.4 The life of loan under the Agreement is from 3/24/2016 to 3/21/2018 .
The life of loan is from the date of issuing the first loan under this Agreement to the date when Borrower pays back the principal and interest under the Agreement.
Article 2 Interest Rate of Loan and Interest Settlement
2.1 The interest rate of loan under the Agreement uses the way in _2.1.1__ as follows:
2.1.1 Fixed rate, i.e. __7_%. (Year) During the life of loan, it is unchangeable and will not adjust basing on national interest.
2.1.2 Floating interest rate, i.e. ___/__ (choose “rising” or “lowering”) __/__% based on the benchmark interest rate of value date. If the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate during the loan term, following / is used as the interest rate adjustment date:
(1) | The adjustment is made monthly, once per month. |
(2) | The adjustment is made quarterly, once per quarter. |
(3) | The adjustment is made every half year, once per half year. |
(4) | The adjustment is made every year, once per year. |
If the People’s Bank of China changes the benchmark interest rate into floating interest or calls the benchmark interest rate, the parties should adjust the loan interest under mutual discussion, but the interest after the adjustment should be not lower than the interest before; if after ___/__ month from the date when the People’s Bank of China adjusts the interest, the two parties have not reached a consensus regarding the adjusted interest rate, the Lender has right to declare the acceleration of maturity regarding the loan under this Agreement.
2.1.3 / (foreign currency) interest / ;
2.1.4 / .
2.2 Interest settlement
2.2.1 Daily interest = monthly interest rate / 30, monthly interest rate = annual interest rate/12.
2.2.2 Normal interest = agreed rate of interest under this agreement × loan amount × usage days been used. The usage days should start from the lending day to the date of expiry.
2.2.3 The interest settlement of loan under the Agreement is based on the following __SECOND__ way. When the loan expires, the principal and interest should be repaid. The interest settlement date is the interest payment date.
(1) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of last month of every season; |
(2) | The interest is settled on the 20 th day of every month. |
2.3 Default interest
2.3.1 If the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, or the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline and has not reached agreement on extension with the Lender (so it is overdue loan), the Lender has the right to get the default interest for the misappropriated loan or overdue loan according to the default interest rate under this Agreement.
2.3.2 If the loan currency is RMB, when the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed deadline, the default interest rate will increase by 50% regarding the overdue loan; when the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the agreed purposes, the loan interest rate will increase by 100% regarding the misappropriated loan. If the People’s Bank of China adjusted the benchmark interest rate, the floating interest loan is overdue or misappropriated, the Lender has the right to adjust the default interest rate, and applies the new default interest since the interest adjustment date of the People’s Bank of China. If the loan currency is foreign currency, the default interest rate is: increase / basing on the agreed interest rate.
2.4 If the Borrower repays or the Lender calls in loan in advance, the relevant interest will not be adjusted and the agreed interest rate still applies.
Article 3 Issuance, Payment and Repayment of Loan
3.1 The Borrower can draw the loan amount by several allocations, but the sum of all allocations does not exceed the amount provided by Article 1. The drawing shall comply with following allocation plan:
Drawing Date | Drawing Amount |
3/24/2016 | ONE HUNDRED MILLION |
\ | \ |
DD 3.2 The Lender is only obliged to loan when the following conditions are met constantly:
(1) | The Borrower has completed all the relevant legal procedures including the government license, approval, registration and other legal procedures required by the Borrower, and such legal procedures are continuously effective; |
(2) | The guarantee agreement (if any) under this Agreement has taken effect and will be continuously effective; if the guarantee agreement is pledge agreement and/or mortgage agreement, the guarantee right has been set and will be continuously effective; |
(3) | The Borrower’s operation and financial status does not have any substantial adverse changes; |
(4) | The Borrower does not violate this Agreement; |
(5) | The way of this loan payment is consistent with the Agreement; if the lender entrusted payment is the payment way, the Lender agrees to pay; |
(6) | If the loan is issued in foreign currency, the Borrower has already opened the relevant account according to the management requirement of foreign exchange and provided the documents showing that the loan conforms the relevant foreign exchange policy, including but not limited to, effective foreign exchange purpose documentary evidence, registration or approval documents. |
(7) | The Borrower has already opened the capital recovery account according to Article 3.9; |
(8) | _______/___________________________________________________________. |
3.3 The Borrower appointed the account below as the loan account:
Account Name : Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd.
Account No.: 853528010122803329
Bank Name : Evergrowing Bank.
3.4 The actual date of lending and the amount is subject to the Loan Certificate.
3.5 The Borrower shall go through the drawing procedure at least three bank business days in advance, send the application to the Lender to meet the capital payment need for the future / days, and clarify the way of payment (entrusted payment by the Lender or the direct payment by the Borrower).
3.6 Entrusted payment by the Lender is that after the loan is issued pursuant to this Agreement, the Lender pays the loan to the counterparty of the Borrower who conforms to the agreed purposes of the Agreement, according to the entrusted payment power of attorney of the Borrower.
The lender entrusted payment is used if any of the conditions below is met:
(1) The amount of one payment is more than / (this amount is the limit of entrusted payment).
(2) / .
If the entrusted payment of the Lender is the way of capital payment, the Borrower should send Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney. The Lender reviews the Credit Usage Application, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney, Loan Certificate and relevant payment transaction documents (including but not limited commercial contract, invoices and goods receipts). If the application conforms with this Agreement and the relevant payment transaction documents, the Lender will pay the loan capital to the counterparty of the Borrower according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement. If the planned payment of the Borrower is not in compliance with the this Agreement, the corresponding commerce agreement, proof materials or has any other default, the Lender has the right to refuse to pay and return the payment power of attorney submitted by the Borrower.
If the Lender agrees to pay, but since the information provided by the Borrower is wrong so it can’t be paid, or the payment is refunded, the Borrower shall resubmit relevant certificate and documents with correct information before the deadline provided by the Lender. The Lender does not bear the loss of the Borrower caused by the payment failure.
If the Lender pays to the wrong party because the information provided by the Borrower is wrong, the Lender does not bear any responsibility to the Borrower. The Borrower still needs to repay the principal and the interest for the part of wrong payment.
3.7 Direct payment by the Borrower means, after the Lender pays the loan to the account of the Borrower according to this Agreement, the Borrower directly pays to its counterparty according to the agreed purposes of the Agreement.
For loan amount payment not exceeding / Yuan, and the Borrower and the Lender do not agree to adopt entrusted payment, the direct payment by the Borrower will be used.
If direct payment is used, the Lender has the right to examine if the loan payment conforms to the agreed purposes by ways such as account analysis, certificate review, and on-site investigation. The Borrower shall cooperate with the Lender about the examination.
3.8 The Borrower shall pay back according to the deadline in Article 1.4 and following plan. If the Loan Certificate states a deadline different with this Agreement, the Loan Certificate prevails.
Repayment Deadline | Repayment Amount | |
3/21/2018 | ONE HUNDRED MILLION |
3.9 Loan capital recovery account.
The Borrower shall open specialized loan capital recovery account from the Lender ( Account Name: / Account No.: /, Bank Name: /) , so the Lender can recover the loan capital. The capital recovery account is used to receive the relevant sales revenue or planned repayment capital. If the relevant sales revenue are calculated in non-cash way, the Borrower shall insure that the capital is allocated to the recovery account on time after receipt. In the meanwhile, the Borrower shall provide the loan capital recovery account details to the Lender / (week/ month/ quarter).
DD 3.10 If the Lender receives loans in advance according to Article 8 of this Agreement, it deems that the loan deadline advances accordingly.
DD 3.11 If the Borrower prepays the loan, the Borrower shall send the application in writing 30 days in advance for consent by the Lender. When the Borrower prepays the loan, the Lender has the right to charge the loan interest according to the Agreement in the actual loan period, and charges the repayment procedure fee which is __/_ % of the prepaid capital.
DD 3.12 The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes that when any of the situations under Article 8 or 9 happens, the Lender can withdraw principal and interest from any account of the Borrower. The Borrower agrees to give up any right of defense.
DD Article 4 Warrant
The guaranty contracts are as follow:
1) 2016 Chattel Pledge No. 280003240031, Chattel Pledge Agreement , the way of warrant: Pledge , warrantor: Wuhan Kingold Jewelry Co., Ltd .
2) 2016 Guaranty No. 280003240031, Guaranty Agreement , the way of warrant: Guaranty , warrantor: Zhihong Jia.
Article 5 Representations and Warranties of the Borrower
5.1 The Borrower is an independent civil subject set in accordance with the law, has all the necessary civil rights capability and civil action capability; and has the ability to fulfill the obligations of the Agreement and take civil responsibility.
5.2 Signing and fulfilling the Agreement is the Borrower’s true intention, and has gone through all the necessary approvals and authorization, and there is no legal flaw.
5.3 The operation and business of the Borrower is legal and in compliance. The Borrower has the ability of continuing operation, it has legal repayment source, and it does not have material bad credit record. The management team of the Borrower has no bad record.
5.4 The circulating fund loan matters are in compliance with the law.
5.5 The Borrower shall provide complete, true and accurate, effective documents, statements, materials and information on time according to the Lender’s requirement. The Borrower never hides any information that will give bad influence to its financial condition and ability of repayment. There is no material adverse change to the Borrower’s financial condition since the date of the latest financial statement.
5.6 When signing the Agreement, the Borrower is not a shareholder or “actual controller” under the Company Law of the guarantor, and has no plan to be a shareholder or actual controller of the guarantor, or the guarantor has provided its shareholder resolution about agreeing to provide guaranty to the Borrower.
DD 5.7 Before paying off all debt under the Agreement, the Borrower’s financial target should be controlled in :
(1) Asset-liability ratio should not be higher than _/__%;
(2) Liquidity ratio should not be lower than _/_%;
(3) Quick ratio should not be lower than _/__%;
(4) The balance of external guarantee should not be higher than _/_% of net assets;
(5) __/_______________________________________
5.8 The Borrower promises that it will cooperate with the Lender regarding loan payment management, the post-loan management and relevant examination.
5.9 Before external investment, material increase of debt financing, merge, split, equity transfer and other material matters, the Borrower should get permission from the Lender first.
5.10 The Lender has the right to call back the loan in advance according to the capital recovery situation of the Borrower.
5.11 The Borrower should inform the Lender timely if any material disadvantage issues happened that would affect the ability of taking back the loan of the Lender.
Article 6 The Rights and Obligations of the Lender
6.1 The Lender has right to call back the loan capital, interest (including default interest for expiration and misuse) according to the Agreement, charge the fees payable by the Borrower, has right to call back the loan in advance according to the Borrower’s capital recovery situation, and exercise other rights under the Agreement or under the law.
6.2 During the process of exercising the Agreement, the Lender checks the documents provided by the Borrower. If the Lender cannot complete the entrusted payment on time because the Borrower provided untrue, inaccurate or incomplete documents or the Borrower conducts the payment in violation of this Agreement, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
6.3 If the lending or the payment failed because of the frozen loan account or the payment account appointed by the Borrower or because of any other reasons, the Lender shall not undertake any responsibilities.
Article 7 The Rights and Obligations of the Borrower
7.1 The Borrower shall repay the loan and interest under the Agreement according to the timing, amount and currency agreed in this Agreement.
The Borrower shall allocate the sales revenue or planed repayment into the capital recovery account timely, and shall provide capital flow details of the capital recovery account according to the Agreement’s requirement.
7.2 The Borrower shall not divert the loan under the Agreement to other purposes, shall not use the loan to invest in fixed assets or equity, or areas and uses for production and operation forbidden by the country.
The Borrower shall pay the loan capital according to the Agreement, shall not avoid the lender entrusted payment by breaking the whole into the parts. The loan capital payment shall comply with the Agreement rules if the borrower direct payment is adopted.
7.3 The Borrower shall provide the record and materials regarding the loan amount usage to the Lender each / (week/month/quarter).
DD 7.4 The Borrower shall bear the expenses under the Agreement, including but not limited to the notary fee and the appraisal fee.
The Borrower shall bear the loan capital clearing fee (including the lender entrusted payment and the borrower direct payment), and shall pay in full the relevant fees on time according to the fee items, rates and timing required by the Lender. The payment may be processed through People’s Bank payment system or the clearing system in the same city.
DD 7.5 The Borrower shall follow the Lender’s business regulations and operation customs related to the loan business, including but not limited to cooperating with the Lender to manage the loan payment system and check the utilization of the loan and the Borrower’s operation, and timely providing the Lender financial reports, loan payment usage record and materials, information of affiliates and related party transactions, other documents and information, and guarantee that provided materials are all valid, true and complete.
DD 7.6 The Borrower shall notify the Lender for any of the following events at least 30 days in advance, and shall not act before paying off all of the loan principal and interest under this Agreement or providing the payment schedule and guaranty approved by the Lender:
(1) Address material assets or all or most of the materials assets by sale, gift, lease, lend, transfer, guarantee, pledge or other ways;
(2) There is or may be material change to the operation system or ownership organization form, including but not limited to contracting, renting, joint venture, corporation reform, share cooperation reform, enterprise sale, M&A, joint operation, split, setting subsidiary, ownership transfer, capital decrease;
(3) There is other situation of losing or has possibility of losing the ability to repay debt;
DD 7.7 The Borrower shall inform the Lender with a written notice at least 7 days in advance if any of the below situations happened or might happen:
(1) The Borrower or its affiliates modify its bylaws, change its industry and commerce registration matters such as articles of incorporation, enterprise name, legal representative, domicile, mailing address or business scope or makes decisions with material effect to finance or personnel;
(2) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor plans to file bankruptcy or may have been filed bankruptcy by the creditor;
(3) The Borrower or its affiliates involve in major lawsuits, arbitrations, administrative measures, or the main property or guaranty under this Agreement has been conducted property attachment or other enforcement measures, or, the safe and complete status of the main property or guaranty under this Agreement is or may have been impacted or the value decreased or it is possible to decrease;
(4) The Borrower or its affiliates provide guarantee for a third party so it causes major adverse implication to its economic status, financial status, or the ability of performing the obligations under this Agreement;
(5) The Borrower or its affiliates sign an agreement which has major implication to its operation and financial status;
(6) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, is repealed or is revoked business license;
(7) The Borrower or its affiliates, the major investor individual of the Borrower or its affiliates, the legal representative (responsible person), director or senior manager of the Borrower or its affiliates disappears, involves in violation of the laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules or appears abnormal changes;
(8) The Borrower or its affiliates have serious operational problems, its financial situation deteriorates, or any other events happened which have negative impact on the Borrower or its affiliates’ operation, financial condition, the ability of repayment or the economic status;
(9) Related party transaction happens, and the transaction amount reaches to or beyond 10% of the latest audited net asset;
(10) Before paying off the debts under the Agreement, the Borrower is or might become a shareholder of the guarantor or the “actual controller” defined by the Company Law;
(11) The Borrower or its affiliate breaks the laws and regulations, rules of supervision, national policy or industry standards and results in liability accident or is exposed by media;
(12) The relationship of controlling or being controlled between the Borrower and its affiliates changes;
(13) Any material negative events that will impact the ability of loan repayment of the Borrower or its affiliates.
DD 7.8 When the guaranty under the Agreement changes and disadvantages the right of the Lender as a creditor, the Borrower should timely provide other guaranty approved by the Lender according to the Lender’s requirement.
“Change” under this article includes but not limited to: the guarantor stops production, closes business, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, business license is repealed or is revoked, file or is filed for bankruptcy; material change happens to the guarantor’s operational or financial condition; the guarantor involves in significant lawsuit, arbitration, administrative measures, attachment or other compulsory measures are conducted to its major asset; the value of collateral decreases or may decrease or is conducted attachment or other compulsory measures; the sound condition of the collateral is affected or might be affected; the guarantor or its legal representative (responsible person) or the major manager of the guarantor is involved in violation laws and rules or the applicable exchange rules; the guarantor disappears or dies (or declaring death) if the guarantor is an individual; the guarantor violates the Guaranty Agreement; the Guarantor and the Borrower have disputes; the Guarantor requires to dissolve the Guaranty Agreement; the Guaranty Agreement is not effective, invalid or cancelled; the guaranty right is unset or invalid; other events impact the safety of the Lender’s creditor’s right.
7.9 Open a loan capital recovery account according to the Article 3.9 of this Agreement.
DD Article 8 Call Back the Loan in advance
If any of the situations at bellow happens, the Lender has the right to stop paying the loan unused by the Borrower, unilaterally declare that the issued loan principal under the Agreement is expired in advance, and require the Borrower to pay back all the loan principal and interest immediately, and has the right to deduct capital directly from the Borrower’s any account. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law specially so it shall not to be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the deducted account.
(1) | The Borrower does not pay the interest on time; |
(2) | The Borrower provides untrue financial reports and materials; |
(3) | The Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(4) | Any of the events in the Articles 7.6, 7.7 happened, and the Lender believes it will endanger the loan safety; |
(5) | The Borrower’s financial index is out of range of the Article 5.6; |
(6) | The Lender believes that the Borrower should prepay the loan according to the the situation of the Borrower’s capital recovery; |
(7) | The issuance of the loan under this Agreement by the Lender causes or may cause law violation because of the changed supervision regulation; |
(8) | When the Borrower is performing other contracts with the Lender or with a third party, it has violation or the debt may expire in advance or has been declared expired in advance; |
(9) | Other situations that might endanger the loan capital safety. |
DD Article 9 Defaults and Dispositions
9.1 If any following matters happen to the Borrower, it is considered as default:
(1) | Fails to repay the loan principal and interest on time in accordance with the Agreement; |
(2) | Violates the representations and warranties of the Article 5 in the Agreement; |
(3) | Violates the obligations of the Borrower under the Article 7 in the Agreement; |
(4) | Fails to use the loan amount in the agreed way, or avoid Lender entrusted payment in a way by breaking up the whole into pieces; |
(5) | Fails to open the loan capital recovery account pursuant to the Agreement; |
(6) | Material cross-default happens; |
(7) | Violates other articles of this Agreement. |
9.2 After default, the Lender has the right to adopt one or more of measures as below:
(1) | Corrects default with deadline; |
(2) | Adjusts the amount threshold of the loan capital entrusted payment or the payment way of the loan capital; |
(3) | Stops withdrawal by the Borrower; |
(4) | Dissolves the loan agreement, and requires the Borrower to pay off expired or unexpired loan principal, interest and other dues; |
(5) | Requires the Borrower to pay overdue default interest if the loan is overdue; |
(6) | Requires the Borrower to pay misappropriation default interest if the Borrower misappropriates the loan; |
(7) | Deducts owed loan principal and interest from any account that the Borrower has at Evergrowing Bank; |
(8) | Pursues the loan principal and interest by the legal ways, and all fees paid to claim the credit (including but not limited to collecting fees, litigation fees, arbitration fees, property attachment fees, enforcement fees, attorney’s fees, case fees, declaration fees, appraisal fees, audit fees and so on) shall be borne by the Borrower. |
9.3 If the guarantor (i.e. warrantor, mortgagor, pledgor) has any following situation, the Lender has the right to adopt the measures according to Article 9.2:
(1) | The warrantor violates the Warrant Agreement, its credit status deteriorates, or other event happens which decreases its warrant ability; |
(2) | The mortgagor violates the Mortgage Agreement, or breaks the mortgage, or the value of the mortgage may decrease or has decreased substantially, or other event happens which harm the mortgage right of the Lender happen; |
(3) | The pledgor violates the Pledge Agreement, or the value of the pledge has decreased or may have decreased, or the pledge right has to be realized before the loan is paid off, or other event happens which harms the pledge right of the Lender. |
DD Article 10 Deduction Arrangement
10.1 The Borrower authorizes that, if there is any due and payable loan principal, interest, default interest or other fess, the Lender has the right to deduct the capital from the Borrower’s any account in Evergrowing Bank to pay it off. After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower timely. If the Borrower can prove that the deducted capital is protected by law and it shall not be deducted, the Lender shall return the capital to the related account.
10.2 After the deduction, the Lender shall inform the Borrower about the related account, the contract number of the Loan Agreement, the document number of the Loan Certificate, the deducted amount and the remaining debt balance.
10.3 If the deducted amount is not enough to pay off all the debts of the Borrower, it shall be used to compensate for the due fees first. If the principal and interest is overdue for less than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the interest or default interest due and then be used to pay the principal due. If the principal and interest are overdue for more than 90 days, the balance shall be used to pay the principal due, and then be used to pay the interest or default interest due.
10.4 If the currency of deducted amount is different from the currency of the due amount, it shall be converted to the currency of due amount according to foreign exchange rate on that day.
DD Article 11 Notice
11.1 All of the contact information that the Borrower fills out in this Agreement (including contact address, telephone number and fax number) is real and effective. If any contact information is changed, the Borrower shall give written notice of the changed information to the contact address that the Lender provides in this Agreement. Only after the Lender has actually received the notice of changed information and has updated relevant records, can this information change comes into effect.
11.2 Until this Agreement provides otherwise, any notice that Lender gives to the Borrower can be given by the following ways. The Lender has the right to choose the approach of notice which it deems proper, and under any circumstance, the Lender does not bear responsibilities for any transmission errors, omissions, or deferral happened in mails, faxes, telephones or any other contact systems. If the Lender chooses several contact ways at the same time, the one that reaches the Borrower more quickly shall prevail.
(1) Announcement: the service date is the day when the Lender announces on its websites, online bank, telephone bank or sales departments.
(2) Personal service: the service date is the day when the Borrower signs the notice.
(3) Mail delivery (including EMS, ordinary mail and registered mail) to the Borrower’s contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the third day after the mailing date (in the same city) or the fifth day after the mailing date (different city) (even the mail may be returned).
(4) Faxes or other electronic contact methods to the Borrower’s fax number or electronic contact address that the Lender knows as the latest: the service date is the sending day.
DD Article 12 Information Disclosure and Confidentiality
12.1 The Lender shall take the responsibility of keeping confidential for the Borrower’s trade secrets and other information and materials which are marked as confidential, except following situations:
(1) Information is required to disclose according to laws and regulations or listing rules;
(2) Information that is required to disclose by judicial departments or government departments;
(3) Information that shall be disclosed to the external professional advisers of the Lender;
(4) Information that the Borrower agrees or authorizes the Lender to disclose.
12.2 Under the following circumstances, the Borrower agrees that Evergrowing Bank can use or disclose all the information and materials related to the Borrower, including but not limited to the basic information, credit transaction information and other relevant information and materials. The Borrower is willing to take responsibility for any results caused by it.
(1) For the following purposes, disclose to or permit usage of such information and materials by outsourcing agencies, the third party service providers, other financial agencies and other agencies or persons which Evergrowing Bank considers necessary, including but not limited to, other branches of Evergrowing Bank or subsidiary companies owned or partially owned by Evergrowing Bank: ¨ to conduct the loan transactions or is related to loan transactions, such as promoting Evergrowing Bank’s loan, collecting dues of the Borrower, and transfer of the creditor’s right; ¨ to let the Lender offer or may offer new products, new services or further services for the Borrower; ¨ to better maintain, manage and improve client relationships.
(2) Provide such information and materials to the China Credit Information Center and other credit information agencies or Credit Information Database established with the approval of The People's Bank of China.
(3) Use or permit a third party to use such information and materials on the basis of confidentiality for the purpose of business operation, management, statistics, analyses, and risk control.
Article 13 Law Application and Dispute Resolution
The Agreement applies to PRC laws. The disputes of the Agreement shall be submitted to the local court at the Lender’s residence. During the period of the dispute, the provisions without disputes shall continue to be fulfilled by both parties.
Article 14 Other Provisions
DD 14.1 The Borrower agrees that the Lender can enquiry and keep the Borrower’s credit information for loan application and post-loan management.
DD 14.2 The Lender doesn’t bear any responsibility for the failure to issue loans on schedule or handle payment if the failure is caused by force majeure , communication failure, network failure, or the malfunction of Lender’s system. However, the Lender shall inform the Borrower in time.
14.3 Phrases referred to in the Agreement including affiliate, related-party transaction and main investor individual have the same meaning with those in Accounting Standards for Business Enterprises No. 36— Affiliate Disclosure (Finance and Accounting Department [2006] No. 3) and its later revised edition.
14.4 The Agreement’s Loan Certificate, Loan Withdrawal Application Form, Loan Capital Payment Power of Attorney and relevant documents and materials confirmed by both two parties are indispensable parts of the Agreement.
14.5 If the Borrower avoids monitor of the Lender, defaults on principal and interest of the loan, maliciously evades repayment obligations for loans and so on, the Lender has the right to report its behaviors to relevant departments and publicize them on news media.
14.6 The Agreement comes into effect after the Borrower’s legal representative (person in charge) or authorized representative signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal, and Lender’s person in charge or authorized representative also signs (or seals) and affixes the official seal.
DD 14.7 When signing the Agreement, the Lender and the Borrower have clearly read and understood all the provisions of the Agreement. Both parties have no doubt about all the provisions and interpretations of the Agreement and correctly understand the rights and duties clauses, and the legal meaning of the limitation and waiver of liability clauses.
14.8 The Agreement is made out in two copies. The Borrower holds one copy/copies. The Lender holds one copy/copies. ___ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies. __ holds one copy/copies.
Article 15 Other Matters
The appointed warning line for the pledge rate of this loan is 85%, and the disposal line for the pledge rate is 95%. When the loan pledge rate reaches the warning line, the Borrower shall be required to pay the loan or increase the relevant amount of gold and cash deposit before the risk coverage reaches to the loan disposal line. The collateral addition shall ensure the pledge rate to reach 80%. Once the loan pledge rate reaches the disposal line, the processing bank has right to begin the process to dispose the collateral without informing the client.
(There is no text below in this page)
The Borrower has read all the provisions above. The Lender has made corresponding explanations as required by the Borrower. The Borrower has no dissent on all clauses. |
EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
UNDER
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
I, ZhihongJia, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Kingold Jewelry, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ ZhihongJia | |
ZhihongJia | |
Date: May 16, 2016 | |
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer |
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
UNDER
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
I, Bin Liu, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Kingold Jewelry, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ Bin Liu | |
Bin Liu | |
Date: May 16, 2016 | |
Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer |
EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION
OF
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with this Quarterly Report of Kingold Jewelry, Inc. (the “Registrant”) on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant, certifies, in accordance with 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) | The Report, to which this certification is attached as Exhibit 32.1, fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
(2) | The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in the Report. |
Date: May 16, 2016 | /s/ ZhihongJia |
ZhihongJia | |
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer |
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and is not being “filed” as part of the Form 10-Q or as a separate disclosure document for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or otherwise subject to liability under that section. This certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act except to the extent that this Exhibit 32.1 is expressly and specifically incorporated by reference in any such filing.
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Registrant and will be retained by the Registrant and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION
OF
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with this Quarterly Report of Kingold Jewelry, Inc. (the “Registrant”) on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, certifies, in accordance with 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) | The Report, to which this certification is attached as Exhibit 32.2, fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
(2) | The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in the Report. |
Date: May 16, 2016 | /s/ Bin Liu |
Bin Liu | |
Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer |
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and is not being “filed” as part of the Form 10-Q or as a separate disclosure document for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or otherwise subject to liability under that section. This certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act except to the extent that this Exhibit 32.2 is expressly and specifically incorporated by reference in any such filing.
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Registrant and will be retained by the Registrant and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
Exhibit 99.1
KINGOLD JEWELRY REPORTS FINANCIAL RESULTS
FOR THE FIRST QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 2016
Company to Hold Conference Call with Accompanying Slide Presentation on May 16, 2016, at 5:30 p.m. ET,
Anticipates Finishing Construction of Kingold Jewelry Cultural Industry Park by End of May 2016
WUHAN CITY, China, May 16, 2016 - Kingold Jewelry, Inc. ("Kingold" or "the Company") (NASDAQ: KGJI), one of China's leading manufacturers and designers of high quality 24-karat gold jewelry, ornaments and investment-oriented products, today announced its financial results the first quarter ended March 31 , 2016, highlighted by considerable increases in net sales and net income.
2016 First Quarter Financial Highlights (all results are compared to prior year period )
· | Net sales were $282.2 million, an increase of 37% from $206.2 million |
· | Processed 14.8 metric tons of 24-karat gold products during the period, an increase of 20.1% from 12.3 metric tons |
· | Net income was $15.2 million, or $0.23 per diluted share, an increase of 131% from $6.6 million, or $0.10 per diluted share |
· | Book value per diluted share was $4.29 at December 31, 2016, compared to $4.03 at December 31, 2015 |
Outlook for 2016
· | Company reiterates guidance of between 50 and 60 metric tons of 24-karat gold processed in 2016. |
Mr. Zhihong Jia, Chairman and CEO of the Company, commented, “We were pleased to deliver solid financial and operating results for the first quarter of 2016 as we continued to improve our manufacturing capacity and distribution network. During the first quarter, our management team made adjustments on our sales go-to-market strategy and successfully achieved double-digit growth in our sales and gold processed volume.”
2016 FIRST QUARTER OPERATIONAL REVIEW
· | In the first quarter of 2016, Kingold sold approximately 14.8 metric tons of 24-karat gold products, an increase of 20.1% over the 12.3 metric tons sold in the first quarter of 2015. |
Metric Tons of Gold Sales | ||||
Three Months Ended: | ||||
March 31 , 2016 | March 31 , 2015 | |||
Volume | % of Total | Volume | % of Total | |
Branded* | 8.2 | 55.1% | 5.6 | 45.5% |
Customized** | 6.6 | 44.9% | 6.7 | 54.5% |
Total | 14.8 | 100% | 12.3 | 100% |
* | Branded Production: | The Company acquires gold from the Shanghai Gold Exchange to produce branded products. |
** | Customized Production: | Clients who purchase customized products supply gold to the Company for processing. |
Kingold Jewelry, Inc. | Page 2 | ||
May 16, 2016 |
· | For the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company sold a total of 14.8 metric tons of gold, of which branded production was 8.2 metric tons, representing 55.1% of total gold sold, and customized production was 6.6 metric tons, representing 44.9% of total gold sold, in the first quarter of 2016. In the first quarter of 2015, the Company sold a total of 12.3 metric tons, of which branded production was 5.6 metric tons, or 45.5% of total gold sold, and customized production was 6.7 metric tons, or 54.5% of total gold sold. |
UPDATE ON Kingold Jewelry cultural industry Park
Kingold also announced today that it anticipates finishing construction of the Kingold Jewelry Cultural Industry Park by the end of May 2016.
Previously, the Company signed several supplemental agreements with the construction company Wuhan Wansheng which Wuhan Wansheng agreed to complete the construction and deliver the completed real estate property to us in April 2016. However, due to the cold weather condition in January and February 2016 and the construction worker leave during the Chinese Spring Festival holiday season, the final construction work of the Jewelry Park resumed in the middle of February 2016 and the landscaping, building decoration and road construction did not fully complete as of March 31, 2016. Due to the construction work delay, the inspection application with local government was also delayed until mid-April 2016 when the construction work was fully completed. Therefore, in April 2016, both parties signed an additional supplemental agreement to extend the final property delivery time to May 30, 2016 when the certificate of occupancy is expected to be obtained from local government.
Chairman Jia continued, “We are very excited about the anticipated completion of the Jewelry Park at the end of this month. We look forward to the Jewelry Park becoming a bridge between upstream and downstream companies within the jewelry industry. We expect increased sales upon the opening of the Jewelry Park, as well as a greater level of collaboration and exchanging of ideas amongst our jewelry industry tenants, which will increase Kingold’s brand awareness and expansion and diversification of our customer base.”
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
Net Sales
Net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2016 increased 37% to $282.2 million from $206.2 million for the same period in 2015, primarily due to an increase in sales volume.
The average unit selling price for the Company’s customized production decreased from RMB7.05 per gram in the three months ended March 31, 2015 to RMB4.25 per gram in three months ended March 31, 2016. This decrease was primarily a result of Kingold’s sales strategy to encourage customers to purchase more customized production of its gold products during the holiday season. This resulted in an approximately $3.07 million decrease in customized production revenue, which was partially offset by an increase in branded production revenue.
Gross Profit
Gross profit for the three months ended March 31, 2016 increased 165% to $28.5 million from $10.8 million for the same period in 2015.
Kingold Jewelry, Inc. | Page 3 | ||
May 16, 2016 |
Gross Margin
The Company’s gross margin was 10.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to 5.2% in the prior year period. The substantial increase was due to the decreased unit cost and the increased unit price of branded production sales.
Net Income
Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was $15.2 million, or $0.23 per diluted share based on 66.0 million weighted average diluted shares outstanding, increased 131% from net income of $6.6 million, or $0.10 per diluted share based on 66.0 million weighted average diluted shares outstanding in the prior-year period.
Balance Sheet and Cash Flow
(in millions except for percentages) | 3/31/2016 | 12/31/2015 |
% Changed |
|||||||||
Cash | $ | 13.3 | 3.1 | 335.0 | % | |||||||
Inventories (gold) | $ | 503.9 | 298.3 | 68.9 | % | |||||||
Working Capital | $ | 490.4 | 174.9 | 180.4 | % | |||||||
Stockholders’ Equity | $ | 282.9 | 265.6 | 6.5 | % | |||||||
Book Value Per Share (in $) | $ | 4.29 | 4.03 | 6.5 | % |
Net cash used in operating activities was $214.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared with net cash provided by operating activities of $9.4 million for the same period in 2015. The significant increase in net cash used in operating activities was mainly due to $201 million in inventory purchases in anticipation of increased production/sales demand following the completion of the Jewelry Park, with sales expected to increase beginning the second quarter of 2016. In addition, due to Kingold’s bank borrowings during the quarter ended March 31, 2016, the Company was required to pledge a significant amount of gold as collateral to the banks, further increasing the Company’s inventory purchases and stockpile.
Kingold’s net cash from operating activities can fluctuate significantly due to changes in inventories (principally gold). Other factors that may vary significantly include the Company’s purchases of gold and income taxes. The Company expects that the net cash it generates from operating activities will continue to fluctuate as the Company’s inventories, receivables, accounts payables, and the other factors described above change with increased production and the purchase of larger quantities of raw materials (principally gold).
OUTLOOK FOR 2016
Based on its existing resources and capacity, the Company reiterates its expectation that gold processed will be between 50 metric tons and 60 metric tons during 2016.
Conference Call Details
Kingold also announced that it will discuss these financial results in a conference call on May 16, 2016, at 5:30 p.m. ET.
The dial-in numbers are:
Live Participant Dial In (Toll Free): | 877-407-9038 | |
Live Participant Dial In (International): | 201-493-6742 |
Kingold Jewelry, Inc. | Page 4 | ||
May 16, 2016 |
The conference call will also be webcast live. To listen to the call, please go to the Investor Relations section of Kingold's website at www.kingoldjewelry.com , or click on the following link: http://kingoldjewelry.equisolvewebcast.com/q1-2016 . The Company will also have an accompanying slide presentation available in PDF format on its homepage prior to the conference call.
About Kingold Jewelry, Inc.
Kingold Jewelry, Inc. (NASDAQ: KGJI), centrally located in Wuhan City, one of China's largest cities, was founded in 2002 and today is one of China's leading designers and manufacturers of 24-karat gold jewelry, ornaments, and investment-oriented products. The Company sells both directly to retailers as well as through major distributors across China. Kingold has received numerous industry awards and has been a member of the Shanghai Gold Exchange since 2003. For more information, please visit www.kingoldjewelry.com .
Business Risks and Forward-Looking Statements
This press release contains forward-looking statements that are subject to the safe harbors created under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. You can identify these forward-looking statements by words such as “expects,” “believe,” “project,” “anticipate,” or similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this release include statements regarding Kingold’s outlook with respect to its 2016 outlook for gold processing, its expectations with respect to completion of construction of the Jewelry Park and planned grand opening, as well as its ability to engage in presales and finance the remaining construction. Readers are cautioned that actual results could differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, including those contained in Kingold's SEC filings available at www.sec.gov, including Kingold's most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. Kingold undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements for any reason.
Company Contact
Kingold Jewelry, Inc.
Bin Liu, CFO
Phone: +1-847-660-3498 (US) / +86-27-6569-4977 (China)
bl@kingoldjewelry.com
INVESTOR RELATIONS
The Equity Group Inc.
Katherine Yao, Senior Associate
Phone: +86-10-6587-6435
kyao@equityny.com
Kingold Jewelry, Inc. | Page 5 | ||
May 16, 2016 |
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(IN U.S. DOLLARS)
(UNAUDITED)
For three months ended March 31, | ||||||||
2016 | 2015 | |||||||
NET SALES | $ | 282,188,057 | $ | 206,195,220 | ||||
COST OF SALES | ||||||||
Cost of sales | (253,412,444 | ) | (195,120,956 | ) | ||||
Depreciation | (290,682 | ) | (309,001 | ) | ||||
Total cost of sales | (253,703,126 | ) | (195,429,957 | ) | ||||
GROSS PROFIT | 28,484,931 | 10,765,263 | ||||||
OPERATING EXPENSES | ||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses | 3,269,365 | 1,678,366 | ||||||
Stock compensation expenses | 11,143 | 212,783 | ||||||
Depreciation | 23,513 | 25,191 | ||||||
Amortization | 2,890 | 3,075 | ||||||
Total operating expenses | 3,306,911 | 1,919,415 | ||||||
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS | $ | 25,178,020 | $ | 8,845,848 | ||||
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES) | ||||||||
Interest Income | 59,224 | 17,270 | ||||||
Interest expense | (4,973,353 | ) | (297,537 | ) | ||||
Total other expenses, net | (4,914,129 | ) | (280,267 | ) | ||||
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE TAXES | 20,263,891 | 8,565,581 | ||||||
INCOME TAX PROVISION (BENEFIT) | ||||||||
Current | 4,811,004 | 2,728,902 | ||||||
Deferred | 255,674 | (744,525 | ) | |||||
Total income tax provision | 5,066,678 | 1,984,377 | ||||||
NET INCOME | 15,197,213 | 6,581,204 | ||||||
Less: net loss attribute to the noncontrolling interest | (1,197 | ) | - | |||||
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC. | $ | 15,198,410 | $ | 6,581,204 | ||||
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) | ||||||||
Total foreign currency translation gains (loss) | $ | 1,962,694 | $ | 1,099,665 | ||||
Add: foreign currency translation loss attributable to noncontrolling interest | (454 | ) | - | |||||
Foreign currency translation gain (loss) attributable to KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC. | 1,963,148 | 1,099,665 | ||||||
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO: | ||||||||
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC. | $ | 17,161,558 | $ | 7,680,869 | ||||
Non-controlling interest | (1,651 | ) | - | |||||
Total | $ | 17,159,907 | $ | 7,680,869 | ||||
Earnings per share | ||||||||
Basic and diluted | $ | 0.23 | $ | 0.10 | ||||
Weighted average number of shares | ||||||||
Basic and diluted | 65,963,502 | 65,963,502 |
Kingold Jewelry, Inc. | Page 6 | ||
May 16, 2016 |
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN U.S. DOLLARS)
(UNAUDITED)
Kingold Jewelry, Inc. | Page 7 | ||
May 16, 2016 |
KINGOLD JEWELRY, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(IN U.S. DOLLARS)
(UNAUDITED)
For the three months ended March 31, | ||||||||
2016 | 2015 | |||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||
Net income | $ | 15,197,213 | $ | 6,581,204 | ||||
Adjusted to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities: | ||||||||
Depreciation | 314,195 | 334,192 | ||||||
Amortization of intangible assets | 2,890 | 3,075 | ||||||
Amortization of deferred financing costs | 144,097 | - | ||||||
Share based compensation for services and warrants expense | 75,347 | 212,783 | ||||||
Inventory valuation allowance | - | 2,978,101 | ||||||
Deferred tax provision (benefit) | 255,674 | (744,525 | ) | |||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities | ||||||||
(Increase) decrease in: | ||||||||
Accounts receivable | 736,891 | 503,537 | ||||||
Inventories | (200,793,983 | ) | (2,360,577 | ) | ||||
Other current assets and prepaid expenses | (2,037,978 | ) | (48,362 | ) | ||||
Deferred offering costs | - | (488,249 | ) | |||||
Value added tax recoverable | (28,871,518 | ) | 158,617 | |||||
Increase (decrease) in: | ||||||||
Other payables and accrued expenses | (2,362,754 | ) | 442,050 | |||||
Customer deposits | - | 687,386 | ||||||
Income tax payable | 3,252,855 | 1,749,934 | ||||||
Other taxes payable | 151 | (652,139 | ) | |||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | (214,086,920 | ) | 9,357,027 | |||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||
Purchases of property and equipment | (42,449 | ) | (26,586 | ) | ||||
Construction in progress-Jewelry Park | (13,101,275 | ) | (5,561,161 | ) | ||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (13,143,724 | ) | (5,587,747 | ) | ||||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||
Repayments of bank loans – short term | (6,115,740 | ) | - | |||||
Proceeds from long term loan | 319,547,435 | - | ||||||
Restricted cash | (15,555,150 | ) | (10,839 | ) | ||||
Proceeds from related party loan | 250,226 | - | ||||||
Proceeds from (repayment of) debt financing instruments-private placement | (61,157,404 | ) | 65,099,928 | |||||
Net cash provided by financing activities | 236,969,367 | 65,089,089 | ||||||
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | 427,585 | 269,714 | ||||||
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | 10,166,308 | 69,128,083 | ||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD | 3,100,569 | 1,331,658 | ||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD | $ | 13,266,877 | $ | 70,459,741 | ||||
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION | ||||||||
Cash paid for interest expense | $ | 3,951,608 | $ | 1,332,444 | ||||
Cash paid for income tax | $ | 1,111,571 | $ | 978,968 |